Edmonton (Alta.) - 1968 - Building code, the city of Edmonton_edition, 1967_bylaw no. 3084... by Edmonton Tower Resource Centre Online Library

BUILDING CODE The City of Edmonton

`•, { ih. ip _,40. 4-01101-1•I‘i." arvsll.1:4111--'701$111 ti --41hiniulillilliiiidiabilll 48 \

I -77> Aital Ji 111-6-5--

-1P41: [11

Edition

1967

aw No. 3084

TABLE PART 1—ADMINISTRATION Note—This replaces t

Sec. 1.1.

TITLE Subsection 1.1 Subsection 1.1, Subsection 1.1. Subsection 1.1.

Sec. 1.2.

PURPOSE Subsection 1.2

Sec. 1.3.

SCOPE Subsection 1.3, Subsection 1.3

Sec. 1.4.

Sec. 1.5.

Sec. 1.6.

Sec. 1.7. Sec. 1.8. Sec. 1.9. Sec. 1.10.

•

Subsection 1.3. APPLICATION Subsection 1.4 Subsection 1.4 Subsection 1.4. Subsection 1.4, Subsection 1.4. Subsection 1.4, Subsection 1.4 Subsection 1.4 Subsection 1.4, Subsection 1.4, Subsection 1.4. ALTERNATE] Subsection 1.5 Subsection 1.5 Subsection 1.5. Subsection 1.5 TESTS Subsection 1.6, Subsection 1.6. Subsection 1.6. RIGHT OF AP Subsection 1.7. NATIONAL ST Subsection 1.8. CREATION OI Subsection 1.9. POWERS AND Subsection 1.11 Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.1(

•

TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1—ADMINISTRATION Note—This replaces the Part 1 printed in the National Building Code.

TITLE Subsection 1.1.1. Subsection 1.1.2. Subsection 1.1.3. Subsection 1.1.4.

General Interpretation Numbering Definitions

Sec. 1.2.

PURPOSE Subsection 1.2.1.

General

Sec. 1.3.

SCOPE Subsection 1.3.1. Subsection 1.3.2.

Sec. 1.1.

Sec. 1.4.

Sec. 1.5.

Sec. 1.6.

Sec. 1.7. Sec. 1.8. Sec. 1.9. Sec. 1.10.

General Additions, Alterations, Repairs Changes in Use or Occupancy Subsection 1.3.3. Most Restrictive Shall Govern APPLICATION TO EXISTING BUILDINGS General Subsection 1.4.1. Subsection 1.4.1.(a) Fire Zone Alterations More Than 50% Subsection 1.4.1.(b) Subsection 1.4.1.(c) Alterations 25% to 50% Subsection 1.4.1.(d) Alterations 25% or Less Subsection 1.4.1.(e) Alterations (non-structural) 25% or Less Subsection 1.4.1.(f) Repairs - Roof Covering Existing Occupancy Subsection 1.4.1.(g) Subsection 1.4.1.(h) Change in Use or Occupancy Subsection 1.4.1.(i) Moved Buildings Maintenance Subsection 1.4.1.(j) ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION General Subsection 1.5.1. Subsection 1.5.2. Provided That Proposed Design Is Satisfactory Sufficient Evidence of Proof Subsection 1.5.3. Subsection 1.5.4. Approved Fabricator TESTS Subsection 1.6.1. Tests and Costs Subsection 1.6.2. Test Methods Subsection 1.6.3. Results of Tests RIGHT OF APPEALS Subsection 1.7.1. Right of Appeals and Fees NATIONAL SURVIVAL EXCEPTIONS Subsection 1.8.1. National Survival Exceptions CREATION OF DEPARTMENT Subsection 1.9.1. Creation of Department POWERS AND DUTIES OF AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION General Subsection 1.10.1. Subsection 1.10.1.(a) Deputies, Officers, Inspectors and Assistants Subsection 1.10.1.(b) Records Subsection 1.10.1.(c) Right of Entry Subsection 1.10.1(d) Stop Work Orders Subsection 1.10.1(e) Occupancy Violations Subsection 1.10.1.(f) Liability of Authority Having Jurisdiction

Sec. 1.11.

Sec. 1.12.

UNSAFE BUILDINGS Subsection 1.11.1. Subsection 1.11.1. (a) Subsection 1.11.1.(b) Subsection 1.11.1.(c) Subsection 1.11.1.(d) Subsection 1.11.1.(e) BOARD OF APPEALS Subsection 1.12.1. Subsection 1.12.2. Subsection 1.12.3. Subsection 1.12.4. Subsection 1.12.5.(a) Subsection 1.12.5.(b) Subsection 1.12.5.(c) Subsection 1.12.5.(d) Subsection 1.12.6. Subsection 1.12.7. Subsection 1.12.8.(a) Subsection 1.12.8.(b) Subsection 1.12.8.(c) Subsection 1.12.8.(d) Subsection 1.12.8.(e) Subsection 1.12.8.(i) Subsection 1.12.8.(g) Subsection 1.12.8.(h)

Sec. 1.13.

Sec. 1.14.

Sec. 1.15.

Sec. 1.16.

Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.1( Subsection 1.11 Subsection 1.11 Sec. 1.17.

General Who May Appeal Use of Alternate Materials and Interpretations Membership of Board Staff, Place and Stationery Quorum Meetings Decisions to Council Appeal to City Commissioners Appeal to City Council Who Shall Attend Meetings Technical Information Decisions in Writing Examination of Decisions Application Forms Fee Per Item Notice to Appellant Conduct of Business

REVISION COMMITTEE General Subsection 1.13.1. Committee Members Subsection 1.13.2. Members Approved by Council Subsection 1.13.3. Members Term of Office Subsection 1.13.4. New Committee Member Nominee Subsection 1.13.5. Quorum of Committee and Calling Subsection 1.13.6. of Meetings Recording Secretary Subsection 1.13.7. Sub-Committees to Revision Committee Subsection 1.13.8. Committee Reports to Commissioners Subsection 1.13.9. Expenditures of the Committee Subsection 1.13.10. VIOLATIONS AND PENALLLES Violations Subsection 1.14.1. Penalties Subsection 1.14.2. APPLICATION FOR PERMIT Permit Required Before Commencing Subsection 1.15.1. Work Exceptions to Permit Requirement Subsection 1.15.2. Application for Permit Subsection 1.15.3. Plans and Specifications Required Subsection 1.15.4. Information Required on Plans, Subsection 1.15.5.(a) Specifications and Survey Estimate of Building Cost Subsection 1.15.5.(b) Subsection 1.15.5.(c) Water Costs Architect or Engineer Required Subsection 1.15.5.(d) BUILDING PERMITS Subsection 1.16.1. Subsection 1.16.2. Subsection 1.16.3. Subsection 1.16.4.

Sec. 1.16.-(continued)

General Notice to Owner Service of Notice Posting of Sign "Do Not Enter" Right to Demolish Costs

Issuance of Building Permits Approved Plans Permit for Part of a Building Retention of Plans 11

BUILDING PE

Subsection 1.17 Subsection 1.17 Subsection 1.17 Sec. 1.18.

INSPECTIONS Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.1â&#x201A;¬

Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18

Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18 Subsection 1.18 Sec. 1.19.

Sec. 1.20.

SPECIAL INSP Subsection 1.19 Subsection 1.19 Subsection 1.19 Subsection LH CERTIFICATE Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20 Subsection 1.20

PART 2-DEFINITIONS Note-These amendrr

Building Code.

)wner Notice Sign "Do Not Enter" emolish

Sec. 1.16.—(continued) Subsection 1.16.5. Subsection 1.16.6. Subsection 1.16.7. Subsection 1.16.8. Subsection 1.16.9. Sec. 1.17.

Sec. 1.18.

Subsection 1.18.4. Subsection 1.18.5. Subsection 1.18.6. Subsection 1.18.6.(a) Subsection 1.18.6.(b) Subsection 1.18.6.(c) Subsection 1.18.6.(d) Subsection 1.18.7. Subsection 1.18.8.

kppellant Business

to Permit Requirement a for Permit Specifications Required n Required on Plans, ations and Survey f Building Cost ts or Engineer Required f Building Permits Plans • Part of a Building of Plans

INSPECTIONS Subsection 1.18.1. Subsection 1.18.2. Subsection 1.18.3.

o Council City Commissioners City Council Attend Meetings Information n Writing m of Decisions Forms

quired Before Commencing

BUILDING PERMIT FEES General Double Permit Fee Value or Valuation of Building or Structure

Subsection 1.17.1. Subsection 1.17.1.(a) Subsection 1.17.1.(b)

Appeal ternate Materials and tations p of Board e and Stationery

Members k.pproved by Council '.7erm of Office aittee Member Nominee Committee and Calling tings Secretary ittees to Revision Committee Reports to Commissioners -es of the Committee

Destroying of Applicant's Plans Validity of Permit Correction of Errors on Plans Expiration of Permit Suspension or Revocation of Permit

4Ir

General Inspection Record Card Approval Required Beyond Successive Inspection Final Inspection and Approval Reinforcing Steel or Structural Frame Not to be Concealed Called Inspection Foundation Inspection Frame Inspection Lath Inspection Final Inspection Other Inspections Reinspections

Sec. 1.19.

SPECIAL INSPECTIONS Subsection 1.19.1. General Subsection 1.19.2. Special Inspector's Approval Subsection 1.19.3. Special Inspector's Continuous Inspections Subsection 1.19.4. Approved Fabricators

Sec. 1.20.

CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY Subsection 1.20.1. Use or Occupancy Subsection 1.20.2. Change in Use Subsection 1.20.3. Issue of Certificate of Occupancy Subsection 1.20.4. Special Permit for Dwelling Subsection 1.20.4.(a) Special Permit for Occupancy of Dwelling Prior to Completion Subsection 1.20.4.(b) Special Permit for Minor Deviation of Construction of Dwelling Subsection 1.20.5. Offense against Special Permit for Dwelling Subsection 1.20.6. Special Permit for Occupancy of other than Dwelling Prior to Completion or Minor Deviations Subsection 1.20.7. Offense against Special Permit for other than Dwelling Subsection 1.20.8. Posting Certificate of Occupancy

PART 2—DEFINITIONS

Note—These amendments apply to the Part 2 printed in the National

Building Code.

PART 3—USE AND OCCUPANCY Note—These amendments apply to the Part 3 printed in the National

Building Code. Amend. 3.2. Amend. 3.3. Amend. 3.4.

Sec. 3.1.1.1.(2) Sec. 3.1.3.13. Sec. 3.2.1.8.

Amend. 3.5. Amend. 3.6.

Sec. 3.2.2.2.(9) Sec. 3.2.2.2.(9)

Amend. 3.8. Amend. 3.9. Amend. 3.10. Amend. 3.11. Amend. 3.12. Amend. 3.13. Amend. 3.14. Amend. 3.15. Amend. 3.16. Amend. 3.17. Amend. 3.18. Amend. 3.19. Amend. 3.20. Amend. 3.21. Amend. 3.22. Amend. 3.23. Amend. 3.24. Amend. 3.25. Amend. 3.27. Amend. 3.28. Amend. 3.30. Amend. 3.31. Amend. 3.32. Amend. 3.34. Amend. 3.35. Amend. 3.36.

Sec. 3.2.2.11. Sec. 3.2.3.2.(12) Sec. 3.2. Sec. 3.2.3.4. Sec. 3.2.5.1. Sec. 3.2.5.4. Sec. 3.2.5.5. Sec. 3.2.5.7. Sec. 3.2.6.1.(1) (b) Sec. 3.2.6.1.(3) (d) Sec. 3.2.8.1.(2) Sec. 3.2.8.1.(3) Sec. 3.2.8.1.(7) Sec. 3.2.9.1. Sec. 3.2.9.2. Sec. 3.2.11.1.(1) Sec. 3.2.11.1.(2) Sec. 3.3.2.1.(6) Sec. 3.4.2.4.(4) Sec. 3.4.3.5.(3) Sec. 3.4.3.14.(1) Sec. 3.4.3.14.(11) Sec. 3.6.4. Sec. 3.6.7. Sec. 3.6.10.1.

Definition of "Grade" Occupant Load When Unlimited Area of One-Storey Building is Permitted Protection of Openings in Exterior Walls Exception to Protection of Openings in Exterior Walls Use of Heavy Timber Construction Lifts in Open Air Parking Garages Fire Separation of Basements or Cellars Fire Spread and Prevention Electrical Wiring Electrical Electrical Electrical Enclosure of Heating Appliances Location of Heating Appliances Fire Separations Fire Separations Fire Separations Fire Fighting Access Panels Sprinklers in Basements Dry Standpipes Wet Standpipes Stages Exits Intermediate Handrails Exit Doors Exit Door Locks Yards and Courts Acoustical Insulation Lighting in Buildings Heating, Ventilation, Plumbing and Gas

Amend. 4.19. Amend. 4.20. Amend. 4.21. Amend. 4.22. Amend. 4.23. Amend. 4.24. Amend. 4.25. Amend. 4.26. Amend. 4.27. Amend. 4.28. Amend. 4.29. Amend. 4.30. Amend. 4.31. Amend. 4.32. Amend. 4.33.

Sec. 4.2.1.1.(3) Sec. 4.2.1.14.(1) Sec. 4.2.1.14.(2) Sec. 4.2.1.15. Sec. 4.2.1.16.(1) Sec. 4.2.1.17. Sec. 4.2.2.7.(1) Sec. 4.2.3.12.(1) Sec. 4.2.3.13.(1) Sec. 4.2.3.18.(1) Sec. 4.2.3.22(1) Sec. 4.2.4.1.(1) Sec. 4.2.4.8. Sec. 4.2.4.9. Sec. 4.4.

Amend. 4.34. Amend. 4.35. Amend. 4.36.

Sec. 4.4.1.2.(1) Sec. 4.4.9.1.(1) Sec. 4.5.

Amend. 4.37. Amend. 4.38. Amend. 4.39. Amend. 4.40. Amend. 4.41. Amend. 4.42. Amend. 4.43. Amend. 4.44.

Sec. 4.5.3.22.(1) Sec. 4.5.3.40. Sec. 4.5.3.66.(1) Sec. 4.5.3.70.(4) Sec. 4.5.3.71.(2) Sec. 4.5.4.7.(2) Sec. 4.6. Sec. 4.7.

PART 5—MATERIALS Note—These amendm

Building Code. Amend. 5.2.

Sec. 5.4.2.

PART 6—BUILDING SERVICE; PART 4—DESIGN

Note—This replaces ti

Note—These amendments apply to the Part 4 (including supplement

No. 3) printed in the National Building Code. Amend. 4.2. Amend. 4.3. Amend. 4.4. Amend. 4.5. Amend. 4.6. Amend. 4.7. Amend. 4.8. Amend. 4.9. Amend. 4.10. Amend. 4.11. Amend. 4.12. Amend. 4.13. Amend. 4.14. Amend. 4.15. Amend. 4.16. Amend. 4.17. Amend. 4.18.

Sec. 4.1.1.5. Sec. 4.1.1.6.(1) Sec. 4.1.3.7. Sec. 4.1.3.8.(2) Sec. 4.1.3.9. Sec. 4.1.3.10. Sec. 4.1.3.11(1) Sec. 4.1.3.14. Sec. 4.1.3.15.(3) Sec. 4.12., 4.13., 4.14.,

Supervision of Construction Drawings Snow Loads Ground Snow Loads Snow Load Roof Snow Loads Wind Loads Rain Loads Earthquake Loads

4.15., 4.16. and 4.17.

Supplement No. 3 Structural Information for Building Design Wind Loads Snow Loads Ground Snow Loads Snow Loads Snow Loads Roof Snow Loads FOUNDATIONS

Sec. 4.1.3.11.(1) Sec. 4.1.3.7. Sec. 4.1.3.8.(2) Sec. 4.1.3.9. Sec. 4.1.3.9.(g) Sec. 4.1.3.10. Sec. 4.2.

Sec. 6.1.

GENERAL Subsection 6.1.1 Article 6.1.1.2

Sec. 6.2.

DEFINITIONS—

Sec. 6.3.

HEATING, VE AND EQUIPME. Subsection 6.3.1 Article 6.3.1.1 Article 6.3.1.2 Article 6.3.1.3 Article 6.3.1.3 Article 6.3.1.4 Article 6.3.1.5 Subsection 6.3.2 Article 6.3.2.1 Article 6.3.2.2 Article 6.3.2.2 Article 6.3.2.3

•

Amend. 4.19. Amend. 4.20. Amend. 4.21. Amend. 4.22. Amend. 4.23. Amend. 4.24. Amend. 4.25. Amend. 4.26. Amend. 4.27. Amend. 4.28. Amend. 4.29. Amend. 4.30. Amend. 4.31. Amend. 4.32. Amend. 4.33.

Sec. 4.2.L1.(3) Sec. 4.2.1.14.(1) Sec. 4.2.1.14.(2) Sec. 4.2.1.15. Sec. 4.2.1.16.(1) Sec. 4.2.1.17. Sec. 4.2.2.7.(1) Sec. 4.2.3.12.(1) (a) Sec. 4.2.3.13.(1) (a) Sec. 4.2.3.18.(1)(b) Sec. 4.2.3.22.(1) Sec. 4.2.4.1.(1) Sec. 4.2.4.8. Sec. 4.2.4.9. Sec. 4.4.

Amend. 4.34. Amend. 4.35. Amend. 4.36.

Sec. 4.4.1.2.(1) Sec. 4.4.9.1.(1) Sec. 4.5.

of Heating Appliances f Heating Appliances ations ations ations ing Access Panels in Basements pipes pipes

Amend. 4.37. Amend. 4.38. Amend. 4.39. Amend. 4.40. Amend. 4.41. Amend. 4.42. Amend. 4.43. Amend. 4.44.

Sec. 4.5.3.22.(1) Sec. 4.5.3.40. Sec. 4.5.3.66.(1) Sec. 4.5.3.70.(4) Sec. 4.5.3.71.(2) Sec. 4.5.4.7.(2) Sec. 4.6. Sec. 4.7.

tte Handrails

PART 5—MATERIALS

'art 3 printed in the National

)f "Grade" .,oad mited Area of One-Storey r; is Permitted of Openings in Exterior Walls to Protection of Openings nor Walls ivy Timber Construction en Air Parking Garages ation of Basements or Cellars El and Prevention Wiring

Locks Courts Insulation n Buildings entilation, Plumbing and Gas

Excavations Drawings Evidence Explorations Inspections Altered Conditions for Foundations Soil Settlement Column Support Piles Pile Driving Composite Pile Excavating Compaction of Fill Preloading of Fill PLAIN, REINFORCED AND GROUTED MASONRY Definition of "Grade" Design of Masonry PLAIN, REINFORCED AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE Strength of Concrete Concrete on Hardened Concrete Splices in Reinforcement Pipes Embedded in Concrete Construction Joints in Concrete Concrete Beams STEEL CONSTRUCTION CLADDING

Note—These amendments apply to the Part 5 printed in the National

Building Code.

Amend. 5.2.

Sec. 5.4.2.

Methods of Testing

PART 6—BUILDING SERVICES Note—This replaces the Part 6 printed in the National Building Code.

Part 4 (including supplement ding Code.

Sec. 6.1.

n of Construction

Is tow Loads 1 / Loads Is 3

e Loads it No. 3 Structural Information lding Design Is Is Low Loads Is Is Loads 'IONS

GENERAL Subsection 6.1.1. Article 6.1.1.2.

Scope Plumbing Services

Sec. 6.2.

DEFINITIONS—General

Sec. 6.3.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT Subsection 6.3.1. GENERAL Article 6.3.1.1. Scope Article 6.3.1.2.(1) Design and Installation Article 6.3.1.3.(1) Access Article 6.3.1.3.(2) Guards Article 6.3.1.4. Equipment for Contaminated Spaces Article 6.3.1.5. Electrical Wiring and Equipment Subsection 6.3.2. AIR DUCT SYSTEMS Article 6.3.2.1. Warm Air Supply Ducts Article 6.3.2.1(1) Exhaust Ducts Article 6.3.2.2.(2) Contaminated Airways Article 6.3.2.3. DUCTS FOR RESTAURANT COOKING EQUIPMENT - (General)

Section 6.3. (continued) Subsection 6.3.5

Section 6.3. (continued) Article 6.3.2.4. Article 6.3.2.5.(1) Article 6.3.2.5.(2) Article 6.3.2.5.(3) Article 6.3.2.6.(1) Article 6.3.2.6.(2) Article 6.3.2.6.(3) Article 6.3.2.6.(4) Subsection 6.3.3. Article 6.3.3.1.(1) Article 6.3.3.1.(2) Article 6.3.3.1.(3) Article 6.3.3.1.(4) Article 6.3.3.2.(1) Article 6.3.3.2.(2) Article 6.3.3.3.(1) Article 6.3.3.3.(2) Article 6.3.3.4. Article 6.3.3.5. Article 6.3.3.6. Article 6.3.3.7. Article 6.3.3.8.(1) Article 6.3.3.9. Article 6.3.3.10. Article 6.3.3.11. Article 6.3.3.12. Article 6.3.3.13. Article 6.3.3.14. Article 6.3.3.15. Article 6.3.3.16. Article 6.3.3.17. Article 6.3.3.18.(1) Article 6.3.3.18.(2) Article 6.3.3.18.(3) Article 6.3.3.19.(1) Article 6.3.3.19.(2) Article 6.3.3.20.(1) Article 6.3.3.20.(2) Article 6.3.3.21. Article 6.3.3.22. Subsection 6.3.4. Article 6.3.4.1. Article 6.3.4.2. Article 6.3.4.3. Article 6.3.4.4.(1) Article 6.3.4.4.(2) Article 6.3.4.4.(3) Article 6.3.4.5. Article 6.3.4.6. Article 6.3.4.7.

Residence Type Systems Non-Residence Type Systems Clearances to Supply Ducts Fire Doors and Dampers Combination of Ducts Condensation Provisions Cowl at Exterior Opening Adequate Air Supply HEATING APPLIANCES Space Heating Appliances and Water Heaters Enclosures and Separations Special Equipment Access Facilities HEATING APPLIANCES BURNING OIL OR GAS OR USING ELECTRICAL ENERGY Special Precautions Air for Combustion Connection to Flue Pipe BOILERS AND FURNACES BURNING SOLID FUEL - (General) Regulations for Boilers and Pressure Vessels Boiler and Furnace Rooms Solid Fuel Burning Boilers and Furnaces Clearances Steam Boilers Burning Solid Fuel Hot Water Boiler Burning Solid Fuel Forced Air Furnace Burning Solid Fuel Pulverized Fuel Firing STOVES, RANGES, ROOM HEATERS and SERVICE WATER BEATERS BURNING SOLID FUEL - (General) Mounting Clearance Controls and Safety Devices FIREPLACES - (General) STORAGE BINS FOR SOLID FUELS— (Location) Construction Storage Temperature Ash Storage Bins Openings HEATING APPLIANCES UTILIZING STEAM OR HOT WATER Indirect Service Water Heaters Clearances Radiators and Convectors PIPING FOR STEAM AND HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEMS Materials Expansion and Contraction Clearances Metal Caps Sleeves Clearances Pipes in Storage Spaces Insulation Pipe Covering or Insulation Enclosures vi

Article 6.3.5.1 Article 6.3.5.1 Article 6.3.5.2 Subsection 6.3.6

Article 6.3.6.] Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.7 Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.] Article 6.3.6.] Article 6.3.6.] Article 6.3.6.

Article 6.3.6.1

Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.2 Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.: Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6., Article 6.3.6., Article 6.3.61

Article 6.3.6.f Article 6.3.6.! Article 6.3.6.f Article 6.3.6.f Article 6.3.6.f Article 6.3.6.! Article 6.3.6.f Article 6.3.6.i Article 6.3.6.( Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.' Article 6.3.6.' Article 6.3.6.'

•

Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.' (4)(b)(i) Article 6.3.6.1 (4)(b)(ii) Article 6.3.6.' (4)(b)(iv) Article 6.3.6." Article 6.3.6.' Article 6.3.6? Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6.1 Article 6.3.6i Article 6.3.6.! Article 6.3.6.1

Type Systems nce Type Systems to Supply Ducts and Dampers n of Ducts on Provisions :terior Opening k.ir Supply

•

Article 6.3.6.3.(1)

cautions mbustion to Flue Pipe UND FURNACES BURNING FUEL - (General) 3 for Boilers and Pressure

ers Burning Solid Fuel Boiler Burning Solid Fuel Furnace Burning Solid Fuel Fuel Firing !ANGES, ROOM HEATERS and !E WATER HEATERS 4G SOLID FUEL - (General)

•

rid Safety Devices ES - (General) BINS FOR SOLID FUELS— on)

mperature ;e Bins

ind Convectors

)R STEAM AND HOT WATER ‘TG SYSTEMS and Contraction

ring or Insulation Enclosures

Article 6.3.6.3.(2) Article 6.3.6.3.(3) Article 6.3.6.3.(4) Article 6.3.6.3.(5) Article 6.3.6.3.(6) Article 6.3.6.3.(7) Article 6.3.6.3.(8) Article 6.3.6.3.(9) Article 6.3.6.4.(1) Article 6.3.6.4.(2) Article 6.3.6.5.(1) Article 6.3.6.5.(1) (a) Article 6.3.6.5.(1)(b) Article 6.3.6.5.(1)(c) Article 6.3.6.5.(1)(e) Article 6.3.6.5.(1)(f) Article 6.3.6.5.(1)(g) Article 6.3.6.5.(2) Article 6.3.6.6.(1) Article 6.3.6.6.(2) Article 6.3.6.6.(3) Article 6.3.6.7.(1) Article 6.3.6.7.(2) Article 6.3.6.7.(4) Article 6.3.6.7.(4) (a) Article 6.3.6.7. (4)(b)(i) Article 6.3.6.7. (4)(b)(ii) Article 6.3.6.7. (4)(b)(iv) Article 6.3.6.7.(4)(c) Article 6.3.6.7.(4)(d) Article 6.3.6.7.(5)(a) Article 6.3.6.7.(5)(b) Article 6.3.6.7.(5)(c) Article 6.3.6.8.

APPLIANCES UTILIZING OR HOT WATER xvice Water Heaters

torage Spaces

Article 6.3.5.1.(1) Article 6.3.5.1.(2) Article 6.3.5.2. Subsection 6.3.6. Article 6.3.6.1.(1) Article 6.3.6.1.(2) Article 6.3.6.1.(3) Article 6.3.6.1.(4) Article 6.3.6.1.(5) Article 6.3.6.1.(6) Article 6.3.6.1.(7) Article 6.3.6.2.

APPLIANCES .ing Appliances and Teaters and Separations uipment ilities APPLIANCES BURNING OIL ; OR USING ELECTRICAL

Furnace Rooms Burning Boilers and Furnaces

Section 6.3. (continued) Subsection 6.3.5.

40o

Article 6.3.6.9. Article 6.3.6.9.(a) Article 6.3.6.9.(2)

REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS and EQUIPMENT FOR AIR CONDITIONING Fuel-Fired Appliances Enclosures Mechanical Systems CHIMNEYS AND VENTING EQUIPMENT - (General) Serving Fuel-Fired Appliances Marking when Unsuitable Testing Venting of Gas Fired Appliances Installations Venting of Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances Height of Chimneys MASONRY OR CONCRETE CHIMNEYS RESIDENCE TYPE - (Design and Construction) MASONRY OR CONCRETE CHIMNEYS OTHER THAN RESIDENCE TYPE— (Design) Construction of Foundations Materials Walls Liners Structural Steel Reinforcing Steel Cast Iron Lightning Protection Mortar Lining CONSTRUCTION OF RECTANGULAR BRICK CHIMNEYS Installation of Lining Spacing Extension above Chimney Capping Flashing Cleanouts Separations Other than Free Standing Corbelling Clearance from Combustible Materials Mortar Materials Temperature of Flue Gases CONSTRUCTION OF RADIAL BRICK CHIMNEYS Columns and Lintel Beams Bonding Wythes Joints Steel Reinforcing Protection against Radiant Heat Capping Cleanout Access Ladders CONSTRUCTION OF REINFORCED CONCRETE CHIMNEYS METAL CHIMNEYS (SMOKESTACKS) Supporting Construction Footings and Foundations vii

Section 6.3. (continued) Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article

Cp Section 6.6. (continued) Article 6.6.6.3 Article 6.6.6.3 Article 6.6.6.3 Article 6.6.6.2 Article 6.6.6.3 Article 6.6.6.3 Article 6.6.6.4 Article 6.6.6.5 Article 6.6.6.6 Article 6.6.6.E Article 6.6.6.E Article 6.6.6.E Article 6.6.6.E Article 6.6.6.fi Article 6.6.6.E Article 6.6.6.E Article 6.6.6.'; Article 6.6.6.7 Article 6.6.6.5 FIRE PROTEC'l Sec. 6.7. Subsection 6.7.1 Subsection 6.7.2 Article 6.7.2.1 Article 6.7.2.] Article 6.7.2.1 Article 6.7.2.1 Article 6.7.2.1 Article 6.7.21' Article 6.7.2.2 Article 6.7.2.2 • Article 6.7.2.4

6.3.6.10.(1) 6.3.6.10.(2) 6.3.6.10.(3) 6.3.6.10.(4) 6.3.6.10.(5) 6.3.6.11.(1) 6.3.6.11.(2) 6.3 .6.11. (3) 6.3.6.11.(4) 6.3.6.11. (5) 6.3.6.11.(6) 6.3.6.12.

Thickness and Protection of Metal Joints Anchoring Cleanout Lining Height Clearances Enclosure Spacing Clearance from Combustible Materials Inside Ventilating Duct FACTORY BUILT CHIMNEYS— (General) Article 6.3.6.13.(1) CHIMNEY FLUES Article 6.3.6.13(1)(b) Inclination Article 6.3.6.13.(1)(c) Cross Sectional Area Article 6.3.6.13.(3) Flues Serving Fireplaces Article 6.3.6.13.(4) More than One Connection Article 6.3.6.14.(1) FLUE PIPES AND BREECHINGS FOR APPLIANCES BURNING SOLID FUEL Article 6.3.6.14.(2) Thickness of Metal Article 6.3.6.14.(3) Location Article 6.3.6.14.(4)(a) Supports Article 6.3.6.14.(4)(b) Length Article 6.3.6.14.(4)(c) Slope Article 6.3.6.14.(4)(d) Cross Sectional Area Article 6.3.6.14.(4)(e) Entering Chimney Article 6.3.6.15. Clearances from Combustible Materials Sec. 6.4.

INCINERATORS Subsection 6.4.1. Subsection 6.4.2. Article 6.4.2.1.(1) Article 6.4.2.2.

General Installation Chimney Flues Separation

Sec. 6.5,

ELFCTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND WIRING Subsection 6.5.1. General Subsection 6.5.2. Wiring

Sec. 6.6.

ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS Subsection 6.6.1. General Article 6.6.1.1(1) Construction Article 6.6.1.1.(2) Repairs Subsection 6.6.2. HOISTWAY CONSTRUCTION Article 6.6.2.1.(1) Enclosures Article .6.2.1.(2) Spaces under Hoistways Article 6.6.2.2. Enclosure of Machinery Article .6.2.3. Doors Subsection 6.6.4. SIDEWALK TYPE ELEVATORS Article 6.6.4.1.(1) When Permitted Article 6.6.4.1.(2) Location Subsection 6.6.5. ESCALATORS Article 6.6.5.1.(2) Enclosures Article 6.6.5.1.(3) Construction Article 6.6.5.1.(4) Machinery Room Subsection 6.6.6. VERTICAL SHAFTS, CHUTES AND HOISTWAYS Article 6.6.6.1. General Article 6.6.6.2. Fire Resist-nee of Shaft Enclosures

Article 6.7.2.f Article 6.7.2.f Article 6.7.2.5 Article 6.7.2.f Article 6.7.2.: Article 6.7.2.( Article 6.7.2.E Article 6.7.2.' Article 6.7.2.' Article 6.7.2.' Article 6.7.2.'; Article 6.7.2.' Subsection Article 6.7.3.: Article 6.7.3. Article 6.7.3.: Article 6.7.3.: Article 6.7.3.: Subsection 6.7.4 Article 6.7.4.:

•

Article 6.7.4.: Article 6.7.4. Article 6.7.4. Article 6.7.4.: Article 6.7.4. Article 6.7.4. Article 6.7.4. Article 6.7.4.

and Protection of Metal

•

from Combustible Materials tilating Duct BUILT CHIMNEYS— al) FLUES ional Area ing Fireplaces One Connection ES AND BREECHINGS FOR il\TCES BURNING SOLID FUEL of Metal

Lonal Area himney from Combustible Materials

•

'lues LLATIONS AND WIRING

V CONSTRUCTION ler Hoistways of Machinery TYPE ELEVATORS nitted )RS

Room . SHAFTS, CHUTES AND VAYS

:ance of Shaft Enclosures

0 4.

Section 6.6. (continued) Top Enclosure Article 6.6.6.3.(1) Article 6.6.6.3.(1) (a) Fire Resistance Article 6.6.6.3.(1) (b) Vents Skylights and Shutters Article 6.6.6.3.(2) Article 6.6.6.3.(3) Construction of Skylights over Shafts Article 6.6.6.3.(4) Windows in lieu of Skylights Article 6.6.6.4. Bottom Enclosure Openings Article 6.6.6.5. Article 6.6.6.6. REFUSE CHUTES Article 6.6.6.6.(1) Enclosures Article 6.6.6.6.(2) Intake Openings Article 6.6.6.6.(3) Self-Closing Closures Article 6.6.6.6.(4) Height above Roof Article 6.6.6.6. (5) Discharge Location Article 6.6.6.6.(7) Spray Equipment Article 6.6.6.6.(8) Automatic Sprinklers Article 6.6.6.7.(1) LINEN CHUTES Article 6.6.6.7.(2) Separation Article 6.6.6.7.(3) Automatic Sprinklers FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT Sec. 6.7. Subsection 6.7.1. General Subsection 6.7.2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Article 6.7.2.1.(1) Design and Installation Article 6.7.2.1.(3) Location Article 6.7.2.1.(4) Control Panels Article 6.7.2.1.(5) Tests Article 6.7.2.2. Manual Fire Alarms Article 6.7.2.3.(1) WARNING DEVICES - (General) Article 6.7.2.3.(2) Alarm Gongs Article 6.7.2.3.(3) Visual Warning Devices Article 6.7.2.4.(1) Connection to Fire Department Headquarters Article 6.7.2.5.(1) FIRE ALARM BOXES Article 6.7.2.5.(2) Colour Article 6.7.2.5.(2) (a) Visibility Article 6.7.2.5.(2)(b) Height Article 6.7.2.5.(3) Instruction Notices Article 6.7.2.6.(1) ANNUNCIATORS Article 6.7.2.6.(2) Location Article 6.7.2.7.(1) AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION Article 6.7.2.7.(2) Exception for Sprinklers Article 6.7.2.7.(3) Location Article 6.7.2.7.(4) Interlocking with Fire Alarm System Article 6.7.2.7.(5) Smoke Detectors Subsection 6.7.3. SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS Article 6.7.3.1.(1) General Article 6.7.3.1.(2) Installation Article 6.7.3.2.(1) Location of Detectors Article 6.7.3.3.(1) Operation Article 6.7.3.3.(2) Interlocking with Fire Alarm Subsection 6.7.4. STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS Article 6.7.4.1.(1) DRY STANDPIPES Detailed Requirements Article 6.7.4.1. (2) Testing Article 6.7.4.1.(3) Size Article 6.7.4.1.(5) Location Article 6.7.4.1.(6) Laterals Article 6.7.4.1. (7) SIAMESE CONNECTIONS Article 6.7.4.1.(8) Location Article 6.7.4.1.(9) Recessing Article 6.7.4.1. (10) Outlets above Roof

Section 8.1. (continued) Subsection 8.1.f

Section 6.7. (continued) Article Article Article Article

6.7.4.1.(11) 6.7.4.1.(12) 6.7.4.1.(13) 6.7.4.2.(1)

Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article

6.7.4.2.(2) 6.7.4.2.(3) 6.7.4.2.(4) 6.7.4.2.(6) 6.7.4.2.(7) 6.7.4.2.(8) 6.7.4.2.(9) 6.7.4.2.(10) 6.7.4.2.(11) 6.7.4.3.(1)

Article 6.7.4.3.(2) Article 6.7.4.3.(2) Article 6.7.4.3. (2) Article 6.7.4.3.(3) Article 6.7.4.4. Subsection 6.7.5. Article 6.7.5.1.(1) Article 6.7.5.1.(2) Article 6.7.5.1.(3) Article 6.7.5.1.(4)3. Subsection 6.7.6. Article 6.7.6.1.

Threads Identifying Signs Auxiliary Pumps WET STANDPIPES Detailed Requirements Size Number Required Location Outlets Threads Water Supplies Pressure and Gravity Tanks Fire Pumps Hose and Hose Reels Hose Cabinet BASEMENT PIPE INLETS Detailed Requirements Installation Lids Identification Location Approvals SPRINKLER SYSTEMS General Plans Water Supply Alarm Systems PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Installation

Article 8.1.5. Article 8.1.5.: Article 8.1.5. Article 8.1.5. Article 8.1.5. Article 8.1.5.: Article 8.1.5.: Article 8.1.5.. Article 8.1.5.. Subsection 8.1.1 Article 8.1.6. Article 8.1.6.; Sec. 8.2.

HOUSEKEEPIls Subsection 8.2. Subsection 8.2.:

Sec. 8.3.

HANDLING AI Subsection 8.3.• Article 8.3.1.

Sec. 8.4.

TEMPORARY Subsection 8.4.; Article 8.4.2. Article 8.4.2. Article 8.4.2. Article 8.4.2. Article 8.4.2. Article 8.4.2.1 Article 8.4.2.

PART 7—PLUMBING (Not part of this Bylaw)

Sec. 8.5.

EXCAVATION Subsection 8.5. Article 8.5.1. Subsection 8.5.' Article 8.5.2. Article 8.5.2. Article 8.5.2. Article 8.5.2. Subsection 8.5. Article 8.5.3. Subsection 8.5.

Sec. 8.6.

STAIRS AND I Subsection 8.6. Article 8.6.1.

PART 8—CONSTRUCTION SAFETY MEASURES Note—This replaces the Part 8 printed in the National Building Code.

Sec. 8.1.

GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 8.1.1.1. Use of Public Property Article 8.1.1.2. Protection of Pedestrians Article 8.1.1.3. Lighting Permit Article 8.1.1.4. Article 8.1.1.4.(a) Condition of Property Article 8.1.1.4.(d) Responsible for Damages Article 8.1.1.5. Insurance Subsection 8.1.2. DEFINITIONS Subsection 8.1.3. RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION (General) Subsection 8.1.4. FENCING AND BARRICADES Article 8.1.4.1. Walkway Article 8.1.4.2. Types of Protection Required Article 8.1.4.3. Construction of Railing Article 8.1.4.4. Construction of Fences Article 8.1.4.5. Construction of Canopies

Article 8.5.4.

•

Article 8.6.1 Subsection 8.6. Article 8.6.2, Subsection 8.6, Article 8.6.3 Article 8.6.3

1 Signs Pumps NTDPIPES Detailed !ments

Section 8.1. (continued) Subsection 8.1.5. Article 8.1.5.1. Article 8.1.5.1.(a) Article 8.1.5.1.(b) Article 8.1.5.1.(c) Article 8.1.5.1.(d) Article 8.1.5.2. Article 8.1.5.3. Article 8.1.5.4. Article 8.1.5.5. Subsection 8.1.6.

equired

Vies nd Gravity Tanks

Article 8.1.6.1. Article 8.1.6.2.

Elose Reels aet T PIPE INLETS I Requirements

Sec. 8.2.

HANDLING AND STORING MATERIALS Subsection 8.3.1. General Article 8.3.1.1. Materials

Sec. 8.4.

TEMPORARY SERVICES Subsection 8.4.2. FIRE PROTECTION Article 8.4.2.1. Location of Fire Extinguisher Article 8.4.2.2. Underground Water Mains Article 8.4.2.3. Prevention of Freeze-Up Article 8.4.2.4. Protection during Construction Article 8.4.2.5. Standpipes during Construction Article 8.4.2.6. Automatic Sprinkler System during Construction Article 8.4.2.7. Access to Fire Fighting Equipment

Sec. 8.5.

EXCAVATION Subsection 8.5.1. Article 8.5.1.1. Subsection 8.5.2. Article 8.5.2.1. Article 8.5.2.1. Article 8.5.2.1. Article 8.5.2.1. Subsection 8.5.3. Article 8.5.3.1. Subsection 8.5.4.

â&#x20AC;¢

the National Building Code. )lic Property of Pedestrians of Property for Damages

Article 8.5.4.1. Sec. 8.6.

INS IAL CONSTRUCTION 11) AND BARRICADES 'rotection Required in of Railing in of Fences in of Canopies

WASTE MATERIALS TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES

Sec. 8.3. R SYSTEMS ply tems E FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

HOUSEKEEPING Subsection 8.2.1. Subsection 8.2.2.

USE OF STREETS OR PUBLIC PROPERTY General Front of Building Site Front of Adjoining Site Alley Public Sidewalk Obstructions to Public Services Mixing of Concrete Protection of Public Services Temporary Walkways UNOCCUPIED OR INCOMPLETE CONSTRUCTION Unoccupied Buildings Excavations

STAIRS AND RAMPS Subsection 8.6.1. Article 8.6.1.1. Article 8.6.1.2. Subsection 8.6.2. Article 8.6.2.1. Subsection 8.6.3. Article 8.6.3.1. Article 8.6.3.2.

DISCONNECT EXISTING SERVICES General ADJOIM.NG PROPERTY Angle of Repose Protection of Excavation 12' or less Notice in Writing Protection of Excavation Exceeding 12' BARRICADES AND WARNING LIGHTS Safety Measures at Excavations REMOVAL OF WATER FROM EXCAVATIONS General STAIRS REQUIRED Where Permanent or Temporary Stairs Required during Construction Condition PERMANENT STAIRS Temporary Wooden Treads on Steel Stairs TEMPORARY STAIRS Requirements for Temporary Stairs Handrails and Guardrails xi

Amend. 9.39. Amend. 9.40.

Section 8.6. (continued) Subsection 8.6.4. Article 8.6.4.1. Article 8.6.4.2. Article 8.6.4.3. Sec. 8.7.

GUARDRAILS Subsection 8.7.1.

Sec. 8.8.

DEMOLITION Subsection 8.8.1. Subsection 8.8.2. Subsection 8.8.3. Subsection 8.8.4.

TEMPORARY RAMPS Design Platform Construction Ramps

Amend. 9.41. PART 10—SIGNS Note—This is a new P

GUARDRAILS AND HANDRAILS (General) Precautions Prior to Demolition Shut Off Services Removal of Hazards after Demolition Inspection

Sec. 10.1.

PURPOSE AND Subsection 10.1.

Sec. 10.2.

DEFINITIONS A Subsection 10.2.

Sec. 10.3.

PERMITS, FEE Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3.

PART 9—HOUSING Note—These amendments apply to the Part 9 (including supplement

No. 5) printed in the National Building Code.

Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend.

9.2. 9.3. 9.4. 9.5. 9.6. 9.7. 9.8. 9.9. 9.10. 9.11. 9.12. 9.13. 9.14. 9.15.

Sec. 9.1.9. Sec. 9.17.1. Sec. 9.17.2. Sec. 9.17.4. Sec. 9.18. Sec. 9.19. Sec. 9.20.3. Supplement No. 5 Sec. 1 D (12) Sec. 1 D (17) Sec. 1 E Table 1A Sec. 1 E (5) Sec. 2 C Table 2A Sec. 2D, 2E, 2F, and 2G

Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend.

9.16. 9.17. 9.18. 9.19. 9.20. 9.21. 9.22. 9.23. 9.24. 9.25. 9.26. 9.27. 9.28.

Sec. 2K Sec. 2-0 (4) Sec. 2-0 (5) Sec. 3 D (1) Sec. 3 D (2) Sec. 4 E (4) Sec. 4F 15 and 4 F 16 Sec. 4-0 (1) Sec. 6B Table 6A Sec. 11A (4) Sec. 15A (2) Sec. 17D Sec. 21 M

Amend. 9.29. Amend. 9.30. Amend. 9.31. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend. Amend.

9.32. 9.33. 9.34. 9.35. 9.36. 9.37. 9.38.

Sec. 22 A (2) Sec. 23 Sec. 24A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, and M Sec. 26 A 3 Sec. 26 D 4 Sec. 28 C 1 Sec. 28 B 3 Sec. 28 G 2 Sec. 31 Sec. 32

Sec. 34 A Table 3B of Appendix "B"

Drawings and Specifications Plumbing Required Plumbing Fixtures Hot Water Supply Ventilation Heating Electrical Installation Residential Standards Lane Street Floor Loads Snow Loads Room Heights Living, Dining, Kitchen and Bedroom Areas Bathroom and Water Closets Access to Roof Ladders Exits Double Exits Sprinklers and Openings in Exterior Walls Separation of Central Heating Plant Fire Alarm System Minimum Depths of Foundations Heating of Crawl Spaces Chimneys and Flue Pipes Framing Lumber Eavestroughs, Downspouts and Roof Drains Stucco Stucco Requirements Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes Windows Courts Stair Dimensions Risers Handrails Ventilation Heating xii

Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3.. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3. Subsection 10.3.

•

Sec. 10.4.

DESIGN AND C Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4. Subsection 10.4.

Sec. 10.5.

GENERAL Subsection 10.5. Subsection 10.5. Subsection 10.5. Subsection 10.5. Subsection 10.5. Subsection 10.5. Subsection 10.5.

Sec. 10.6.

POLE SIGNS Subsection 10.6. Subsection 10.6.

LRY RAMPS

Construction

•

Amend. 9.39. Amend. 9.40. •

Sec. 34 A Table 3B of Appendix "B"

Amend. 9.41.

Elevators Ceilings and Floor Joists in Dwellings Heating, Ventilation, Plumbing and Gas

PART 10—SIGNS Note—This is a new Part added to this Code.

ILS AND HANDRAILS 7a1)

Sec. 10.1. Sec. 10.2.

Is Prior to Demolition Services )f Hazards after Demolition L

Sec. 10.3.

Part 9 (including supplement lding Code. and Specifications Plumbing Fixtures r Supply Installation d Standards ds ds ghts ning, Kitchen and Bedroom

Sec. 10.4.

and Water Closets Roof dts ; and Openings in Exterior Walls of Central Heating Plant m System Depths of Foundations f Crawl Spaces and Flue Pipes Lumber ghs, Downspouts and )rains

Sec. 10.5.

quirements Vall and Ceiling Finishes ensions Sec. 10.6.

PURPOSE AND SCOPE General Subsection 10.1.1. DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS General Subsection 10.2.1. PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTION Permits Required Subsection 10.3.1. Temporary Displays Subsection 10.3.1. Applications Subsection 10.3.2. Plans Subsection 10.3.2. Supervision by an Architect or Subsection 10.3.2. Professional Engineer Exceptions to Permit Requirements Subsection 10.3.3. Changing of Message Subsection 10.3.3.(a) Painting Subsection 10.3.3.(b) Non-Electric Signs (Height) Subsection 10.3.3.(c) Non-Electric Signs (Area) Subsection 10.3.3.(d) Maintenance Subsection 10.3.3.(e) SIGN PERMIT FEES Subsection 10.3.4. Double Fees Subsection 10.3.4. Maintenance Subsection 10.3.5. Inspections Subsection 10.3.6. Removal Subsection 10.3.6. Reinspections Subsection 10.3.6. Insurance Subsection 10.3.7. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION General Subsection 10.4.1.(a) Subsection 10.4.1.(b) Wind Loads Seismic Loads Subsection 10.4.1.(c) Combined Loads Subsection 10.4.1.(d) Allowable Stresses Subsection 10.4.1.(e) Supports and Construction Subsection 10.4.2.(a) Materials Subsection 10.4.2.(b) Subsection 10.4.2.(b)1. Structural Steel Subsection 10.4.2.(b)2. Anchors and Supports Combustible Materials Subsection 10.4.2.(c) Permitted Use of Wood Subsection 10.4.2.(d) Anchorage Subsection 10.4.2.(e) Display Surfaces Subsection 10.4.2.(f) GENERAL Subsection 10.5.1.(a) Subsection 10.5.1.(b) Subsection 10.5.2.(a) Subsection 10.5.2. (Ii) Subsection 10.5.2.(c) Subsection 10.5.2.(d) Subsection 10.5.2.(e) POLE SIGNS Subsection 10.6.1. Subsection 10.6.2.

General Requirements Dimensions and Clearances Location Obstructions Clearances from Service Lines Clearance from Roof Edge Projection and Clearance in Malls General Supports xiii

PART 11—PROVISIONAL OCCUP

Section 10.6. (continued)

Sec. 10.7.

Sec. 10.8.

Sec. 10.9.

Sec. 10.10.

Sec. 10.11.

Subsection 10.6.3. Subsection 10.6.3.(a) Subsection 10.6.3.(b) Subsection 10.6.3.(c)

Projection and Clearance Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel Area Above Passageways

GROUND SIGNS Subsection 10.7.1. Subsection 10.7.2. Subsection 10.7.3. Subsection 10.7.3.(a) Subsection 10.7.3.(b) Subsection 10.7.3.(c)

General Supports Projection and Clearance Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel Above Passageways

ROOF SIGNS Subsection 10.8.1. Subsection 10.8.2. Subsection 10.8.3. Subsection 10.8.3.(a) Subsection 10.8.3.(b) Subsection 10.8.3.(c) FACIA SIGNS Subsection 10.9.1. Subsection 10.9.2. Subsection 10.9.2.(a) Subsection 10.9.2.(b) Subsection 10.9.2.(c) PROJECTING SIGNS Subsection 10.10.1. Subsection 10.10.2. Subsection 10.10.2.(a) Subsection 10.10.2.(b) Subsection 10.10.2.(c)

1))

Note—This is a new

Sec. 11.1.(1) Sec. 11.1.(2) Sec. 11.1.(3) Sec. 11.2. Sec. 11.2.(a) Sec. 11.2.(b) Sec. 11.2.(c) Sec. 11.2.(d) Sec. 11.2.(e) Sec. 11.2.(f) Sec. 11.2.(g) Sec. 11.3.

General Anchoring to Building Projection and Clearance Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel Above Passageways General Projection and Clearance Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel

Above Passageways

General Projection and Clearance Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel Above Passageways

•

Sec. 11.3.(a) Sec. 11.3.(b) Sec. 11.4.(1) Sec. 11.4.(2) (a) Sec. 11.4.(2)(b) Sec. 11.4.(2)(c) Sec. 11.4.(3) Sec. 11.4.(4) Sec. 11.4.(5) (a) Sec. 11.4.(5)(b) Sec. 11.4.(6) Sec. 11.5.(1) Sec. 11.5.(2) Sec. 11.5.(3) Sec. 11.6.(1) Sec. 11.6.(2) Sec. 11.6.(3) Sec. 11.6.(4) Sec. 11.6.(5)

COMBINATION SIGNS Subsection 10.11.1. Subsection 10.11.2. Subsection 10.11.3. Subsection 10.11.3.(a) Subsection 10.11.3.(b) Subsection 10.11.3.(c)

General Supports Projection and Clearance Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel Above Passageways

PAR1 12—PLASTERING AND Vlo

Sec. 10.12.

MARQUEE SIGNS Subsection 10.12.1.

Sec. 12.1.

GENERAL

General

Sec. 12.1.

Application and

Sec. 10.13.

ELECTRIC SIGNS Subsection 10.13.1. TEMPORARY SIGNS Subsection 10.14.1. Subsection 10.14.1. Subsection 10.14.1. Subsection 10.14.1.

Sec. 12.2.

STUCCO Subsection 12.2. Article 12.2.1. Article 12.2.1. Article 12.2.1. Article 12.2.1. Article 12.2.1. Subsection 12.2. Article 12.2.2. Article 12.2.2. Article 12.2.2. Article 12.2.2. Subsection 12.2.: Article 12.2.3. Article 12.2.3.

Sec. 10.14.

Sec. 10.15.

Sec. 10.16.

Note—This is a new P%

General

Area Limitations Time Period Limitation

Projection Over Public Property Building Line

CLOTH SIGNS Subsection 10.15.1.(a) Support Subsection 10.15.1.(b) Projection and Clearance over Public Property SPECIAL TEMPORARY DISPLAYS Subsection 10.16.1. Permit XiV

41,

n and Clearance )lic Property ?,destrian Travel Area assageways

•

PART 11—PROVISIONAL OCCUPANCY OF PUBLIC PROPERTY Note—This is a new Part added to this Code.

n and Clearance )lic Property !destrian Travel ass ageways

g to Building n and Clearance )lic Property :destrian Travel tssageways

n and Clearance )lie Property 3destrian Travel ass ageways

n and Clearance )lic Property destrian Travel lssageways

41.

Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec.

11.1.(1) 11.1.(2) 11.1.(3) 11.2.

Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec.

11.2.(a) 11.2.(b) 11.2.(c) 11.2.(d) 11.2.(e) 11.2.(f) 11.2.(g) 11.3.

Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec.

11.3.(a) 11.3.(b) 11.4.(1) 11.4.(2) (a) 11.4.(2)(b) 11.1(2) (c) 11.4.(3) 11.4.(4) 11.4.(5) (a) 11.4.(5)(b) 11.4.(6) 11.5.(1)

Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec.

11.5.(2) 11.5.(3) 11.6.(1) 11.6.(2) 11.6.(3) 11.6.(4) 11.6.(5)

Projections beyond Property Lines Overhangs and Excavations City Council Approval Required Agreement Required Before Issuance of Building Permit Fees Rental Fee Part of Taxes Claims for Damages Backfilling Covenants Caveats Cost of Caveat Measurement from Lowest Point of Projection Minimum Clearance Maximum Projection MARQUEES Clearance from Curb Line Height based on Projection Minimum Height Above Ground Thickness Construction Roof Construction Drainage Location Prohibited MOVABLE AWNINGS OR MOVABLE HOODS Projection from Nearest Curb Height Above Ground General Measurement of Projection Projection into Alleys Projection of Doors Public Liability and Property Damage

PAR-I 12—PLASTERING AND WALLBOARD

a and Clearance )lie Property destrian Travel Issageways

Note—This is a new Part added to this Code.

Litations loll Limitation n Over Public Property Line

• and Clearance over Public rty

Sec. 12.1.

GENERAL

Sec. 12.1.

Application and Tests

Sec. 12.2.

STUCCO Subsection 12.2.1. Article 12.2.1.1. Article 12.2.1.2. Article 12.2.1.3. Article 12.2.1.4. Article 12.2.1.5. Subsection 12.2.2. Article 12.2.2.1. Article 12.2.2.2. Article 12.2.2.3. Article 12.2.2.4. Subsection 12.2.3. Article 12.2.3.1. Article 12.2.3.1.

General Sheathing Stucco Lath or Reinforcing Age of Masonry Height above Grade Flashing STUCCO MATERIALS Portland Cement Aggregate Hydrated Lime Water FASTENERS Nails Staples XV

•

Section 12.2. (continued) Subsection 12.2.4. Article 12.2.4.1. Article 12.2.4.3. Article 12.2.4.4. Article 12.2.4.5. Article 12.2.4.6. Subsection 12.2.5. Article 12.2.5.2. Article 12.2.5.3. Subsection 12.2.6. Article 12.2.6.1. Article 12.2.6.2. Article 12.2.6.3. Article 12.2.6.4. Article 12.2.6.5. Article 12.2.6.6. Article 12.2.6.7. Subsection 12.2.7. Article 12.2.7.1. Article 12.2.7.1.(1) Article 12.2.7.1.(2) Article 12.2.7.1.(3) Article 12.2.7.1.(4) Sec. 12.3.

STUCCO LATH Rib Lath Clearance Application Fastenings Spacings STUCCO MIXES Pigments Mixing STUCCO APPLICATION Temperature Thickness of Coats Scoring and Dampening First Coat Roughing Second Coat Dampening Second Coat Stone Dash Shrinkage Cracks CEMENT RENDERING - MONOLITHIC SURFACES General Cleaning Wetting Down Grouting or Bonding Consistency

INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES Subsection 12.3.1. SCOPE Article 12.3.1.2. Plastering Subsection 12.3.2. WATERPROOF WALL FINISH Article 12.3.2.1. Height Required Article 12.3.2.2. Materials Subsection 12.3.3. WOOD FURRING Article 12.3.3.1. Size and Patching Article 12.3.3.2. Nailing Subsection 12.3.4. GYPSUM LATH Article 12.3.4.2. Thickness and Spacing Article 12.3.4.3. Application Article 12.3.4.4. Nailing Subsection 12.3.5. FIBREBOARD LATH Article 12.3.5.2. Supports and Spacing Article 12.3.5.3. Nailing Article 12.3.5.4. Application Subsection 12.3.6. METAL LATH Article 12.3.6.1. Materials Article 12.3.6.2. Weight Article 12.3.6.3. Fastening Article 12.3.6.4. Application Subsection 12.3.7. CORNER REINFORCEMENT FOR PLASTER Article 12.3.7.1. Materials Article 12.3.7.2. Corner Beads and Reinforcement Article 12.3.7.3. Corners of Openings Article 12.3.7.4. Fastening Subsection 12.3.8. PLASTERING Article 12.3.8.1. Materials Article 12.3.8.2. Grounding Article 12.3.8.3. Thickness Article 12.3.8.4. Application Article 12.3.8.5. Bonding xvi

4))

•

Section 12.3. (continued) Article 12.3.8.6 Article 12.3.8.1 Article 12.3.8.8 Article 12.3.8.9 Article 12.3.8.1 Article 12.3.8.1 Subsection 12.3.9

Article 12.3.9.'2' Article 12.3.9.3 Article 12.3.9.9 Article 12.3.9.l Article 12.3.9.E Article 12.3.9.1 Article 12.3.9.8 Article 12.3.91 Article 12.3.9.1 Article 12.3.9.1 Article 12.3.9.1 Article 12.3.9.1 Article 12.3.9.] Subsection 12.3.1 Article 12.3.10 Article 12.3.10 Article 12.3.10 Article 12.3.10 Article 12.3.10 Article 12.3.10 Article 12.3.10 Article 12.3.10

PART 13—MOVING OF BUILDIIN

Note—This is a new R Sec. 13.1.

PERMITS, FEES Subsection 13.1.: Subsection 13.1.] Subsection 13.1.: Subsection 13.1. Subsections 13.1 Subsection 13.1.: Article 13.1.2, Article 13.1.2. Subsection 13.1. Subsection 13.1. Article 13.1.4, Article 13.1.4

PART 14—FIRE ZONE AND RE

Note—This is a new P Sec. 14.1.

ESTABLISHME1 Subsection 14.1. Subsection 14.1 Subsection 14.1 Subsection 14.1 Subsection 14.1

Section 12.3. (continued) LATH

Article 12.3.8.6. Article 12.3.8.7. Article 12.3.8.8. Article 12.3.8.9. Article 12.3.8.10. Article 12.3.8.11. Subsection 12.3.9.

on gs MIXES

Article 12.3.9.2. Article 12.3.9.3. Article 12.3.9.4. Article 12.3.9.5. Article 12.3.9.6. Article 12.3.9.7. Article 12.3.9.8. Article 12.3.9.9. Article 12.3.9.10. Article 12.3.9.11. Article 12.3.9.12. Article 12.3.9.13. Article 12.3.9.14. Subsection 12.3.10. Article 12.3.10.1. Article 12.3.10.2. Article 12.3.10.3. Article 12.3.10.4. Article 12.3.10.5. Article 12.3.10.6. Article 12.3.10.7. Article 12.3.10.8.

APPLICATION ture s of Coats ind Dampening First Coat Second Coat rig Second Coat sh e Cracks ' RENDERING - MONOLITHIC ACES Down or Bonding icy FINISHES

'ROOF WALL FINISH equired

0 ft

Mixing for Three Coats Mixing for Two Coats Minimum Thickness Finish Coat Acoustic Plaster Temperature Range GYPSUM BOARD FINISH (TAPED JOINTS) Thickness and Spacing Nails Nailing for Single Layer Nailing for Double Layer Nailing for Strip Laminated Method Screws and Spacing Filler Taping Protection of Corners Cementing First Layer Cementing Second Layer Cementing Third Layer Sanding PLASTER VENEER Application Materials Base Use Equipment and Tools Staggering of Joints Scrim Joints Thickness of Veneer Finish Plaster Trowelling

'URRING Patching

PART 13—MOVING OF BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

LATH 3 and Spacing on

Sec. 13.1.

Note—This is a new Part added to this Code.

0ARD LATH and Spacing on ATH

on REINFORCEMENT FOR CER eads and Reinforcement d Openings

PART 14—FIRE ZONE AND RESTRICTIONS

Note—This is a new Part added to this Code.

tING

)11.

PERMITS, FEES, PROCEDURES GENERAL Subsection 13.1.1. Moving Permit Subsection 13.1.1.(a) Approval of Municipality Subsection 13.1.1.(b) Permission of Department of Highways Subsection 13.1.1.(c) Building Permit Subsections 13.1.1.(d) PERMITS Subsection 13.1.2. Article 13.1.2.1. Issuance Conditions Article 13.1.2.2. Licensed Mover PERMIT FEES Subsection 13.1.3. PROCEDURES Subsection 13.1.4. Article 13.1.4.1. Ownership Establishing Specific Route Article 13.1.4.2.

Sec. 14.1.

ESTABLISHMENT OF FIRE ZONE Subsection 14.1.1. North Side of River South Side of River Subsection 14.1.2. Partially within Fire Zone Subsection 14.1.3. Moved Buildings Subsection 14.1.4. Temporary Buildings Subsection 14.1.5. xvii

Section 14.1. (continued) Subsection 14.1.6. Article 14.1.6.1.(a) Article 14.1.6.1.(b) Article 14.1.6.1.(c) Article 14.1.6.1.(d) Article 14.1.6.1. (c)(i) Article 14.1.6.1. (e)(ii)

Bylaw No. 3084

RESTRICTIONS IN THE FIRE ZONE Any Type of Construction One-hour Fire-protected Wood-frame Construction Unprotected Noncombustible Construction One-hour Fire-resistive Exterior Walls

Being a Bylaw of the City classification, alteration, repair, d( adopting certain portions of the 1\ Second Printing, and repealing 13;

Noncombustible Walls Occupancies Prohibited

â&#x20AC;˘

WHEREAS sections 385 to chapter 42 of the Revised Sta authorize the council of a city to fication, alteration, repair, demolil city or any part thereof and to j board to deal with and adjudicat under the provision of the bylaw ing permits and all things in con vide for the pulling down or rerr building, erection or structure v the said sections provide for the dilapidated or ruinous buildings; AND WHEREAS section 285 of a city to pass bylaws preventir of billboards, signboards or other AND WHEREAS section 386 clause (g) of subsection (1) tha. bylaw adopting and constituting known as the National Building any specified provisions thereof ( regulations made under any clau. Act; AND WHEREAS the said prc which edition of the National B Associate Committee on the Na Research Council has issued th 1965, Second Printing; AND WHEREAS it is expedii of the National Building Code o building bylaw as modified or ex repeal Bylaw Number 2106 which Building Code 1958. NOW THEREFORE the Mun duly assembled enacts as follows

PART 1 Al Bylaw No. 3084 SECTION 1.1 TITLE

1.1.1. This bylaw shall be 10 1967," may be cited as such, and law". 1.1.2. In this Bylaw "Code" (a) The National Building 0 National Research Council of Car (b) those portions of the N which are incorporated in this I modifications. xviii

Bylaw No. 3084

;TIONS IN THE JiThE ZONE e of Construction • Fire-protected Wood-frame ruction led Noncombustible Construction • Fire-resistive Exterior Walls

Being a Bylaw of the City of Edmonton respecting the erection, classification, alteration, repair, demolition or removal of buildings, and adopting certain portions of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, and repealing Bylaw Number 2106. WHEREAS sections 385 to 389 inclusive of The City Act, being chapter 42 of the Revised Statutes of Alberta, 1955 as amended, authorize the council of a city to pass bylaws respecting erection, classification, alteration, repair, demolition or removal of buildings within the city or any part thereof and to provide in such a bylaw for an appeal board to deal with and adjudicate upon any question which may arise under the provision of the bylaw and to provide for the issue of building permits and all things in connection with such permits and to provide for the pulling down or removal at the expense of the owner any building, erection or structure which contravenes the said bylaw and the said sections provide for the action which may be taken to remove dilapidated or ruinous buildings; AND WHEREAS section 285 of The City Act authorizes the council of a city to pass bylaws preventing and controlling the erection and use of billboards, signboards or other advertising device; AND WHEREAS section 386 of The City Act aforesaid provides in clause (g) of subsection (1) that in particular the council may pass a bylaw adopting and constituting as building regulations the regulations known as the National Building Code (Canada) with the exception of any specified provisions thereof either in place of or in addition to any regulations made under any clause of section 386 aforesaid of The City Act; AND WHEREAS the said provision of The City Act does not specify which edition of the National Building Code may be adopted and the Associate Committee on the National Building Code of the National Research Council has issued the National Building Code of Canada, 1965, Second Printing; AND WHEREAS it is expedient that the City adopt certain portions of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as its building bylaw as modified or extended by this bylaw and that the City repeal Bylaw Number 2106 which adopts certain portions of the Uniform Building Code 1958. NOW THEREFORE the Municipal Council of the City of Edmonton duly assembled enacts as follows:

mstible Walls ies Prohibited

PART 1 ADMINISTRATION Bylaw No. 3084 SECTION 1.1 TITLE

1.1.1. This bylaw shall be known as the "Edmonton Building Bylaw 1967," may be cited as such, and will be referred to herein as "this Bylaw" 1.1.2. In this Bylaw "Code" means

•

(a) The National Building Code of Canada 1965 as published by the National Research Council of Canada or (b) those portions of the National Building Code of Canada 1965 which are incorporated in this Bylaw as parts thereof, with or without modifications.

Title

Interpretation

Numbering

Definitions

1.1.3. All of the portions of the Code incorporated in this Bylaw are a part hereof and a reference to or a citation of any provision of the Code is correctly made by designating the portion of the Code by the numbers and letters, if any, together with the decimal points and brackets, where such occur, as being a section, subsection, article, paragraph or sentence of a part of this Bylaw, according to the type of reference and numbering used in the equivalent portions of the Code adopted by this Bylaw.

â&#x20AC;˘

1.1.4. (a) The definition of a word appearing in any specified Part of this Bylaw may be referred to for the purposes of interpreting the word only where it appears in that part of the Bylaw in which the definition is given unless the word so defined is included in the definitions listed in Part 2 of the Bylaw.

(d) Additions, Alterations, an

Structural additions, alterations, ai building or structure, within any cent of the value of the building o requirements for new buildings ( tural additions, alterations, or rei having jurisdiction, may be made building or structure is constructel new additions, shall not exceed t Bylaw.

1.1.4. (b) The term "authority having jurisdiction" means the City Architect and Inspector of Buildings or his regularly authorized deputy. Purpose

SECTION 1.2 PURPOSE

1.2.1. The purpose of this Bylaw is to provide minimum standards to safeguard life or limb, health, property, and public welfare by regulating and controlling the design, construction, quality of materials, use and occupancy, location and maintenance of all buildings and structures within the City and certain equipment specifically regulated herein. Scope

Additions, Alterations, Repairs, Changes in use or occupancy Most restrictive shall govern

1.3.2. Additions, alterations, repairs, and changes of use or occupancy in all buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions for new buildings and structures except as otherwise provided in Sections 1.4 and 1.20 of this Bylaw. 1.3.3. Where, in any specific case, different sections of this Bylaw specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern. When this Bylaw is silent on any matter, it is not the intent to mean approval but the authority having jurisdiction, in his opinion, may refer to any recognized code which covers the situation and the requirements shall be the same as if they were part of this Bylaw. SECTION 1.4 APPLICATION TO EXISTING BUILDINGS

Application to Existing Buildings Fire Zone Alterations More than 50%

Alterations 25% to 50%

(e) Nonstructural Alterations

SECTION 1.3 SCOPE

1.3.1. The provisions of this Bylaw shall apply to the construction, alteration, moving, demolition, repair, and use of any building or structure within the City, except work located primarily in a public way, public utility towers and poles, mechanical equipment not specifically regulated in this Bylaw and hydraulic flood control structures, as well as electrical installations regulated by the City of Edmonton Electrical Distribution System, unless specifically required in this Bylaw.

1.4.1. General. Buildings or structures to which additions, alterations, or repairs are made shall comply with all the requirements for new buildings or structures except as specifically provided in this Section. (a) For construction requirements in the Fire Zone see Part 14. (b) Additions, Alterations, and Repairs: More than 50 Per Cent.

When additions, alterations, or repairs within any 12-month period exceed 50 per cent of the value of an existing building or structure, such building or structure shall be made to conform to the requirements for new buildings or structures. (c) Additions, Alterations, and Repairs: 25 to 50 Per Cent.

Additions, alterations, and repairs exceeding 25 per cent but not exceeding 50 per cent of the value of an existing building or structure and 2

complying with the requirements made to such building or structur making the entire building or sti shall conform to the requirement like area, height, and occupancy. new additions, shall not exceed t Bylaw.

â&#x20AC;˘

Alterations or repairs, not exceedi ing building or structure, which a member or part of the building o ance, may be made with the san structure is constructed. (f) Repairs: Roof Covering. / covering of any building or strucl period unless the new roof coveri ments of this Bylaw for new buildi (g) Existing Occupancy. Buil passage of this Bylaw may have thi if such use or occupancy was le Bylaw, provided such continued us (h) Any change in the use oi structure shall comply with all otl See Section 1.20. (i) Moved Buildings. Buildin the city shall comply with the pr requirements in the Fire Zone. (j) Maintenance. All buildinl and all parts thereof, shall be m tion. All devices or safeguards v building or structure when erect tamed in good working order. Th( responsible for the maintenance oi (k) Where the occupancy cla Bylaw applies to all parts of the bi SECTION 1.5 ALTERNATE MAT CONSTRUCTION

1.5.1. The provisions of this use of any material or method of by this Bylaw, provided any such 1.5.2. The authority havin alternate provided he finds that complies with the provisions of S( or work offered is, for the purp, that prescribed in this Bylaw i resistance, durability, and safety.

ode incorporated in this Bylaw are itation of any provision of the Code )ortion of the Code by the numbers iecimal points and brackets, where lion, article, paragraph or sentence te type of reference and numbering Code adopted by this Bylaw.

complying with the requirements for new buildings or structures may be made to such building or structure within any 12-month period without making the entire building or structure comply. The new construction shall conform to the requirements of this Bylaw for a new building of like area, height, and occupancy. Such building or structure, including new additions, shall not exceed the areas and heights specified in this Bylaw.

rd appearing in any specified Part - the purposes of interpreting the art of the Bylaw in which the defifined is included in the definitions

(d) Additions, Alterations, and Repairs: 25 Per Cent or Less.

Structural additions, alterations, and repairs to any portion of an existing building or structure, within any 12-month period, not exceeding 25 per cent of the value of the building or structure shall comply with all of the requirements for new buildings or structures, except that minor structural additions, alterations, or repairs, when approved by the authority having jurisdiction, may be made with the same material of which the building or structure is constructed. Such building or structure, including new additions, shall not exceed the areas and heights specified in this Bylaw.

aving jurisdiction" means the City n. his regularly authorized deputy. is to provide minimum standards perty, and public welfare by regustruction, quality of materials, use nce of all buildings and structures t specifically regulated herein.

(e) Nonstructural Alterations and Repairs: 25 Per Cent or Less.

Alterations or repairs, not exceeding 25 per cent of the value of an existing building or structure, which are nonstructural and do not affect any member or part of the building or structure having required fire resistance, may be made with the same materials of which the building or structure is constructed. (f) Repairs: Roof Covering. Not more than 25 per cent of the roof covering of any building or structure shall be replaced in any 12-month period unless the new roof covering is made to conform to the requirements of this Bylaw for new buildings or structures. (g) Existing Occupancy. Buildings in existence at the time of the passage of this Bylaw may have their existing use or occupancy continued, if such use or occupancy was legal at the time of the passage of this Bylaw, provided such continued use is not dangerous to life. (h) Any change in the use or occupancy of any existing building or structure shall comply with all other applicable provisions of this Bylaw. See Section 1.20. (i) Moved Buildings. Buildings or structures moved into or within the city shall comply with the provisions of this Bylaw. See Part 14 for requirements in the Fire Zone. (j) Maintenance. All buildings or structures both existing and new, and all parts thereof, shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition. All devices or safeguards which are required by this Bylaw in a building or structure when erected, altered, or repaired, shall be maintained in good working order. The owner or his authorized agent shall be responsible for the maintenance of buildings and structures. (k) Where the occupancy classification of a building is changed, this Bylaw applies to all parts of the building affected by the change.

iw shall apply to the construction, and use of any building or strucseated primarily in a public way, lanical equipment not specifically flood control structures, as well as e City of Edmonton Electrical Dismired in this Bylaw. drs, and changes of use or occugall comply with the provisions for otherwise provided in Sections 1.4 different sections of this Bylaw of construction or other require'. When this Bylaw is silent on any Ipproval but the authority having ?,r to any recognized code which cots shall be the same as if they

;TING BUILDINGS

2tures to which additions, alterawith all the requirements for new ically provided in this Section.

Alterations (nonstructural) 25% or less

Repairs Roof Covering

Existing Occupancy

Change in use o r cc u p a ncy Moved buildings

Maintenance

SECTION 1.5 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION

in the Fire Zone see Part 14. pairs: More than 50 Per Cent.

within any 12-month period exceed building or structure, such build!orm to the requirements for new pairs: 25 to 50 Per Cent.

.eding 25 per cent but not exceedxisting building or structure and

Alterations 25% or less

0 IL

1.5.1. The provisions of this Bylaw are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this Bylaw, provided any such alternate has been approved. 1.5.2. The authority having jurisdiction may approve any such alternate provided he finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the provisions of Section 4.1 and that the material, method, or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this Bylaw in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, and safety.

Alternate Materials and Methods of Construction Provided that proposed design is satisfactory

Sufficient evidence of proof

1.5.3. The authority having jurisdiction shall require that sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to substantiate any claims that may be made regarding the use of such alternate.

Approved fabricator

1.5.4. For the requirements as an approved fabricator see Subsection 1.19.4. and Part 2. SECTION 1.6 TESTS

Tests and Costs

1.6.1. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of this Bylaw or evidence that any material or any construction does not conform to the requirements of this Bylaw, or in order to substantiate claims for alternate materials or methods of construction, the authority having jurisdiction may require tests as proof of compliance to be made by an approved agency at the expense of the owner or his agent.

Test methods

1.6.2. Test methods shall be as specified by this Bylaw for the material in question. If there are no appropriate test methods specified in this Bylaw the authority having jurisdiction shall determine the test procedure.

Results of tests

1.6.3. Copies of the results of all such tests shall be retained for a period of not less than two years after their acceptance. SECTION 1.7 RIGHT OF APPEALS

Right of Appeals and Fees

1.7.1. Any alternative materials or methods of construction may be referred by the authority having jurisdiction to the Board of Appeals. Also any other person may appeal in writing to the said board from an adverse ruling of the authority having jurisdiction. If the appeal shall be denied, a ten dollar ($10.00) fee for each separate item shall be charged by The City of Edmonton against the applicant. SECTION 1.8 NATIONAL SURVIVAL EXCEPTIONS

National Survival exceptions

1.8.1. The provisions of this Bylaw are not intended to prevent the use of any material or construction not prescribed by this Bylaw if such has been approved by the National Government of Canada for the protection of civilians in case of warfare or national disaster and in particular the provisions of this Bylaw may be altered so far as necessary to comply with the National Civil Defence Manual referring to Fall-out Shelters or any similar publication approved by the National Government and relating to national survival.

(b) Records. The authority IN ent, accurate account of all fees al under this Bylaw, the names of same were paid, the date and arm of the building or premises to whic (c) Right of Entry. Upon p authority having jurisdiction or h enter at reasonable times any bull to perform any duty imposed upon (d) Stop Work Orders. Wher contrary to the provisions of this I may order the work stopped by n engaged in the doing or causing persons shall forthwith stop such having jurisdiction to proceed with(e) Occupancy Violations.

contrary to the provisions of this I may order such use discontinued vacated by notice served on any p( Such person shall discontinue the notice or make the structure, or p( ments of this Bylaw; provided, h( building Section 1.11 shall apply. (f)

Liability

(i) Neither the City nor an damage or loss suffered by any pei (a) the granting of a permit r (b) the refusal to grant a pe (c) the revocation of any penn

(ii) The authority having jar make any enquiry concerning the posed to construct or alter a build to a building to ascertain whethei ing restriction agreement; and

(iii) Neither the authority I employee of the City nor the Cit ment or loss suffered by any per: permit is issued contravening ti] agreement affecting the land on w

SECTION 1.9 CREATION OF DEPARTMENT Creation of Department

1.9.1. There is hereby established in the city the "Architect and Building Inspector's Department" which shall be under the administration of the authority having jurisdiction.

Powers and Duties of Authority having jurisdiction

SECTION 1.10 POWERS & DUTIES OF AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION

Deputies, officers, inspectors, assistants

1.10.1. General. The authority having jurisdiction is hereby authorized and directed to enforce all the provisions of this Bylaw.

(a) Deputies. With the approval of the City Commissioners, the authority having jurisdiction may appoint such number of officers, inspectors and assistants, and other employees as shall be authorized from time to time. He may deputize such employees as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Department. 4

SECTION 1.11 UNSAFE BUILDIP

1.11.1. General. All buildirq unsafe or not provided with ado hazard, or are otherwise dangerot existing use constitute a hazard tl reason of inadequate maintenam donment, as specified in this Byla are, for the purpose of this Sec buildings are hereby declared to by repair, rehabilitation, demolit procedure specified in this Sect authority having jurisdiction she or structure be declared unsat requesting a resolution by Counci building or structure is dangerol

Fiction shall require that sufficient Dstantiate any claims that may be te.

n approved fabricator see Subsec-

ient evidence of compliance with ice that any material or any conTements of this Bylaw, or in order terials or methods of construction, Dquire tests as proof of compliance the expense of the owner or his specified by this Bylaw for the Fppropriate test methods specified isdiction shall determine the test such tests shall be retained for a heir acceptance.

â&#x153;&#x201C;methods of construction may be ;diction to the Board of Appeals. writing to the said board from an jurisdiction. If the appeal shall be ch separate item shall be charged plicant. EXCEPTIONS

â&#x153;&#x201C;are not intended to prevent the , prescribed by this Bylaw if such ernment of Canada for the proteciational disaster and in particular :red so far as necessary to comply 1 referring to Fall-out Shelters or the National Government and

(b) Records. The authority having jurisdiction shall keep a permanent, accurate account of all fees and other moneys collected and received under this Bylaw, the names of the persons upon whose account the same were paid, the date and amount thereof, together with the location of the building or premises to which they relate.

Records

(c) Right of Entry. Upon presentation of proper credentials the authority having jurisdiction or his duly authorized representatives may enter at reasonable times any building, structure, or premises in the city to perform any duty imposed upon him by this Bylaw.

Right of Entry

(d) Stop Work Orders. Whenever any building work is being done contrary to the provisions of this Bylaw, the authority having jurisdiction may order the work stopped by notice in writing served on any persons engaged in the doing or causing such work to be done, and any such persons shall forthwith stop such work until authorized by the authority having jurisdiction to proceed with the work.

Stop work orders

(e) Occupancy Violations. Whenever any structure is being used contrary to the provisions of this Bylaw, the authority having jurisdiction may order such use discontinued and the structure, or portion thereof, vacated by notice served on any person causing such use to be continued. Such person shall discontinue the use within 10 days after receipt of such notice or make the structure, or portion thereof, comply with the requirements of this Bylaw; provided, however, that in the event of an unsafe building Section 1.11 shall apply.

Occupancy violations

(f)

Liability

(i) Neither the City nor any official of the City is liable for any damage or loss suffered by any person because of: (a) the granting of a permit pursuant to the provisions of this Bylaw, (b) the refusal to grant a permit required by this Bylaw, or (c) the revocation of any permit pursuant to this Bylaw. (ii) The authority having jurisdiction is not required to examine or make any enquiry concerning the title of any land upon which it is proposed to construct or alter a building or to perform any work in, upon or to a building to ascertain whether or not the land is affected by a building restriction agreement; and (iii) Neither the authority having jurisdiction nor any official or employee of the City nor the City itself is liable for any damage, detriment or loss suffered by any person by reason of a building for which a permit is issued contravening the limitations of a building restriction agreement affecting the land on which the building is located.

Liability of authority having jurisdiction

MENT

in the city the "Architect and h shall be under the administra-

: AUTHORITY HAVING

ing jurisdiction is hereby authortsions of this Bylaw. of the City Commissioners, the point such number of officers, loyees as shall be authorized from nployees as may be necessary to

SECTION 1.11 UNSAFE BUILDINGS

1.11.1. General. All buildings or structures which are structurally unsafe or not provided with adequate egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life, or which in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to safety or health, or public welfare, by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment, as specified in this Bylaw or any other city Bylaw or regulation are, for the purpose of this Section unsafe buildings. All such unsafe buildings are hereby declared to be public nuisances and shall be abated by repair, rehabilitation, demolition, or removal in accordance with the procedure specified in this Section subject to the condition that the authority having jurisdiction shall whenever he proposes that a building or structure be declared unsafe, report the matter to City Council, requesting a resolution by Council (as required by The City Act) that the building or structure is dangerous to the public safety or health. 5

Unsafe Buildings General

Notice to owner

Service of Notice

Posting of sign "Do not enter"

Right to Demolish

Cost charged to owner

Board of Appeals

1.12.4. The Board of Appei appointed annually by resolution times be tax payers of the City officials or servants of the Couni of Council. The composition of th,

(a) Notice to Owner. The authority having jurisdiction shall examine t) or cause to be examined every building or structure or portion thereof reported as dangerous or damaged and, if such is found to be an unsafe building as defined in this Section, the authority having jurisdiction shall give to the owner of such building or structure written notice stating the defects thereof. This notice may require the owner or person in charge of the building or premises, within 48 hours, to commence either the required repairs or improvements or demolition and removal of the building or structure or portions thereof, and all such work shall be completed within 90 days from the date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the authority having jurisdiction. If necessary, such notice shall also require the building, structure, or portion thereof to be vacated forthwith and not reoccupied until the required repairs and improvements are completed, inspected, and approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

(a) One Alderman (b) One member of the A: Alberta. (c) One member of the Albe (d) One member of the Law (e) One member of the Edm (f) One member of the Edr

(b) Proper service of such notice shall be by personal service upon the registered owner, if he shall be found within the city limits. If he is not found within the city limits such service may be made upon said owner by registered mail; provided that if such notice is by registered mail, the designated period within which said owner or his authorized agent is required to comply with the order of the authority having jurisdiction shall begin as of the date he received such notice.

1.12.5. (a) The Board shal chairman and the authority hay of his staff to act as secretary with such stationery and other provide the Board with such act required for the meetings of the ]

(c) Posting of Signs. The authority having jurisdiction shall cause to be posted at each entrance to such building a notice to read: "DO NOT ENTER. UNSAFE TO OCCUPY. Building Department, City of Edmonton." Such notice shall remain posted until the required repairs, demolition, or removal are completed. Such notice shall not be removed without written permission of the authority having jurisdiction and no person shall enter the building except for the purpose of making the required repairs or of demolishing the building. (d) Right to Demolish. In case the owner shall fail, neglect, or refuse to comply with the notice to repair, rehabilitate, or to demolish and remove said building or structure or portion thereof, the City Council may order the owner of the building prosecuted as a violator of the provisions of this Bylaw and may order the authority having jurisdiction to proceed with the work specified in such notice. A statement of the cost of such work shall be transmitted to the City Council, who shall cause the same to be paid and levied as a special assessment against the property. (e) Costs. Costs incurred under Subsection (d) shall be paid out of the City Treasury. Such costs shall be charged to the owner of the premises involved as a special assessment, on the land on which the building or structure is located, and shall be collected in the manner provided for in The City Act.

(b) A quorum at any meeth

(d) All decisions of the Boa] of Council as information.

1.12.6. The decision of the upon all parties subject only t( Such an appeal may be made I jurisdiction. An appeal to the ( the form provided by the City a of the Board within ten days fror

1.12.7. The decision of the upon all parties subject only to may be made by the applicant appeal to City Council shall be r and shall be deposited with the days from the issue of the decisi(

1.12.2. A person who: (a) has applied under the provisions of this Bylaw for a permit which has not been granted;

1.12.8. (a) The hearing of the presence of the Appellant a having jurisdiction and his repri City of Edmonton but the Board appeal from the Appellant or absence of the opposite party. decision in private and the majo the decision of the Board. The promptly and heard without un shall be informal.

(b) has had a permit revoked by the authority having jurisdiction; or (c) feels himself aggrieved by a decision of the authority having jurisdiction which affects his property may appeal the ruling or direction of the authority having jurisdiction to the Board of Appeals.

(b) In any case in which tl mation it may obtain such info] the City of Edmonton and wh( information it may defer a deci

1.12 BOARD OF APPEALS 1.12.1. A Board of Appeals is hereby established to determine the suitability of alternate materials and alternate methods of construction and to provide for reasonable interpretation of the provisions of this bylaw.

Who May Appeal

Use of Alternate Materials And Interpretations

1.12.3. The authority having jurisdiction may refer to the Board for decision any matter involving alternate materials or alternate methods of construction or the interpretation of any of the provisions of this bylaw. 6

â&#x20AC;˘

1.12.4. The Board of Appeals shall consist of six members to be appointed annually by resolution of the Council, all of whom shall at all times be tax payers of the City of Edmonton but none of whom shall be officials or servants of the Council and one of whom shall be a member of Council. The composition of the Board shall be as follows:

y having jurisdiction shall examine ng or structure or portion thereof d, if such is found to be an unsafe authority having jurisdiction shall 3tructure written notice stating the ire the owner or person in charge 18 hours, to commence either the emolition and removal of the buildand all such work shall be cornnotice, unless otherwise stipulated f necessary, such notice shall also ion thereof to be vacated forthwith cd repairs and improvements are the authority having jurisdiction.

Membership of Board

(a) One Alderman One member of the Association of Professional Engineers of (b) One Alberta. (c) One member of the Alberta Association of Architects. (d) One member of the Law Society of Alberta. (e) One member of the Edmonton Construction Association. (f) One member of the Edmonton House Builders' Association.

shall be by personal service upon und within the city limits. If he is t service may be made upon said la if such notice is by registered ilch said owner or his authorized rder of the authority having juriseived such notice.

1.12.5. (a) The Board shall appoint its own chairman and vicechairman and the authority having jurisdiction shall provide a member of his staff to act as secretary of the Board and shall supply the Board with such stationery and other materials as may be required and shall provide the Board with such accommodation in the City Hall as may be required for the meetings of the Board.

Staff, Place and Stationery

(b) A quorum at any meeting of the Board shall be three members. (c) If there is an appeal the Board shall meet at least once in each calendar month and at such other times as the Board or chairman may consider necessary.

Quorum

(d) All decisions of the Board shall be submitted to the next meeting of Council as information.

Decisions to Council

1.12.6. The decision of the Board of Appeals is final and binding upon all parties subject only to an appeal to the City Commissioners. Such an appeal may be made by the applicant or the authority having jurisdiction. An appeal to the City Commissioners shall be made upon the form provided by the City and shall be deposited with the secretary of the Board within ten days from the issue of the decision.

Appeal to City Commissioners

1.12.7. The decision of the City Commissioners is final and binding upon all parties subject only to an appeal to City Council. Such an appeal may be made by the applicant or the authority having jurisdiction. An appeal to City Council shall be made upon the form provided by the City and shall be deposited with the secretary of the Appeal Board within ten days from the issue of the decision of the City Commissioners.

Appeal to City Council

Who Shall Attend Meetings

Le authority having jurisdiction; or decision of the authority having nay appeal the ruling or direction le Board of Appeals.

1.12.8. (a) The hearing of appeals before the Board shall be held in the presence of the Appellant and his representatives and the authority having jurisdiction and his representatives or other technical staff of the City of Edmonton but the Board shall not hear any representation on the appeal from the Appellant or the authority having jurisdiction in the absence of the opposite party. The Board may deliberate and reach its decision in private and the majority vote of those present shall constitute the decision of the Board. The hearings of appeal shall be dealt with promptly and heard without undue delay. The proceedings of the Board shall be informal. (b) In any case in which the Board desires technical or other information it may obtain such information from any official or employee of the City of Edmonton and where it desires further technical or other information it may defer a decision pending receipt of such information.

liction may refer to the Board for materials or alternate methods of ty of the provisions of this bylaw.

(c) Written reasons shall be given by the Board for its decision and a copy of such reasons shall be furnished to the Appellant and to the authority having jurisdiction.

Decisions in Writing

having jurisdiction shall cause to dlding a notice to read: "DO NOT ig Department, City of Edmonton." he required repairs, demolition, or ill not be removed without written Lsdiction and no person shall enter making the required repairs or of

owner shall fail, neglect, or refuse rehabilitate, or to demolish and portion thereof, the City Council osecuted as a violator of the provie authority having jurisdiction to notice. A statement of the cost of City Council, who shall cause the 1 assessment against the property. thsection (d) shall be paid out of charged to the owner of the prem)n the land on which the building lected in the manner provided for

-eby established to determine the alternate methods of construction .etation of the provisions of this

ions of this Bylaw for a permit

Meetings

Technical Information

Examination of Decisions

(d) All the decisions of the Board may be examined by any person at any reasonable time.

Application Forms

(e) An appeal made under the provisions of this bylaw to the Board of Appeals shall be made upon the form provided by the City and shall be deposited with the secretary of the Board within ten days of the issue of the decision of the authority having jurisdiction.

Fee Per Item

(f) On the deposit of a Notice of Appeal the Appellant shall pay to the City a fee of $10.00 per item appealed. If the Appellant withdraws the appeal before it is heard by the Board the secretary of the Board shall return to the Appellant the fee paid. In the case where the Appellant is successful on any item of appeal, the fee for that item shall be returned to him.

Notice to Appellant

(g) After any Notice of Appeal is duly completed and deposited the Secretary of the Board shall mail a notice of the hearing to the Appellant by ordinary mail not less than five days before the date of the hearing of the appeal.

Conduct of Business

(h) The Board is hereby authorized to establish further rules for the conduct of appeals and to prescribe all forms and notices for the conduct of its business. SECTION 1.13 REVISION COMMITTEE

Revision Committee

Committee members

1.13.1. A Revision Committee is hereby established to meet as required for the purpose of recommending revisions, additions, or deletions to this Bylaw. 1.13.2. The Committee shall comprise the following: (a) The Chief of the Fire Department and in his absence the Deputy Chief. (b) One member to be nominated by the Edmonton House Builders' Association. (c) One member to be nominated by the Edmonton Construction Association. (d) One member to be nominated by the Alberta Association of Architects. (e) One member to be nominated by the Association of Professional Engineers of Alberta. (f) The City Architect and Building Inspector or a member of his Department nominated by him. (Ex Officio.)

Members approved by Council

1.13.3. Any person so nominated shall be approved by Council before appointment to the Committee.

Members term of office

1.13.4. The member nominated by the Edmonton House Builders' Association and the member nominated by the Alberta Association of Architects shall with effect from January 1st, 1967 hold office for the year 1967 only but the member nominated by the Edmonton Construction Association and the member nominated by the Association of Professional Engineers of Alberta shall with effect from January 1st, 1967 hold office for the years 1967 and 1968 provided that at the expiry of the respective terms of the members referred to herein each member so nominated from the Edmonton House Builders' Association, the Edmonton Construction Association, The Alberta Association of Architects and the Association of Professional Engineers of Alberta shall hold office for a term of two years from the date of his appointment. 8

1.13.5. Should any Committt carry out his duties, then Counc Committee member and a new no. who shall when approved hold which the former Committee mem 1.13.6. A quorum of the Coi Committee may nominate its ow decision of a majority of the Cm the Committee. The Secretary s required by the Chairman. 1.13.7. The authority having his staff to act as Recording Seen the Committee with such station quired and shall provide the Corn City Hall as may be required for 1.13.8. The Committee may priate, one or more sub-commit particular specialized portion of tl or deletions are under study. 1.13.9. The Committee shall changes in writing to the City C appear before the Council Comm for the purpose of assisting in disc 1.13.10. The Committee shal the City nor to incur any expendii unless expressly authorized so to c

SECTION 1.14 VIOLATIONS ANI

1.14.1. It shall be unlawful erect, construct, enlarge, alter, r demolish, equip, use, occupy, or the City, or cause the same to be of the provisions of the Bylaw. 1.14.2. Any person who corn this bylaw shall be liable upon competent jurisdiction to a fine default of payment to imprisorm nearest common jail for a period and costs, including the costs of tion of a person for any violation to further prosecution under ti failure on the part of the persoi bylaw and any such violation oi continuing nature.

SECTION 1.15 APPLICATION F1

1.15.1. Unless the person cc mit so to do from the authority 1 mence or cause to be commencE (a) The erection or construe (b) The addition, extension or conversion of any building or (c) The repair of any buildir (d) The moving or removal ture;

1.13.5. Should any Committee member be unable for any reason to carry out his duties, then Council may cancel the appointment of such Committee member and a new nominee shall then be proposed to Council who shall when approved hold office for the balance of the term for which the former Committee member was appointed.

New Committee member nominee

1.13.6. A quorum of the Committee shall be four members and the Committee may nominate its own Chairman and Secretary yearly. The decision of a majority of the Committee shall constitute the decision of the Committee. The Secretary shall call meetings whenever they are required by the Chairman.

Quorum of Committee and Calling of Meetings

1.13.7. The authority having jurisdiction shall provide a member of his staff to act as Recording Secretary of the Committee and shall supply the Committee with such stationery and other materials as may be required and shall provide the Committee with such accommodation in the City Hall as may be required for the meetings of the Committee.

Recording Secretary

1.13.8. The Committee may nominate, when it considers it appropriate, one or more sub-committees to advise the Committee on any particular specialized portion of this Bylaw for which revisions, additions, or deletions are under study.

Subcommittees to Revisions Committee

1.13.9. The Committee shall report its recommendations for Bylaw changes in writing to the City Commissioners and the Committee shall appear before the Council Committee of the Whole whenever necessary for the purpose of assisting in discussion of those changes.

Committee reports to Commissioners

hereby established to meet as relg revisions, additions, or deletions

1.13.10. The Committee shall have no power to pledge the credit of the City nor to incur any expenditures of money with respect of its duties unless expressly authorized so to do by the City Commissioners.

Expenditures of the Committee

rise the following:

SECTION 1.14 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES

d may be examined by any person

â&#x20AC;˘

ovisions of this bylaw to the Board , rm provided by the City and shall Board within ten days of the issue jurisdiction.

Appeal the Appellant shall pay to waled. If the Appellant withdraws Board the secretary of the Board paid. In the case where the Appeleal, the fee for that item shall be

duly completed and deposited the ice of the hearing to the Appellant 's before the date of the hearing of to establish further rules for the forms and notices for the conduct

lent and in his absence the Deputy

I t

by the Edmonton House Builders' d by the Edmonton Construction xl by the Alberta Association of by the Association of Professional ing Inspector or a member of his fficio.) shall be approved by Council iy the Edmonton House Builders' ed by the Alberta Association of iary 1st, 1967 hold office for the ted by the Edmonton Construction by the Association of Professional from January 1st, 1967 hold office hat at the expiry of the respective n each member so nominated from Ilion, the Edmonton Construction Architects and the Association of 11 hold office for a term of two

1.14.1. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, occupy, or maintain any building or structure in the City, or cause the same to be done, contrary to or in violation of any of the provisions of the Bylaw.

Violations

1.14.2. Any person who commits a breach of any of the provisions of this bylaw shall be liable upon summary conviction by any court of competent jurisdiction to a fine not exceeding $500.00 and costs, and in default of payment to imprisonment with or without hard labour in the nearest common jail for a period not exceeding 60 days unless such fine and costs, including the costs of committal are sooner paid. The conviction of a person for any violation of this bylaw does not operate as a bar to further prosecution under this bylaw for the continued neglect or failure on the part of the person to comply with the provisions of this bylaw and any such violation of this bylaw shall be regarded as of a continuing nature.

Penalties

SECTION 1.15 APPLICATION FOR PERMIT

1.15.1. Unless the person concerned has previously obtained a permit so to do from the authority having jurisdiction, no person shall commence or cause to be commenced: (a) The erection or construction of any building or structure; (b) The addition, extension, enlargement, improvement, alteration or conversion of any building or structure; (c) The repair of any building or structure;

â&#x20AC;˘

(d) The moving or removal or demolition of any building or structure;

Permit required before commencing work

(e) The excavation of any land for any purpose of erecting or locating on or above any building or structure; (f) The installation or use of any mechanical equipment specifically regulated by this Bylaw. 1.15.2. Exceptions: Exceptions to permit requirement

Application for Permit

(a) Painting and decorating (b) Minor repairs not exceeding $100.00 in value where matters affecting health or safety are not involved. 1.15.3. Application. To obtain a permit the applicant shall first file an application in writing on a form furnished for that purpose. Every such application shall: (a) Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which the application is made; (b) Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done, by lot, block, subdivision, and building street address, or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work; (c) Show the use or occupancy of all parts of the building; (d) Be accompanied by plans and specifications as required in Subsection 1.15.4. of this Section; (e) State the valuation of the proposed work; (f) Be signed by the applicant or his authorized agent, who may be required to submit evidence to indicate such authority; (g) Give such other information as reasonably may be required by the authority having jurisdiction.

Plans and Specifications required

1.15.4. Plans and Specifications. With each application for a building permit, and when required by the authority having jurisdiction for enforcement of any provisions of this Bylaw, two sets of plans and specifications shall be submitted.

Exceptions to Plan and Specification requirement

When authorized by the authority having jurisdiction plans and specifications need not be submitted.

Information required on Plans, Specifications and Survey

(a) Plans and specifications shall be drawn to scale upon substantial paper or cloth and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of this Bylaw and all relevant laws, bylaws, and regulations. Each set of plans shall state the building street address of the work and the name and address of the owner of the building and person who prepared such plans. Plans shall include a site plan showing the actual dimension of the lot or lots and the proposed building or buildings, and the relation of such building or buildings to the lot or property lines, together with such information in detail as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of this Bylaw applicable thereto and excepting in cases where such a requirement is, in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction, obviously unnecessary, a plan of survey certified by an Alberta Land Surveyor, showing such of the above information as may be deemed necessary by the authority having jurisdiction to secure compliance with the requirements of this Bylaw.

Estimate of Building Cost

Exceptions:

1.15.5. Information Required on Plans and Specifications

(b) When required by the authority having jurisdiction, the accepted contract or a bona fide detailed estimate of the cost of the building shall be submitted, to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction.

0\1

(c) The applicant shall pay t( jurisdiction an amount sufficient with the construction or erection ment of quantities, or calculated which may be in force from time until the proper amount has been having jurisdiction as aforesaid. I found to be in excess of the amour said tariff, the person paying the such excess amount, but in event amount properly chargeable, the for permit shall pay the shortage being entitled to the issue of a Cer construction. (d) In addition to the requir and the Engineering and Relate opinion of the authority having j posed building or structure requir knowledge, then the plans and spe by an Architect or Professional I the authority having jurisdiction, structure shall be carried out und Professional Engineer registered in SECTION 1.16 BUILDING PERM!

1.16.1. Issuance. The applice an applicant for a permit shall be diction. Such plans may be review check compliance with the order jurisdiction. If the authority havir described in an application for pe form to the requirements of this ] lations and bylaws, and that the paid, he shall issue a permit there-

1.16.2. When the authority shall endorse in writing or stamp "APPROVED". Such approved p changed, modified, or altered wit having jurisdiction and all work approved plans.

1.16.3. The authority having construction of part of a buildiru and specifications for the whole b ted or approved provided adequa1 have been filed complying with a The holder of such permit shall ance that the permit for the entir ,

1.16.4. Retention of Plans. 0] and computations shall be retain for a period of not less than 90 di covered therein, and one set of ap returned to the applicant, which work at all time during which the and available for inspection by 1] 1.16.5. Plans, submitted for and on which no action is taker destroyed by the authority having

id for any purpose of erecting or tructure; ly mechanical equipment specifically

1g $100.00 in value where matters dyed. permit the applicant shall first file t furnished for that purpose. Every irk to be covered by the permit for the proposed work is to be done, by areet address, or similar description ely locate the proposed building or f all parts of the building;

(c) The applicant shall pay to or deposit with the authority having jurisdiction an amount sufficient to cover all water costs in connection with the construction or erection of such building based upon a statement of quantities, or calculated according to the tariff of water rates which may be in force from time to time and no permit shall be issued until the proper amount has been paid to or deposited with the authority having jurisdiction as aforesaid. In the event of any amount paid being found to be in excess of the amount properly chargeable according to the said tariff, the person paying the same shall be entitled to a refund of such excess amount, but in event of the amount paid being below the amount properly chargeable, the owner of the building or the applicant for permit shall pay the shortage to the Waterworks Department before being entitled to the issue of a Certificate of Occupancy in respect to such construction.

Water Costs

(d) In addition to the requirements of the Alberta Architects' Act and the Engineering and Related Professions Act, whenever, in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction, the construction of a proposed building or structure requires architectural or engineering skill or knowledge, then the plans and specifications shall be prepared and signed by an Architect or Professional Engineer, and, if deemed necessary by the authority having jurisdiction, the construction of such building or structure shall be carried out under the supervision of an Architect or a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Alberta.

Architect or Engineer Required

id specifications as required in SubSECTION 1.16 BUILDING PERMITS

)posed work; )r his authorized agent, who may be Le such authority; as reasonably may be required by With each application for a building iuthority having jurisdiction for enylaw, two sets of plans and specificay the authority having jurisdiction ubmitted. Plans and Specifications

I be drawn to scale upon substantial nit clarity to indicate the nature and v in detail that it will conform to the want laws, bylaws, and regulations. ding street address of the work and if the building and person who prede a site plan showing the actual proposed building or buildings, and ldings to the lot or property lines, Aail as may be necessary to comply tpplicable thereto and excepting in the opinion of the authority having a plan of survey certified by an of the above information as may be laving jurisdiction to secure complilaw. ity having jurisdiction, the accepted late of the cost of the building shall le authority having jurisdiction.

1.16.1. Issuance. The application, plans, and specifications filed by an applicant for a permit shall be checked by the authority having jurisdiction. Such plans may be reviewed by other departments of the City to check compliance with the orders, regulations or bylaws under their jurisdiction. If the authority having jurisdiction is satisfied that the work described in an application for permit and the plans filed therewith conform to the requirements of this Bylaw and other pertinent orders, regulations and bylaws, and that the fee specified in Section 1.17 has been paid, he shall issue a permit therefor to the applicant.

Issuance of Building Permits

1.16.2. When the authority having jurisdiction issues the permit, he shall endorse in writing or stamp on both sets of plans and specifications "APPROVED". Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed, modified, or altered without authorization from the authority having jurisdiction and all work shall be done in accordance with the approved plans.

Approved Plans

1.16.3. The authority having jurisdiction may issue a permit for the construction of part of a building or structure before the entire plans and specifications for the whole building or structure have been submitted or approved provided adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with all pertinent requirements of this Bylaw. The holder of such permit shall proceed at his own risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building or structure will be granted.

Permit for Part of a Building

1.16.4. Retention of Plans. One set of approved plans, specifications, and computations shall be retained by the authority having jurisdiction for a period of not less than 90 days from date of completion of the work covered therein, and one set of approved plans and specifications shall be returned to the applicant, which set shall be kept on such building or work at all time during which the work authorized thereby is in progress, and available for inspection by the authority having jurisdiction.

Retention of Plans

1.16.5. Plans, submitted for checking, for which no permit is issued, and on which no action is taken by the applicant for 90 days, may be destroyed by the authority having jurisdiction.

Destroying of Applicants' Plans

Validity of Permit

1.16.6. Validity. The issuance or granting of a permit or approval of plans and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this Bylaw. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this Bylaw shall be valid, except insofar as the work or use which it authorizes is lawful.

1.18.3. Approvals Required. the building or structure beyonc inspection without first obtainin, having jurisdiction. Such writtei inspection shall have been made tion as indicated by each of the i

Correction of Errors on Plans

1.16.7. The issuance of a permit based upon plans and specifications shall not prevent the authority having jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans and specifications or from preventing building operations being carried on thereunder when in violation of this Bylaw or of any other bylaw of the City. 1.16.8. Expiration. Every permit issued by the authority having jurisdiction under the provisions of this Bylaw shall expire by limitation and become null and void, if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 90 days from the date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work is commenced for a period of 120 days. Before such work can be recommenced a new permit shall be first obtained and the fee therefor shall be one-half the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work; and provided, further, that such suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one year.

1.18.4. There shall be a fin ings when completed and ready fi

Expiration of Permit

Suspension or Revocation of Permit

1.17.1. Building Permit Fees. A fee for each building permit shall be paid in accordance with the following table: Total Valuation

Each additional $1,000.00 or fraction thereof over $20,000.00

Value or Valuation of Building or Structure

(a) FOUNDATION INSPECr excavated and forms erected and (b) FRAME INSPECTION s fire-blocking, and bracing are in are complete. (c) LATH INSPECTION sha exterior, is in place and all plast but before any plaster is applied.

Fee

Up to and including $20,000.00

Double Permit Fee

1.18.6. Called Inspections. notification from the permit hold inspections of buildings of woo( that portion of the construction holder or his agent wherein the

1.16.9. Suspension or Revocation. The authority having jurisdiction may, in writing, suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this Bylaw whenever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or in violation of any Bylaw or regulation or any of the provisions of this Bylaw. SECTION 1.17 BUILDING PERMIT FEES

Building Permit Fees

1.18.5. Work Not To Be Cc tural framework of any part of ai or concealed in any manner what of the authority having jurisdictio

$2.50 per thousand or fraction thereof.

(a) In the event of work being started on any building, structure, or including excavation, before a permit for ,uch wori; has been obtained, double the above fee shall then be charged. 2y oty woii4 Do

SECTION 1.19 SPECIAL INSPEI

1.19.1. General. When requ the owner or his agent shall e present at all times during con:

(b) The determination of value or valuation under any of the provisions of this Bylaw shall be made by the authority having jurisdiction.

Inspection Record Card

1.18.1. General. All construction or work for which a permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the authority having jurisdiction, who may request, and shall receive so far as may be necessary in the discharge of his duties, the assistance and co-operation of the owner or his authorized agents. Certain types of construction shall have continuous inspection by special inspectors, as specified in Section 1.19. 1.18.2. Inspection Record Card. Work requiring a building:, opro-lit shall not be commenced until the permit holder or his agent sill): have posted an inspection record card in a conspicuous place on the front premises and in such position as to allow the authority having jurisdiction conveniently to make the required entries thereon regarding inspection of the work. This card shall be maintained in such position by the permit holder until the Certificate of Occupancy has been issued. 12

1.18.7. Other Inspections. Jr fled above, the authority having other inspections of any constru the provisions of this Bylaw and are enforced by the authority ha,

1.18.8. For the purpose of the authority having jurisdictic, spected.

$1,25 /

SECTION 1.18 INSPECTIONS Inspections General

(d) FINAL INSPECTION sl pleted and ready for occupancy.

1.19.2. Approval of Special a qualified person to the satisfac 1.19.3. The special inspect( the construction and work requ the authority having jurisdictio and other information as require

4) â&#x20AC;˘

1.19.4. Approved Fabricatc section and elsewhere in this By] is done on the premises of a fab jurisdiction to perform such woi cate of approval shall be subje( jurisdiction if it is found that au in violation of this Bylaw.

granting of a permit or approval of 2onstrued to be a permit for, or an the provisions of this Bylaw. No violate or cancel the provisions of >ofar as the work or use which it

1.18.3. Approvals Required. No work shall be done on any part of the building or structure beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the written approval of the authority having jurisdiction. Such written approval shall be given only after an inspection shall have been made of each successive step in the construction as indicated by each of the inspections required in Subsection 1.18.6.

Approval Required Beyond Successive Inspection

based upon plans and specifications jurisdiction from thereafter requirtans and specifications or from preied on thereunder when in violation the City.

1.18.4. There shall be a final inspection and approval on all buildings when completed and ready for occupancy. 1.18.5. Work Not To Be Concealed. No reinforcing steel or structural framework of any part of any building or structure shall be covered or concealed in any manner whatever without first obtaining the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. 1.18.6. Called Inspections. The authority having jurisdiction upon notification from the permit holder or his agent shall make the following inspections of buildings of wood construction and shall either approve that portion of the construction as completed or shall notify the permit holder or his agent wherein the work fails to comply with the law.

Final Inspection and Approval

(a) FOUNDATION INSPECTION shall be made after trenches are excavated and forms erected and before the concrete is poured.

Foundation Inspection

(b) FRAME INSPECTION shall be made after the roof, all framing, fire-blocking, and bracing are in place and all pipes, chimneys and vents are complete. (c) LATH INSPECTION shall be made after all lathing, interior and exterior, is in place and all plastering materials are delivered on the job, but before any plaster is applied.

Frame Inspection

(d) FINAL INSPECTION shall be made after the building is completed and ready for occupancy. 1.18.7. Other Inspections. In addition to the called inspections specified above, the authority having jurisdiction may make or require any other inspections of any construction work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Bylaw and other laws, bylaws, or regulations which are enforced by the authority having jurisdiction.

Final Inspection

1.18.8. For the purpose of determining compliance with this Bylaw, the authority having jurisdiction may cause any structure to be reinspected.

Reinspections

t issued by the authority having As Bylaw shall expire by limitation ilding or work authorized by such tys from the date of such permit, or such permit is suspended or aban3mmenced for a period of 120 days. ed a new permit shall be first obone-half the amount required for a lo changes have been made or will ?.cifications for such work; and proor abandonment has not exceeded . The authority having jurisdiction permit issued under the provisions issued in error or on the basis of violation of any Bylaw or regulalaw. EES

fee for each building permit shall ig table: Fee

2.50 per thousand or 'action thereof.

125 arted on any building, structure, or for ,such work has been obtained, rged. Af y w,14 r valuation under any of the provi' the authority having jurisdiction.

or work for which a permit is rey the authority having jurisdiction, 30 far as may be necessary in the ?, and co-operation of the owner or ' construction shall have continuous .cified in Section 1.19. Work requiring a building permit mit holder or his agent shall have a conspicuous place on the front Mow the authority having jurisdicd entries thereon regarding inspecmaintained in such position by the Iccupancy has been issued.

Reinforcing Steel or Structural Frame not to be concealed Called Inspections

Lath Inspection

Other Inspections

SECTION 1.19 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

1.19.1. General. When required by the authority having jurisdiction, the owner or his agent shall employ a special inspector who shall be present at all times during construction of any building or structure.

Special Inspector

1.19.2. Approval of Special Inspector. The Special Inspector shall be a qualified person to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction.

Special Inspector's Approval

1.19.3. The special inspector shall furnish continuous inspection on the construction and work requiring his employment. He shall report to the authority having jurisdiction in writing, noting all Bylaw violations and other information as required.

Special Inspector's Continuous Inspections

1.19.4. Approved Fabricators. Special inspections required by this section and elsewhere in this Bylaw shall not be required where the work is done on the premises of a fabricator approved by the authority having jurisdiction to perform such work without special inspection. The certificate of approval shall be subject to revocation by the authority having jurisdiction if it is found that any work done pursuant to the approval is in violation of this Bylaw.

Approved Fabricators

SECTION 1.20 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY Certificate of Occupancy

Change in use

1.20.1. Use or Occupancy. No building or structure as classified in Subsection 3.1.2. shall be used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy classification of a building or structure or portion thereof shall be made until the authority having jurisdiction has issued a Certificate of Occupancy therefor as provided herein. 1.20.2. Change in Use. Changes in the character or use of a building shall not be made except as specified in Part 3 of this Bylaw. 1.20.2.1. No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building which would place the building in a different group and division of occupancy unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of this Bylaw for that group and division.

• ))

Exception: The character of the occupancy of existing buildings may be changed subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction and the building may be occupied for purposes in other groups without conforming to all the requirements of this Bylaw for those groups, provided the new or proposed use is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing use.

Issue of Certificate of Occupancy

Special permit for dwelling Special permit for occupancy of dwelling prior to completion Special permit for minor deviation of construction of dwelling

1.20.2.2. No change in the character of occupancy of a building shall be made without a Certificate of Occupancy, as required by Section 1.20.3. of this Bylaw. 1.20.3. Certificate Issued. After final inspection when it is found that the building or structure complies with the provisions of this Bylaw, and a request has been made by the applicant or owner, the authority having jurisdiction shall issue a Certificate of Occupancy which shall contain the following: (a) The use and occupancy for which the certificate is issued; (b) A statement specifying the design live-load and that the floorload signs have been installed; (c) A statement that the room-capacity signs, as required by Sentence 3.1.3.13.(4) have been installed; (d) A certification that the building or structure complies with the provisions of this Bylaw. 1.20.4 In the case of one or two family dwellings and buildings accessory thereto where the owner requests the authority having jurisdiction: (a) for permission to enter into actual physical occupation of any such dwelling prior to the final completion thereof, and/or (b) for permission to deviate in a minor respect from the strict observance of the Bylaw, the authority having jurisdiction, if satisfied: (i) that the building concerned in such application is substantially although not finally completed in accordance with the plans and specifications filed with the authority having jurisdiction at the time of application for permit, and (ii) that health and safety of prospective occupants thereof will not be affected by such occupancy; and (iii) that the deviation is of a minor or temporary nature and does not involve matters affecting health or safety; then the authority having jurisdiction may issue a special permit, conditional upon the owner finally completing the dwelling or buildings accessory thereto and within such period of time (not to exceed one year from the date of the issue of the temporary permit) as may be specified in such permit. 14

• )

•

1.20.5. In case any owner I accessory buildings concerned w special permit issued under th( guilty of an offence against thil Section 1.14 of this Bylaw shall a 1.20.6. In case of any build family dwellings, where an own jurisdiction: (a) for permission to entei building or structure concerned (b) for permission to devi observance of the Bylaw, the authority having jurisdic (i) the building concerned pleted, and (ii) the health or safety of 1 be affected by such occupancy; z (iii) the deviation is of a ; involve matters affecting health then the authority having juris( tional upon the owner finally c cerned within such period of tir of issue of said temporary per and conditional upon the own jurisdiction a guarantee bond n of security as the authority hav ensure the final completion of specified in the permit issued r 1.20.7. In case the owner building or structure within ti the amount mentioned in the E shall be forfeited to the City, bi be guilty of an offense against the bylaw shall apply. 1.20.8. Posting. The Celli conspicuous place on the prem the authority having jurisdictio

PART 1

2.1 Part 2 of the Nation; Printing, as amended by sectio declared to be and constituted a 2.2 The following is addec GENERAL. For the purpi terms, phrases, words and the fled in this Part. Words used i plural the singular. Words u: feminine, and the feminine the 2.3 The following is adde CODE means the Nationa Printing.

CUPANCY

hiding or structure as classified in pied, and no change in the existing structure or portion thereof shall urisdiction has issued a Certificate rein. n the character or use of a building Part 3 of this Bylaw. Le in the character of occupancy or e the building in a different group .1 building is made to comply with t group and division. ccupancy of existing buildings may f the authority having jurisdiction purposes in other groups without this Bylaw for those groups, prohazardous, based on life and fire ter of occupancy of a building shall lancy, as required by Section 1.20.3. final inspection when it is found with the provisions of this Bylaw, applicant or owner, the authority tificate of Occupancy which shall

hich the certificate is issued; esign live-load and that the flooripacity signs, as required by Sening or structure complies with the

-o family dwellings and buildings !quests the authority having juris-

actual physical occupation of any ion thereof, and/or a minor respect from the strict â&#x20AC;˘ having jurisdiction, if satisfied: n such application is substantially prdance with the plans and specifijurisdiction at the time of applicapective occupants thereof will not nor or temporary nature and does safety; may issue a special permit, condileting the dwelling or buildings xl of time (not to exceed one year ,orary permit) as may be specified

1.20.5. In case any owner fails to finally complete the dwelling or Offense rst permit accessory buildings concerned within the period of time specified in the aspgai ecia special permit issued under the provisions of this section he shall be for dwelling guilty of an offence against this Bylaw and moreover, the provisions of Section 1.14 of this Bylaw shall also apply. 1.20.6. In case of any building or structure other than one and two family dwellings, where an owner thereof requests the authority having jurisdiction: (a) for permission to enter into actual physical occupation of the PecaI for building or structure concerned prior to the final completion thereof, or occmulpta o cy of Other than (b) for permission to deviate in a minor respect from the strict Dvielling prior to observance of the Bylaw, Completion or Minor the authority having jurisdiction upon being satisfied that: Deviations (i) the building concerned is substantially although not finally completed, and (ii) the health or safety of the prospective occupants thereof will not be affected by such occupancy; and (iii) the deviation is of a minor or temporary nature and does not involve matters affecting health or safety: then the authority having jurisdiction may issue a special permit, conditional upon the owner finally completing the building or structure concerned within such period of time (not exceeding one year from the date of issue of said temporary permit) as may be specified in such permit and conditional upon the owner depositing with the authority having jurisdiction a guarantee bond not to exceed $1,000.00 or such other form of security as the authority having jurisdiction may deem satisfactory to ensure the final completion of the building within the period of time specified in the permit issued pursuant to the provisions of this section. 1.20.7. In case the owner concerned fails to finally complete the Offense building or structure within the period of time specified in the permit tgelast the amount mentioned in the said bond or such other form of security Permit for shall be forfeited to the City, but the owner concerned shall nevertheless Other. tha n be guilty of an offense against this Bylaw and moreover, Section 1.14 of Dwelling the bylaw shall apply. 1.20.8. Posting. The Certificate of Occupancy shall be posted in a Posting conspicuous place on the premises and shall not be removed except by C icuaptancy ofeigcfc the authority having jurisdiction.

PART 2 DEFINITIONS 2.1 Part 2 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as amended by sections 2.2 to 2.17 inclusive thereof, is hereby declared to be and constituted as part of this Bylaw. 2.2 The following is added after the definition of Gas vent: GENERAL. For the purpose of this Bylaw, certain abbreviations, terms, phrases, words and their derivatives shall be construed as specified in this Part. Words used in the singular include the plural and the plural the singular. Words used in the masculine gender include the feminine, and the feminine the masculine. 2.3 The following is added after the definition of Coarse aggregate: CODE means the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing. 15

Definitions

General

2.4 The following is added after the definition of Air washer: ALLEY means any public space, public park, or thoroughfare twenty feet (20') or less but not less than ten feet (10') in width which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use.

STAGE — means a partially designed or used for the present entertainment wherein scenery, d or used, and where the distance b ing and the ceiling above the stz

2.5 The definition of "Approved" is struck out and the following is substituted:

2.16 The following is added

APPROVED — as to materials and types of construction, means approved by the authority having jurisdiction as the result of investigation and tests conducted by him, or by reason of accepted principles or tests by national authorities, technical or scientific organizations. 2.6 The following is added after the definition of "Approved": APPROVED AGENCY — means an established and recognized agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection services, when such agency has been approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

STRUCTURE — means that or building of any kind, or any p: posed of parts joined together signs. 2.17 The following is added

VALUE or VALUATION of : mated cost to replace the buildin replacement costs, as determined

2.7 The following is added after the definition of Approved agency: APPROVED FABRICATOR — means an established and qualified person, firm, or corporation approved by the authority having jurisdiction pursuant to Section 1.19.4 of this Bylaw.

PART 3 USE

2.8 The definition of "Authority having jurisdiction" is struck out and the following is substituted:

3.1 Part 3 of the National Printing, as amended by Section: declared to be and constituted a r

AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION means the City Architect and Inspector of Buildings or his regularly authorized deputy.

3.2 The definition of "Grad( the following is substituted:

2.9 The following is added after the definition of Building drain: BUILDING, EXISTING, — means a building erected prior to the adoption of this Bylaw or one for which a legal building permit has been issued. 2.10 The following is added after the definition of Butt joint: CANOPY (SEE MARQUEE) 2.11 The definition of "Grade" is struck out and the following is substituted: GRADE (Ground Level) — means the average of the finished ground level at the center of all walls of a building. In case walls are parallel to and within five feet (5') of a sidewalk, the above ground level shall be measured at the sidewalk: 2.12 The following is added after the definition of Grade. LANE (SEE ALLEY) 2.13 The following is added after the definition of Lumber, yard: MARQUEE — means a canopy or permanent structure which is roofed and attached to and supported by the building and projecting over public property. 2.14 The following is added after the definition of Marquee: MOVABLE AWNING OR MOVABLE HOOD — means any permanent structure which is roofed, including a marquee or canopy, whether combustible or non-combustible, which is hinged or movable in any direction. See Section 11.5. 2.15 The definition of "Stage" is struck out and the following is substituted: 16

"GRADE (Ground Level) is at the center of all walls of a bi within five feet (5') of a sidewal sured at the sidewalk." 3.3 Section 3.1.3.13. is amei after subsection (3): (4) Where required by the mum room capacity shall be co building by means of durable si torium, or rooms used for a sir installed, and it shall be unlawfi permit more than this legal nun Section 3.2 is amended by at section 3.2.1.7.: 3.2.1.8. The area of any on( merit not exceeding 1,500 squar( Division 2 or 3 Occupancies shall 1. The building is provided guishing system throughout. 2. The building is entirely yards not less than sixty feet (6( atus, the public space or yards a street. 3. All exterior walls shall b ings for fire-fighting use which sl (a) Be not less than 32 in sill not more than 32 inches al for fire-fighting usage.

the definition of Air washer:

STAGE — means a partially enclosed portion of a building which is designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstration, or other entertainment wherein scenery, drops, or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top of the proscenium opening and the ceiling above the stage is more than five feet (5').

ublic park, or thoroughfare twenty feet (10') in width which has been utak use. is struck out and the following is

2.16 The following is added after the definition of Stressed skin:

the definition of "Approved":

STRUCTURE — means that which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in. some definite manner and includes signs. 2.17 The following is added after the definition of Unit heater:

established and recognized agency or furnishing inspection services, by the authority having jurisdic-

VALUE or VALUATION of a building or structure shall be the estimated cost to replace the building or structure in kind, based on current replacement costs, as determined in Part 1.

md types of construction, means sdiction as the result of investigay reason of accepted principles or n- scientific organizations.

he definition of Approved agency:

PART 3 USE AND OCCUPANCY

ans an established and qualified y the authority having jurisdiction V.

3.1 Part 3 of the National Building Code of Canada, 1965, Second Printing, as amended by Sections 3.2 and 3.33 inclusive hereof is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

having jurisdiction" is struck out ION means the City Architect and authorized deputy. he definition of Building drain: a building erected prior to the a legal building permit has been he definition of Butt joint: struck out and the following is

he average of the finished ground ding. In case walls are parallel to , the above ground level shall be he definition of Grade. the definition of Lumber, yard:

Definitions

3.3 Section 3.1.3.13. is amended by adding the following subsection after subsection (3): (4) Where required by the authority having jurisdiction the maximum room capacity shall be conspicuously posted by the owner of the building by means of durable signs placed in each assembly room, auditorium, or rooms used for a similar purpose where fixed seats are not installed, and it shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notice or to permit more than this legal number of persons within such space.

Occupant Load

Section 3.2 is amended by adding the following subsection after subsection 3.2.1.7.: 3.2.1.8. The area of any one-storey building, having a cellar or basement not exceeding 1,500 square feet of Group D, Group E or Group F, Division 2 or 3 Occupancies shall not be limited provided:

When Unlimited Area of One-Storey Building is Permitted

1. The building is provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system throughout. 2. The building is entirely surrounded by public space, streets, or yards not less than sixty feet (60') in width for use of fire-fighting apparatus, the public space or yards to be unencumbered and accessible from a street. 3. All exterior walls shall be provided with windows, doors or openings for fire-fighting use which shall —

r permanent structure which is 7 the building and projecting over

the definition of Marquee: HOOD — means any permanent aarquee or canopy, whether cornaged or movable in any direction. struck out and the following is

3.2 The definition of "Grade" in Section 3.1.1.1.(2) is struck out and the following is substituted: "GRADE (Ground Level) is the average of the finished ground level at the center of all walls of a building. In case walls are parallel to and within five feet (5') of a sidewalk, the above ground level shall be measured at the sidewalk."

(a) Be not less than 32 inches wide, 48 inches high and have the sill not more than 32 inches above the floor and be readily accessible for fire-fighting usage. 17

Protection of Openings in Exterior We

(b) Be so spaced that there will not be less than one such opening in each 100 lineal feet of the exterior wall.

3.17 Section 3.2 is amended provincial" where they appear ir

3.5 Subsection 3.2.2.2.(9) is amended by inserting after the word "other" where it appears in the fourth line the following:

3.18 Section 3.2 is amended appears in the first line of subs figure "7". 3.19 Section 3.2 is amended appears in the first line of subs figure "7".

"or having a dimension of less than 3 feet between the outer edges of the openings" Exception to Protection of Openings in Exterior Walls

3.6 Subsection 3.2.2.2.(9) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following:

3.20 Section 3.2 is amendel after subsection 3.2.8.1.(6).

"openings located vertically one above the other and separated by a distance of not less than 15 feet need not comply with the requirements of this subsection"

3.2.8.1.(7) Where a building floor in area and is not more tha Lion required in Table 3.2.8.A. for Division 2 may be reduced to on

3.7 Subsection 3.2.2.7.(1) is amended by striking out "Article 3.2.3.7." where it appears in the said subsection and substituting "Article 3.1.3.7." Use of Heavy Timber Construction

3.21 Section 3.2 is amended the sixth line of subsection 3.2.9.

3.8 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out subsection 3.2.2.11. and substituting the following 3.2.2.11.

"or as approved by the Chiel

"The authority having jurisdiction may permit heavy timber construction to be used where construction having a one-hour fire-resistance rating is permitted by this code." Lifts in Open Air Parking Garages Fire Separation of Basements or Cellars

3.22 Section 3.2 is amendei first two lines of subsection 3.2.9 "classified according to majl

3.9 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out the words "appropriate provincial" where they appear in subsection 3.2.3.2.(12).

3.23 Section 3.2 is amended and substituting the following 3.1

3.10 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out the following namely:

â&#x20AC;˘

"basements or cellars shall be subdivided by a hour fire separation into areas not exceeding square feet or they shall be sprinklered." Where these words appear in subsection Sec. 3.2.3.5. 3.2.3.6. 3.2.3.8. 3.2.3.9. 3.2.3.13. 3.2.3.14. 3.2.3.15. 3.2.3.16. 3.2.3.18. 3.2.3.21. 3.2.3.23. 3.2.3.24. 3.2.3.28. 3.2.3.29. 3.2.3.31. 3.2.3.32. 3.2.3.35. 3.2.3.36. 3.2.3.37. 3.2.3.38. 3.2.3.41. 3.2.3.42. 3.2.3.45. 3.2.3.46. 3.2.3.48. 3.2.3.49. 3.2.3.50. 3.2.3.51. 3.2.3.53. 3.2.3.54. 3.2.3.55. 3.2.3.56.

3.2.3.12. 3.2.3.17. 3.2.3.25. 3.2.3.34. 3.2.3.39. 3.2.3.47. 3.2.3.52.

Fire Spread and Prevention

3.11 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out the following footnote: "See also subsection 3.2.4. and article 3.4.2.12." where these words appear at the foot of each of subsections 3.2.3.4. to 3.2.3.56. inclusive and substituting the following: "See also subsection 3.2.4., 3.4.2.12. and 3.2.9."

Electrical Wiring

3.12 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out subsection 3.2.5.1. and substituting the following 3.2.5.1.

"Every occupancy of Group .1 every Group B Division 1 and 2, and Group F Division 1, 2, and every Group D, E, and F Divisioi feet in area shall be equipped w extending from the cellar or ha: ing that Group A buildings havin of less than 500 need not be eq

"The minimum requirements for all electrical equipment, installation and wiring in any building shall be in accordance with the Electrical Protection Act of the Province of Alberta, The Canadian Electrical Code Part I and The City of Edmonton Electrical Bylaw, all as amended from time to time and currently in force and effect." Electrical

3.13 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out subsection 3.2.5.4.

Electrical

3.14 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out subsection 3.2.5.5.

Electrical

3.15 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out subsection 3.2.5.7.

Enclosure of Heating Appliances

3.16 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out the words "appropriate provincial" where they appear in subsection 3.2.6.1(1) (b). 18

"Every building four or mo] with one or more dry standpipe in height where the area of any sand square feet (10,000 sq. ft.) than one dry standpipe and an for each additional ten thousand thereof." 3.24 Section 3.2 is amended and substituting the following 2

EXCEPTION: A wet standp portion of a building which is extinguishing system, nor in any in the opinion of the Chief of quirement would be impractical of the Fire Department, hand ex to his satisfaction." 3.25 Section 3.3 is amend after subsection 3.3.2.1.(5). 3.3.2.1.(6) Any stage desigi demonstrations, or other enterta effects may be installed or use top of the proscenium opening than five feet (5') shall comply

NEM

lot be less than one such opening all. nded by inserting after the word me the following: m 3 feet between the outer edges ded by adding at the end thereof mve the other and separated by a not comply with the requirements ended by striking out "Article tbsection and substituting "Article iking out subsection 3.2.2.11. and 1 may permit heavy timber conhaving a one-hour fire-resistance iking out the words "appropriate tion 3.2.3.2.(12). ,riking out the following namely: )divided by a hour fire square feet or they shall ection 1. 3.2.3.9. 5. 3.2.3.16. 3. 3.2.3.24. 1. 3.2.3.32. 7. 3.2.3.38. 5. 3.2.3.46. 0. 3.2.3.51. 5. 3.2.3.56.

3.2.3.12. 3.2.3.17. 3.2.3.25. 3.2.3.34. 3.2.3.39. 3.2.3.47. 3.2.3.52.

iking out the following footnote: 1.2.12." where these words appear .4. to 3.2.3.56. inclusive and sub:lion 3.2.4., 3.4.2.12. and 3.2.9." iking out subsection 3.2.5.1. and electrical equipment, installation accordance with the Electrical ta, The Canadian Electrical Code ical Bylaw, all as amended from effect." iking out subsection 3.2.5.4. iking out subsection 3.2.5.5. iking out subsection 3.2.5.7. king out the words "appropriate ction 3.2.6.1.(1) (b).

â&#x20AC;˘

of 3.17 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out the words "appropriate Location Heating provincial" where they appear in subsection 3.2.6.1.(3) (d). Appliances

3.18 Section 3.2 is amended by deleting the figure "6" where it appears in the first line of subsection 3.2.8.1.(2) and substituting the figure "7". 3.19 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out the figure "6" where it appears in the first line of subsection 3.2.8.1.(3) and substituting the figure "7". 3.20 Section 3.2 is amended by adding the following subsection after subsection 3.2.8.1.(6). 3.2.8.1.(7) Where a building does not exceed 7,500 square feet per floor in area and is not more than two storeys in height the fire separation required in Table 3.2.8.A. for Mercantile, Commercial and Industrial Division 2 may be reduced to one hour. 3.21 Section 3.2 is amended by adding after the word "outside" in the sixth line of subsection 3.2.9.1. the following:

Fire Separations

Fire Fighting Access Panels

"or as approved by the Chief of the Fire Department." 3.22 Section 3.2 is amended by deleting the following from the first two lines of subsection 3.2.9.2. "classified according to major occupancy as Group E, Mercantile."

Sprinklers in Basements

3.23 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out subsection 3.2.11.1.(1) and substituting the following 3.2.11.1. (1).

Dry Standpipes

"Every building four or more storeys in height shall be equipped with one or more dry standpipes. Every building four or more storeys in height where the area of any floor above the third floor is ten thousand square feet (10,000 sq. ft.) or less shall be equipped with not less than one dry standpipe and an additional standpipe shall be installed for each additional ten thousand square feet (10,000 sq. ft.) or fraction thereof." 3.24 Section 3.2 is amended by striking out subsection 3.2.11.1. (2) and substituting the following 3.2.11.1.(2):

Wet Standpipes

"Every occupancy of Group A Division 1, 2, and 3 of any height, and every Group B Division 1 and 2, Group C Division 1, Group D, Group E, and Group F Division 1, 2, and 3, three or more storeys in height and every Group D, E, and F Division 1 and 2, occupancy over 20,000 square feet in area shall be equipped with one or more interior wet standpipes extending from the cellar or basement into the topmost storey, providing that Group A buildings having no stage and having a seating capacity of less than 500 need not be equipped with interior standpipes. EXCEPTION: A wet standpipe system will not be required in any portion of a building which is protected by an approved automatic fire extinguishing system, nor in any other building or portion thereof where, in the opinion of the Chief of the Fire Department, this standpipe requirement would be impractical, provided that if required by the Chief of the Fire Department, hand extinguishers shall be located and installed to his satisfaction." 3.25 Section 3.3 is amended by adding the following subsection after subsection 3.3.2.1.(5). 3.3.2.1.(6) Any stage designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, drops, or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top of the proscenium opening and the ceiling above the stage is more than five feet (5') shall comply with the requirements of Section 3.3.2.5. 19

Stages

3.26 Section 3.3 is amended by striking out the figures "3.2.5." where they appear in subsection 3.3.7.1.(4) and substituting the figures "3.2.7." Exits

3.27 Section 3.4 is amended by adding the following at the beginning of subsection 3.4.2.4. (4). "In buildings which are unsubdivided by partitions"

Intermediate Handrails

3.28 Section 3.4 is amended by adding at the end of subsection 3.4.3.5.(3) the following: "The maximum number of handrails for any width of ramp or stair need only be the number calculated for the required width of the ramp or stair." 3.29 Section 3.4 is amended by striking out the numbers "3.1.2.7." where they appear in subsection 3.4.3.11.(4) and substituting the numbers "3.2.2.7."

Exit Doors

3.30 Section 3.4 is amended by striking out subsection 3.4.3.14.(1) and substituting the following 3.4.3.14.(1) "No door in any exit shall open immediately on a flight of stairs but shall open on a landing not less than the width of the door."

Exit Door Locks

3.31 Section 3.4 is amended by adding the following at the end of subsection 3.4.3.14.(11) "EXCEPTING" This requirement shall not apply to exterior exit doors in a Group D, Group E, or Group F Division 3 Occupancy if there is a readily visible, durable sign on or adjacent to the door, stating "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." The sign shall be in letters not less than one inch (1") high on a contrasting background. The locking device must be of a type that will be readily distinguishable as locked. The use of this Exception may be revoked by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for due cause. Flush bolts or surface bolts are prohibited. EXCEPTION: Surface bolts of not less than one-half inch ( 1/2 ") half round stock with a three-fourths inch ( 3/4 ") minimum diameter control knob may be permitted. There shall be no more than two such surface bolts to an exit opening and they shall be readily accessible.

Yards and Courts

3.32 Section 3.6 is amended by striking out subsection 3.6.4. 3.33 Section 3.6 is amended by striking out from the first footnote to Table 3.6.6.A. the figure "72" and substituting the figure "86".

Acoustical Insulation

3.34 Section 3.6 is amended by striking out subsection 3.6.7.

Lighting in Buildings

3.35 Section 3.6 is amended by deleting from subsection 3.6.10.1. Part 3 Appendix A.

Heating, Ventilation, Plumbing and Gas

3.36 Part 3 of the Code is amended by deleting all references to heating, ventilation, plumbing and gas with the intention that the construction and maintenance of all heating, ventilation, plumbing and gas structures and appliances shall be governed by the following City bylaws namely: The City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Code, The Edmonton Plumbing Bylaw No. 2410, The Edmonton Gas Bylaw No. 2290 as amended from time to time. 20

PART 4.1 Part 4 of the National B Printing, as amended by Sections declared to be and constituted a 4.2 Section 4.1.1.5. and marg lowing is substituted: 4.1.1.5. Supervision - See sl 4.3 Section 4.1.1.6. (1) is st tuted: 4.1.1.6.(1) Drawings submitti be as required by Section 1.15.5.44.4 Section 4.1.3.7. is amen( where it appears in the second lie 4.5 Section 4.1.3.8.(2) is am reads as follows: "Recommended information for building design ir No. 1 to the National Building Col tary of the Associate Committee o Research Council, Ottawa." 4.6 Section 4.1.3.9. is amend line thereof where they appear exposed to wind as provided for

4.7 Section 4.1.3.10. includin 4.8 Section 4.1.3.11.(1) is a thereof after the word "is" the footnote which reads as follows: "Recommended design wind tion for building design in Can to the National Building Code ar of the Associate Committee on Research Council, Ottawa." 4.9 Section 4.1.3.14. is amen, of after the word "of" the numb note which reads as follows:

"Recommended design rain 1 tic information for building des: ment No. 1 to the National Build Secretary of the Associate Corn National Research Council, OttaN

4.10 Section 4.1.3.15.(3) is after the first formula and afte . 4.11 Supplement No. 3 to 1965, Second Printing as amend( and 4.17 inclusive hereof is here of this bylaw. 4.12 Section 4.1.3.11.(1) is line after the word "is" the nu] which reads as follows:

, striking out the figures "3.2.5." 7.1.(4) and substituting the figures

PART 4 DESIGN

adding the following at the begin-

4.1 Part 4 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as amended by Sections 4.1 to 4.44 inclusive hereof, is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

'hied by partitions"

4.2 Section 4.1.1.5. and marginal notes are struck out and the following is substituted:

adding at the end of subsection

4.1.1.5. Supervision â&#x20AC;&#x201D; See sentence 1.15.5.(d) of Part 1. 4.3 Section 4.1.1.6. (1) is struck out and the following is substituted:

tils for any width of ramp or stair or the required width of the,,ramp

Drawings

4.1.1.6.(1) Drawings submitted with the application to build shall be as required by Section 1.15.5.(a) of Part 1.

triking out the numbers "3.1.2.7." 3.4.3.11. (4) and substituting the triking out subsection 3.4.3.14.(1) 1) immediately on a flight of stairs flan the width of the door." dding the following at the end of shall not apply to exterior exit p F Division 3 Occupancy if there or adjacent to the door, stating DURING BUSINESS HOURS." one inch (1") high on a contrastst be of a type that will be readily his Exception may be revoked by due cause. Flush bolts or surface

4.4 Section 4.1.3.7. is amended by adding after the word "load" where it appears in the second line the number "30."

Snow Loads

4.5 Section 4.1.3.8.(2) is amended by deleting the footnote which reads as follows: "Recommended ground snow loads and other climatic information for building design in Canada are published in Supplement No. 1 to the National Building Code and can be obtained from the Secretary of the Associate Committee on the National Building Code, National Research Council, Ottawa."

Ground Snow Loads

4.6 Section 4.1.3.9. is amended by deleting from the first and second line thereof where they appear the following words "except for roofs exposed to wind as provided for in Article 4.1.3.10."

Snow Load

4.7 Section 4.1.3.10. including the marginal note is struck out. 4.8 Section 4.1.3.11.(1) is amended by adding in the second line thereof after the word "is" the number "20" and by striking out the footnote which reads as follows: "Recommended design wind pressures and other climatic information for building design in Canada are published in Supplement No. 1 to the National Building Code and can be obtained from the Secretary of the Associate Committee on the National Building Code, National Research Council, Ottawa." 4.9 Section 4.1.3.14. is amended by inserting in the third line thereof after the word "of" the number "4" and by deleting the second footnote which reads as follows: "Recommended design rain loads (one-day rainfall) and other climatic information for building design in Canada are published in Supplement No. 1 to the National Building Code and can be obtained from the Secretary of the Associate Committee on the National Building Code, National Research Council, Ottawa." 4.10 Section 4.1.3.15.(3) is amended by inserting in the first line after the first formula and after the words "where R is" the number

It less than one-half inch ( 1/2 ") ich ( 3/4 ") minimum diameter con11 be no more than two such surshall be readily accessible. riking out subsection 3.6.4. riking out from the first footnote Ibstituting the figure "86". riking out subsection 3.6.7. feleting from subsection 3.6.10.1.

led by deleting all references to with the intention that the conig, ventilation, plumbing and gas ned by the following City bylaws Ventilation and Air Conditioning \To. 2410, The Edmonton Gas Bytime.

Supervision of Construction

4.11 Supplement No. 3 to the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing as amended by Sections 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 inclusive hereof is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw. 4.12 Section 4.1.3.11.(1) is amended by inserting in the second line after the word "is" the number "20" and by deleting the footnote which reads as follows: 21

Roof Snow Loads Wind Loads

Rain Loads

Earthquake Loads

Structural Information for Building Design

Wind Loads

"Recommended design wind pressures and other climatic information for building design in Canada are published in Supplement No. 1 to the National Building Code and can be obtained from the Secretary of the Associate Committee on the National Building Code, National Research Council, Ottawa." Snow Loads

4.13 Section 4.1.3.7. is amended by inserting in the second line after the word "load" the number "30."

Ground Snow Loads

4.14 Section 4.1.3.8.(2) is amended by deleting the footnote which reads as follows: "Recommended ground snow loads and other climatic information for building design in Canada are published in Supplement No. 1 to the National Building Code and can be obtained from the Secretary of the Associate Committee on the National Building Code, National Research Council, Ottawa."

Snow Loads

Snow Loads Roof Snow Loads Foundations

Excavations

Drawings

4.15 Section 4.1.3.9. is amended by deleting from the first and second lines thereof the following words "except for roofs exposed to wind as provided for in Section 4.1.3.10." 4.16 Section 4.1.3.9. is further amended by deleting from (g),thereof in the third line the word "well" and substituting the word "melt." 4.17 Section 4.1.3.10. is struck out. 4.18 Section 4.2 "Foundations" of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as amended by sections 4.19 to 4.32 inclusive hereof is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this Bylaw. 4.19 Section 4.2.1.1. is amended by inserting after subsection (2) thereof the following new subsection: (3) Excavations for buildings and excavations accessory thereto shall be protected and guarded against danger to life and property. Permanent excavations shall have retaining walls of masonry or concrete of sufficient strength to retain the embankment together with any surcharged loads. No excavation for any purpose shall extend within one foot (1') of the angle of repose or natural slope of the soil under any footing or foundation, unless such footing or foundation, is first properly underpinned or protected against settlement. Any person making or causing an excavation to be made to a depth of twelve feet (12') or less, below the grade, shall protect the excavation so that the soil of adjoining property will not cave in or settle, but shall not be liable for the expense of underpinning or extending the foundation of buildings on adjoining properties where his excavation is not in excess of twelve feet (12') in depth. Before commencing the excavation the person making or causing the excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owners of adjoining buildings not less than 10 days before such excavation is to be made that the excavation is to be made and that the adjoining buildings should be protected. The owners of the adjoining properties shall be given access to the excavation for the purpose of protecting such adjoining buildings. Any person making or causing an excavation to be made exceeding twelve feet (12') in depth below the grade, shall protect the excavation so that the adjoining soil will not cave in or settle, and shall extend the foundations of any adjoining buildings below the depth of twelve feet (12') below grade at his own expense. The owner of the adjoining buildings shall extend the foundations of his buildings to a depth of twelve 'feet (12') below grade at his own expense as provided in the preceding paragraph. 4.20 Section 4.2.1.14.(1) is amended by inserting after the word "Drawings" in the first line thereof the words "or specifications" and by inserting before the word "Drawings" the words "When requested by the authority having jurisdiction." 22

41.))

4.21 Section 4.2.1.14.(2) is ax thereof before the word "evidence" by the authority having jurisdictior 4.22 Section 4.2.1.15. is struck

4.23 Section 4.2.1.16(1) is am sentence and substituting the folio, "When requested by the auth part of a foundation is placed an placed on a foundation." 4.24 Section 4.2.1.17. is amen and (3) thereof the words "to thi jurisdiction." 4.25 Section 4.2.2.7(1) is am of the first sentence the followin having jurisdiction." 4.26 Section 4.2.3.12.(1) (a) the opinion of the authority havir 4.27 Section 4.2.3.13.(1) (a) i, the opinion of the authority havil 4.28 Section 4.2.3.18(1) (b) the last sentence. 4.29 Section 4.2.3.22.(1) is an 4.30 Section 4.2.4.1.(1) is as section the following "See Sectiol 4.31 Section 4.2.4.8. is amen perly" before the word "compacte manner satisfactory to the author 4.32 Section 4.2.4.9. is amen( a manner satisfactory to the autl Section 4.3 - Wood, of the Ts Second Printing, is hereby declar4 bylaw. 4.33 Section 4.4 of the Nat Second Printing, as amended by declared to be and constituted a 4.34 Section 4.4.1.2.(1) is a of , "vade" and substituting the 1 "GRADE (Ground Level) me level at the center of all walls c to and within five feet (5') of a be measured at the sidewalk." 4.35 Section 4.4.9.1.(1) is a subsection the following "See Se 4.36 Section 4.5 of the Na _ nrn.rtelcid by omuuu rsiubms, as ccua . hereby declared to be and consiit 4.37 Section 4.5.3.22.(1) is tence and substituting the follow "If any of the criteria of An the following may be required."

â&#x20AC;˘

ssures and other climatic informae published in Supplement No. 1 to be obtained from the Secretary of tional Building Code, National Re-

421 Section 4.2.1.14.(2) is amended by inserting in the first line thereof before the word "evidence" the following words "When requested by the authority having jurisdiction." 4.22 Section 4.2.1.15. is struck out.

I by inserting in the second line 0." led by deleting the footnote which ds and other climatic information Wished in Supplement No. 1 to the obtained from the Secretary of the Building Code, National Research I by deleting from the first and ords "except for roofs exposed to 10." iended by deleting from (g) therend substituting the word "melt." tt. of the National Building Code of ended by sections 4.19 to 4.32 inbe and constituted a part of this

Evidence

Explorations

4.23 Section 4.2.1.16(1) is amended by deleting therefrom the first sentence and substituting the following: "When requested by the authority having jurisdiction, before any part of a foundation is placed and again before any superstructure is placed on a foundation." 4.24 Section 4.2.1.17. is amended by striking from subsections (2) and (3) thereof the words "to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction." 4.25 Section 4.2.2.7(1) is amended by inserting at the beginning of the first sentence the following "Where required by the authority having jurisdiction." 4.26 Section 4.2.3.12.(1) (a) is amended by deleting the words "in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction."

Inspections

4.27 Section 4.2.3.13.(1) (a) is amended by deleting the words "in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction."

Piles

4.28 Section 4.2.3.18(1) (b) is amended by striking out therefrom the last sentence. 4.29 Section 4.2.3.22.(1) is amended by striking out subsection (b).

Pile Driving

Altered Conditions for Foundations Soil Settlement

Column Support

Composite Piles Excavating

by inserting after subsection (2)

4.30 Section 4.2.4.1.(1) is amended by adding at the end of the section the following "See Section 4.2.1.1.(3)."

excavations accessory thereto shall nger to life and property. Permawalls of masonry or concrete of )ankment together with any surpurpose shall extend within one ltural slope of the soil under any ing or foundation, is first properly ement. excavation to be made to a depth grade, shall protect the excavation will not cave in or settle, but shall rpinning or extending the foundaies where his excavation is not in lefore commencing the excavation wation to be made shall notify in ings not less than 10 days before excavation is to be made and that tected. The owners of the adjointhe excavation for the purpose of Lny person making or causing an Lye feet (12') in depth below the o that the adjoining soil will not oundations of any adjoining build') below grade at his own expense. shall extend the foundations of et (12') below grade at his own paragraph. ded by inserting after the word words "or specifications" and by the words "When requested by

4.31 Section 4.2.4.8. is amended by adding thereto the word "properly" before the word "compacted" and by striking out the words "in a manner satisfactory to the authority having jurisdiction."

Compaction of Fill

4.32 Section 4.2.4.9. is amended by striking out the words "and in a manner satisfactory to the authority having jurisdiction."

Preloading of Fill

Section 4.3 â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Wood, of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw. 4.33 Section 4.4 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as amended by Sections 4.34 and 4.35 hereof is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

Wood

4.34 Section 4.4.1.2.(1) is amended by striking out the definition of "grade" and substituting the following: "GRADE (Ground Level) means the average of the finished ground level at the center of all walls of a building. In case walls are parallel to and within five feet (5') of a sidewalk, the above ground level shall be measured at the sidewalk.' 4.35 Section 4.4.9.1.(1) is amended by adding at the end of this subsection the following "See Section 1.15.5.(d)."

Definition of Grade

4.36 Section 4.5 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as amended by Sections 4.37 to 4.42 inclusive hereof is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw. 4.37 Section 4.5.3.22.(1) is amended by striking out the first sentence and substituting the following: "If any of the criteria of Article 4.5.3.21 are not met one or more of the following may be required." 23

Plain, Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete

Plain, Reinforced and Grouted Masonry

Design of Masonry

Strength of Concrete

Concrete on Hardened Concrete

Splices in Reinforcement

4.39 Section 4.5.3.66.(1) is amended by striking out the words "or as authorized by the authority having jurisdiction" and substituting the words "or in a manner approved by good engineering practice."

Pipes Embedded in Concrete

4.40 Section 4.5.3.70.(4) is amended by striking out the words "with the approval of the authority having jurisdiction" and substituting the words "in accordance with good engineering practice."

Construction Joints in Concrete

4.41 Section 4.5.3.71.(2) is amended by striking out the words "and saturated with water immediately before placing new concrete."

Concrete Beams

6.1.1.1.(2) (a) In this Part v tice" in relation to design or coi document listed in THE APPENi guide to the interpretation of thi

4.38 Section 4.5.3.40. is struck out and the following is substituted: "Before depositing new concrete on concrete that has set, the forms shall be retightened and the surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance removed. Vertical joints shall be thoroughly wetted, and slushed with a coat of neat cement grout immediately before placing of new concrete."

(b) In this Part where the tE is used in relation to materials, a] ate documents listed in THE API a guide to the interpretation of ti 6.1.1.2. The provisions of Pr vices (see City of Edmonton Plut water heaters contained in Subse( 6.1.1.3. The provisions for gi tamed in Part 9. SECTION 6.2 DEFINITIONS

4.42 Section 4.5.4.7.(2) is struck out.

Steel Construction

4.43 Section 4.6, Steel Construction, of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

Cladding

4.44 Section 4.7 â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Cladding, of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

SUBSECTION 6.2.1.

breeching means the casing or cl furnaces through which the flue or flue pipes of the boilers or f chimney;

PART 5 MATERIALS Materials

5.1 Part 5 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as amended by Section 5.2 hereof, is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

Methods of Testing

5.2 Section 5.4.2. is amended by deleting at the end thereof the following:

Chimney means a primarily verti chimney flues, there being three (a) chimney, masonry or co? brick, stone, concrete or approved

"acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction."

PART 6 BUILDING SERVICES Part 6 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, is struck out and the following is substituted: General

SECTION 6.1 GENERAL

Scope

SUBSECTION 6.1.1. SCOPE

6.1.1.1.(1) The provisions of Part 6 shall apply to the design, construction and installation of systems and equipment installed in all buildings constituting the following general services only to the extent that they are specifically regulated in this section: (a) heating, ventilating and air conditioning, (b) incinerator, (c) electrical, (d) elevator and escalator, and (e) fire extinguishment. 24

In Part 6

air washer means a device in wl spray of water in order to cleansi boiler means a heating appliance for space heating, processing or

t â&#x20AC;˘

(b) chimney, factory-built, a made parts, each designed to be quiring field fabrication. (c) chimney, metal (smokest chimney of metal; chimney connector means a flue solid or liquid fuel; chimney flue means a flue conta: chimney liner means a refracto] used as a lining of a masonry or closed type heating system means steam, water or air as the heatin; the atmosphere; combustible (as pertaining to m; heating appliances, venting equip or surfaced with wood, compress( that will ignite and burn, whethet fire retardant treated or plasteret cooking appliance means a heatin cooking purposes; exhaust duct means a duct throt fumes, noxious gases, smoke, va] excessive heat is conveyed from doors;

ut and the following is substituted: on concrete that has set, the forms of the concrete shall be thoroughly Tertical joints shall be thoroughly it cement grout immediately before

â&#x20AC;˘

6.1.1.1.(2) (a) In this Part where reference is made to "good practice" in relation to design or construction procedures, the appropriate document listed in THE APPENDIX to this Bylaw may be used as a guide to the interpretation of this term. (b) In this Part where the term "issued by a recognized authority" is used in relation to materials, appliances and equipment, the appropriate documents listed in THE APPENDIX to this Bylaw may be used as a guide to the interpretation of this term.

tcled by striking out the words "or ; jurisdiction" and substituting the good engineering practice."

6.1.1.2. The provisions of Part 6 shall not apply to plumbing services (see City of Edmonton Plumbing Bylaw) except for provisions of water heaters contained in Subsection 6.3.3.

led by striking out the words "with jurisdiction" and substituting the leering practice."

Plumbing Services

6.1.1.3. The provisions for general services for residences are contained in Part 9.

ded by striking out the wordt "and fore placing new concrete." out.

SECTION 6.2 DEFINITIONS SUBSECTION 6.2.1.

ion, of the National Building Code hereby declared to be and consti-

Definitions

In Part 6

air washer means a device in which air is drawn or forced through a spray of water in order to cleanse, humidify or dehumidify the air; boiler means a heating appliance intended to supply hot water or steam for space heating, processing or power purposes; breeching means the casing or chamber common to a set of boilers or furnaces through which the flue gases from the individual flue outlets or flue pipes of the boilers or furnaces pass to a single flue pipe or chimney;

the National Building Code of Ca1 declared to be and constituted a

TERIALS

Chimney means a primarily vertical shaft which encloses one or more chimney flues, there being three principal types: (a) chimney, masonry or concrete, a field constructed chimney of brick, stone, concrete or approved masonry units,

ling Code of Canada 1965, Second .reof, is hereby declared to be and deleting at the end thereof the ig jurisdiction."

NG SERVICES ade of Canada 1965, Second Printsubstituted:

6 shall apply to the design, conand equipment installed in all meral services only to the extent this section: mditioning,

(b) chimney, factory-built, a chimney consisting entirely of factory made parts, each designed to be assembled with the other without requiring field fabrication. (c) chimney, metal (smokestack), a field constructed single-walled chimney of metal; chimney connector means a flue pipe of a heating appliance burning solid or liquid fuel; chimney flue means a flue contained in a chimney or chimney liner; chimney liner means a refractory conduit containing a chimney flue used as a lining of a masonry or concrete chimney; closed type heating system means a heating system using a fluid such as steam, water or air as the heating medium which at no point is open to the atmosphere; combustible (as pertaining to materials adjacent to or in contact with heating appliances, venting equipment, pipes and ducts) means made of or surfaced with wood, compressed paper, plant fibres or other material that will ignite and burn, whether or not such material be flame-proofed, fire retardant treated or plastered; cooking appliance means a heating appliance intended to supply heat for cooking purposes; exhaust duct means a duct through which air contaminated by odours, fumes, noxious gases, smoke, vapours, dust or spray, or air containing excessive heat is conveyed from the space of contamination to the outdoors; 25

factory-built chimney (see chimney, factory-built); factory-built fireplace means a fire chamber and its chimney, consisting entirely of factory-constructed parts designed for unit assembly without requiring field construction; flue means an enclosed passageway for conveying the products of combustion from the combustion chamber of a fuel-fired heating appliance to the outdoors; flue outlet means the opening of a fuel-fired heating appliance through which the products of combustion pass to the flue pipe or breeching; flue pipe means the conduit connecting the flue outlet of a fuel-fired heating appliance with a chimney or gas vent; furnace (warm-air furnace) means a space heating appliance using warm air as the heating medium and usually having provision for the attachment of ducts. central furnace means a furnace utilizing ducts and intended for heating rooms or spaces separate from the room in which the furnace is located, forced-air furnace means a furnace equipped with a blower which provides the primary means for the circulation of air, gravity furnace means a furnace in which the circulation of air is primarily by gravity;

gas vent, means a primarily vertical shaft containing a single flue for venting gas-fired heating appliances; heat exchanger means a chamber or conduit in which heat resulting

directly from combustion of fuel or electrical resistance or heat from a heating medium such as air, water or steam is transferred through the walls of the chamber or conduit to the surrounding air and surrounding objects, or to the surrounding water; heating appliance means a device intended primarily for converting fuel or energy into heat;

liner (see chimney liner); masonry chimney (see chimney, masonry or concrete); masonry or concrete chimney (see chimney, masonry or concrete); metal chimney (see chimney, metal); noncombustible means not combustible (see definition); perimeter heating system means a heating system in which the heat from the heating medium is applied to the space to be heated at the exterior walls; plenum means an air compartment or chamber to which one or more ducts are connected and which forms part of an air distribution system; range means a cooking appliance equipped with a cooking surface and one or more ovens; residence type (as pertaining to warm-air furnaces, steam and hot water boilers, chimneys, and to heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems) means of the type commonly used in but not restricted to a residence, the limiting capacities being, (a) for heating appliances not greater than 400,000 btu/hr. rated input, and (b) for ventilation and air conditioning systems, not greater than 4,000 cfm rated fan capacity, (c) for chimneys, not greater than 126 sq. in. in flue area and not greater than 40 ft. in height. 26

return duct means a duct for con ventilated or air conditioned back ditioning appliance; room heater (space heater) mean nected) for direct heating of the ted, without the use of ducts; service water heater means a heal of water for plumbing services as there being two classifications wit below, and two principal types wi (d) below, (a) direct service water heat(

derives its heat directly from ei or the combustion of fuel, (b) indirect service water h which derives its heat from a hea or hot water,

(d) instantaneous (tankless) vice water heater designed to sul

without storage facilities. smokestack (see chimney, metal), space heater (see room heater); space heating appliance means a h plying of heat to a room or space heater, etc.) or to rooms or spac furnace, boiler, etc.); stove means a heating appliance u supply duct means a duct for conyi air conditioning appliance to the conditioned; unit heater means a heating appt residential space in which it is inst; (a) be fuel-fired or may utili (b) be of the floor-mounted or (c) include an integral fan for vent connector means the flue piT venting means the disposal of tin fired appliance through a flue to ti warm-air furnace (see furnace).

SECTION 6.3 HEATING, VENTII SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SUBSECTION 6.3.1. GENERAL

6.3.1.1. Where specifically mE Section shall apply to the design c ventilating and air conditioning s type and other than residence typE of providing and maintaining car movement or quality suitable for including all alterations or additio)

factory-built);

'amber and its chimney, consisting lesigned for unit assembly without

4•

or conveying the products of cornr of a fuel-fired heating appliance el-fired heating appliance through s to the flue pipe or breeching; ,ing the flue outlet of a fuel-fired gas vent; pace heating appliance using warm

ly having provision for the ttachutilizing ducts and intended for Le from the room in which the tce equipped with a blower which

the circulation of air, in which the circulation of air is shaft containing a single flue for

space heater (see room heater); space heating appliance means a heating appliance intended for the supplying of heat to a room or space directly (room heater, fireplace, unit heater, etc.) or to rooms or spaces through a heating system (central furnace, boiler, etc.); stove means a heating appliance used for cooking and/or space heating;

c conduit in which heat resulting Aectrical resistance or heat from a r steam is transferred through the e surrounding air and surrounding ided primarily for converting fuel

supply duct means a duct for conveying air from a heating, ventilating or air conditioning appliance to the space to be heated, ventilated or air conditioned; unit heater means a heating appliance intended for the heating of nonresidential space in which it is installed and which may (a) be fuel-fired or may utilize steam, hot water or electricity, (b) be of the floor-mounted or suspended type, and (c) include an integral fan for circulating air; vent connector means the flue pipe of a gas-fired heating appliance; venting means the disposal of the products of combustion from a fuelfired appliance through a flue to the outdoors; warm-air furnace (see furnace).

Try or concrete); 'rrtney, masonry or concrete); e (see definition);

eating system in which the heat to the space to be heated at the chamber to which one or more part of an air distribution system; tipped with a cooking surface and

117

SECTION 6.3 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

u-air furnaces, steam and hot water ntilating and air conditioning syssed in but not restricted to a resi-

SUBSECTION 6.3.1. GENERAL SCOPE

freater than 400,000 btu/hr. rated itioning systems, not greater than an 126 sq. in. in flue area and not

return duct means a duct for conveying air from a space being heated, ventilated or air conditioned back to the heating, ventilating or air conditioning appliance;• room heater (space heater) means a space heating appliance (flue-connected) for direct heating of the room or space within which it is located, without the use of ducts; service water heater means a heating appliance intended for the heating of water for plumbing services as distinct from water for space heating; there being two classifications with regard to heat source, (a) and (b) below, and two principal types with regard to storage facilities, (c) and (d) below, (a) direct service water heater means a service water heater which derives its heat directly from either an electrical resistance element or the combustion of fuel, (b) indirect service water heater means a service water heater which derives its heat from a heating medium such as warm air, steam or hot water, (c) storage type service water heater means a service water heater immersed in or installed integrally with a hot water storage tank, (d) instantaneous (tankless) type service water heater means a service water heater designed to supply hot water directly to the outlets without storage facilities. smokestack (see chimney, metal);

Scope

6.3.1.1. Where specifically mentioned herein, the provisions of this Section shall apply to the design construction and installation of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment, both residence type and other than residence type, installed in buildings for the purpose of providing and maintaining conditions of air temperature, humidity, movement or quality suitable for the use and occupancy of the space, including all alterations or additions to such systems and equipment. 27

•

Design and Installation

6.3.2.5.(1) Supply and retu; conditioning systems of other th, and installed in accordance with 1 ing and Air Conditioning Bylaw.

DESIGN and INSTALLATION

6.3.1.2.(1) All heating, ventilating and air conditioning and equipment, including radiant panels, shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the City of Edmonton Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Bylaw and to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction.

6.3.2.5.(2) Clearances to con: forming part of forced warm-ail those specified in the City of ] Conditioning Bylaw.

6.3.1.2.(2) Heating and air conditioning equipment forming part of a system in which oil, gas or electrical energy is used as a heat source shall be installed according to the requirements of the City of Edmonton Heating Ventilating and Air Conditionina Bylaw, the City of Edmonton Gas Bylaw and the appropriate Provincial b statutes or in the absence of such statutes the appropriate installation Code as follows:

Access

Guards

Equipment for contaminated spaces

Electrical wiring and equipment

6.3.2.5.(3) Ducts for heatir tems shall be provided with auto; to good practice. **6.(6).

6.3.2.6.(1) Gravity exhaust ( shall not be combined anywhere pancies they may be combined delivery to the outside such as at 1

(a) Oil firing —CSA B139-1962, "Installation Code for Oil Burning Equipment". (b) Gas firing —CSA B149-1962, "Installation Code for Gas Burning Appliances and Equipment" and Supplement 1-1964. (c) Electricity —CSA C22.1-1962 "Canadian Electrical Code" and Supplement R-1963. 6.3.1.3.(1) All equipment serving or forming part of any heating, ventilating or air conditioning system, with the exception of embedded pipes or ducts, shall be designed and installed for easy access for inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning. 6.3.1.3.(2) All mechanical apparatus shall be adequately guarded to prevent injury to the public or maintenance staff. 6.3.1.4. All equipment and systems servicing spaces which house sources of odours, fumes, noxious gases, smoke, vapors, dust, spray or other contamination shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with good practice, **6.(1) and shall be operated in such a manner as to prevent spreading of any contamination to any other occupied parts of the building and surrounding areas. 6.3.1.5. All electrical wiring and electrical equipment used in connection with heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and their components shall be installed in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.3.2.6.(2) Where exhaust (1 atmosphere, due provision shall 1: 6.3.2.6.(3) The exterior ope provided with a cowl designed to

6.3.2.6.(4) In gravity exhau: the admission of an adequate su at least equal in area to the exhau SUBSECTION 6.3.3. HEATING A

6.3.3.1.(1) The use of fuel-f fired service water heaters shall mission and restriction of the u: occupancies as contained in Subse 6.3.3.1.(2) Where heating E separated from the remainder of sure shall conform to the require Part 3.

SUBSECTION 6.3.2. AIR DUCT SYSTEMS Warm-Air Supply Ducts

Exhaust Ducts

Contaminated Airways

Ducts for Restaurant Cooking Equipment Construction and Installation Residence Type Systems

6.3.3.1.(3) All heating appl with the requirements of subs« special equipment incorporating bustion or venting not contemp: tion of such equipment shall be authority having jurisdiction.

6.3.2.1. Notwithstanding other requirements in this Subsection, warm-air supply ducts shall be constructed in accordance with the City of Edmonton Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Bylaw. 6.3.2.2.(1) Ducts for blower and exhaust systems for dust and vapour removal and for conveying stock and refuse shall be constructed and installed in accordance with good practice and the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Bylaw. 6.3.2.2.(2) Ducts or airways used for the transmission of contaminated air shall be used for no other purpose.

6.3.3.1.(4) Adequate access ing appliances including those attids and crawl spaces and those HEATING APPLIANCES BURNI ELECTRICAL ENERGY

DUCTS FOR RESTAURANT COOKING EQUIPMENT

6.3.2.3. Ducts for ventilation of restaurant cooking equipment shall be constructed and installed in accordance with good practice. **6.(2). 6.3.2.4. Supply and return ducts for residence type warm-air heating and air conditioning systems installed in buildings other than residences shall comply with the requirements for supply and return ducts for residences in accordance with the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Bylaw. **As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2), an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s). 28

6.3.3.2.(1) All heating app trical energy as a heat source sl ments of appropriate Provincial utes the appropriate installation (a) Oil firing — CSA B139• Equipment."

4) •

**As noted in Sentence 6.1.1 found listed in The Appendix und

4STALLATION

tng and air conditioning and equipEl be designed, constructed and inEdmonton Heating Ventilating and satisfaction of the authority having litioning equipment forming part of cal energy is used as a heat source quirements of the City of Edmonton ailing Bylaw, the City of Edmonton incial statutes or in the absence of Ion Code as follows: , "Installation Code for Oil Burning "Installation Code for Gas Burning dement 1-1964. 62 "Canadian Electrical Code" and ig or forming part of any heating, with the exception of embedded installed for easy access for inspec• tratus shall be adequately guarded ntenance staff. tems servicing spaces which house ases, smoke, vapors, dust, spray or ed, constructed and installed in acand shall be operated in such a f any contamination to any other rounding areas. d electrical equipment used in conair conditioning systems and their •dance with Section 6.5.

NonResidence Type Systems

6.3.2.5. (2) Clearances to combustible construction from supply ducts forming part of forced warm-air heating systems shall be not less than those specified in the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Bylaw.

Clearances to Supply Ducts

6.3.2.5.(3) Ducts for heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems shall be provided with automatic fire doors and dampers according to good practice. **6.(6).

Fire doors and dampers

6.3.2.6.(1) Gravity exhaust ducts serving separate rooms or spaces shall not be combined anywhere, except that when serving similar occupancies they may be combined immediately below the point of final delivery to the outside such as at the base of a roof ventilator.

Combination of ducts

6.3.2.6. (2) Where exhaust ducts are installed leading to the outside atmosphere, due provision shall be made for any condensation.

Condensation Provisions

6.3.2.6.(3) The exterior opening of gravity exhaust ducts shall be provided with a cowl designed to prevent back draft.

Cowl at exterior opening

6.3.2.6.(4) In gravity exhaust systems provision shall be made for the admission of an adequate supply of air to the room through intakes at least equal in area to the exhaust outlets.

Adequate Air Supply

SUBSECTION 6.3.3. HEATING APPLIANCES

rEMS requirements in this Subsection, tructed in accordance with the City Air Conditioning Bylaw. nd exhaust systems for dust and ock and refuse shall be constructed practice and the City of Edmonton ning Bylaw. .d for the transmission of contaminTose. JG EQUIPMENT

restaurant cooking equipment shall ,rdance with good practice. **6.(2). for residence type warm-air heating 3 in buildings other than residences or supply and return ducts for resi' Edmonton Heating, Ventilating and a), an appropriate document will be his/these number (s).

6.3.2.5.(1) Supply and return ducts for heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of other than residence type shall be constructed and installed in accordance with the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Bylaw.

6.3.3.1(1) The use of fuel-fired space heating appliances and fuelfired service water heaters shall conform to the regulations for the permission and restriction of the use of such appliances in various types of occupancies as contained in Subsection 3.2.6. of Part 3.

Space Heating Appliances and Water Heaters

6.3.3.1.(2) Where heating appliances are required to be enclosed or separated from the remainder of the building, such separation or enclosure shall conform to the requirements of Part 9 and Subsection 3.2.6. of Part 3.

Enclosures and Separation

6.3.3.1.(3) All heating appliances installed in buildings shall comply with the requirements of subsection 6.3.3., except that in the case of special equipment incorporating systems of operation, fuel supply, combustion or venting not contemplated by these requirements the installation of such equipment shall be subject to the special approval of the authority having jurisdiction.

Special Equipment

6.3.3.1.(4) Adequate access facilities shall be provided for all heating appliances including those installed in concealed locations such as attics and crawl spaces and those installed on the roofs of buildings.

Access Facilities

HEATING APPLIANCES BURNING OIL or GAS or USING ELECTRICAL ENERGY

Heating Appliances Burning Oil or Gas or using Electrical Energy

6.3.3.2.(1) All heating appliances burning oil or gas, or using electrical energy as a heat source shall be installed according to the requirements of appropriate Provincial statutes or in the absence of such statutes the appropriate installation code as follows: (a) Oil firing — CSA B139-1962, "Installation Code for Oil Burning Equipment."

4 41

**As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number (s). 29

Installation Codes

(b) Gas firing — CSA B149-1962, "Installation Code for Gas Burning Appliances and Equipment," and Supplement 1-1964, and the City of Edmonton Gas Bylaw.

TA BI Forming Part

(c) Electricity — CSA C22.1-1962, "Canadian Electrical Code" and Supplement R-1963 and the City of Edmonton Electrical Bylaw. Special Precautions

Minimum Clearances to Corn Boilers Bu

6.3.3.2.(2) Special precautions shall be taken to ensure that there is no risk of damage to piping or equipment from any possible differential movements of elements of the building structure. Type of Furnace or Boiler

HEATING APPLIANCES BURNING SOLID FUEL Air for Combustion

6.3.3.3.(1) Solid-fuel-burning heating appliances shall be installed only in locations where the facilities for ventilation provide sufficient air for the combustion of the fuel and proper draft under normal conditions of use.

Connection to flue pipe

6.3.3.3.(2) Every solid-fuel-burning heating appliance shall be connected to a chimney directly or by a flue pipe or breeching. Such flue pipe or breeching shall conform to Articles 6.3.6.14 and 6.3.6.15.

Automatically stoker fired, forced-air furnace equipped with 250°F temperature high limit control installed in accordance with Note 2 and barometric draft control. (see Note 3) Heating Boilers — Steam boilers operating at not over 15 psi gauge pressure and hot water boilers operating at not in excess of 250°F of the water-wall type or having a jacket or lining of masonry or other satisfactory insulating material.

BOILERS AND FURNACES BURNING SOLID FUEL General

6.3.3.4. Boilers and furnaces burning solid fuel shall conform to the requirements of Articles 6.3.3.1., 6.3.3.3. and 6.3.3.5. to 6.3.3.12. inclusive as applicable.

Regulations for boilers and pressure vessels

6.3.3.5. Every steam and hot water boiler burning solid fuel shall be designed, constructed and installed according to appropriate Provincial statutes or in the absence of such statutes the requirements of CSA B511965, "Code for the Construction and Inspection of Boilers and Pressure Vessels".

Boiler and Furnace Rooms

6.3.3.6. Boiler and furnace rooms shall be of adequate size to accommodate the units and provide the clearances required to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction.

Column 1

Solid Fuel Burning Boilers and Furnaces

6.3.3.7. Every boiler and furnace burning solid fuel shall be mounted in accordance with the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Bylaw.

Notes: (1) Front clearance shall and furnace,

Clearances

Furnaces and Boilers other tha above.

(2) Temperature high lb than 250°F installed surface of heat exclu at least 12 in. above

6.3.3.8.(1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), boilers and furnaces burning solid fuel shall be installed to provide clearance to combustible material whether plastered or unplastered not less than as shown in Table 6.3.3.A. 6.3.3.8.(2) Boilers and furnaces may be installed with reduced clearances as provided in Table 6.3.3.B where combustible material is protected in the manner specified. 30

(3) Barometric draft col permanently set to lii 0.13 in. of water gaug

•

(4) For clearance purpos ered as part of the clearance requiremen

'Installation Code for Gas Burning )plement 1-1964, and the City of

TABLE 6.3.3.A Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.3.8.(1)

, "Canadian Electrical Code" and ionton Electrical Bylaw.

Minimum Clearances to Combustible Material for Furnaces and Boilers Burning Solid Fuel

all be taken to ensure that there pment from any possible differening structure.

Minimum Clearance, (in.)

3LID FUEL

ting appliances shall be installed for ventilation provide sufficient proper draft under normal condi-

ig heating appliance shall be conflue pipe or breeching. Such flue cies 6.3.6.14 and 6.3.6.15.

SOLID FUEL

ing solid fuel shall conform to the 3. and 6.3.3.5. to 6.3.3.12. inclusive

r boiler burning solid fuel shall be cording to appropriate Provincial ites the requirements of CSA B51Inspection of Boilers and Pressure

shall be of adequate size to accom-ances required to the satisfaction burning solid fuel shall be mountmton Heating, Ventilation and Air

Sentence (2), boilers and furnaces provide clearance to combustible tered not less than as shown in

ay be installed with reduced clearre combustible material is protec-

Above and ProjectSides of Jacket Front ing Sides Flue Bonnet (see or Plenum and Rear Note 1) Outlet

Type of Furnace or Boiler

Automatically

stoker

fired,

forced-air furnace equipped with

250°F temperature high limit control installed in accordance with Note 2 and barometric draft control. (see Note 3)

(see Note 4)

Heating Boilers — Steam boilers operating at not over 15 psi gauge pressure and hot water boilers operating at not in excess of 250°F of the water-wall type or having a jacket or lining of masonry or other satisfactory insulating material.

(see Note 4)

Furnaces and Boilers other than

above. Column 1

Notes: (1) Front clearance shall be sufficient for servicing the stoker and furnace, (2) Temperature high limit control that cannot be set higher than 250°F installed not more than 10 in. above the top surface of heat exchanger in a supply plenum that extends at least 12 in. above the top surface of the heat exchanger. (3) Barometric draft control operated by draft intensity and permanently set to limit the draft to a maximum intensity of 0.13 in. of water gauge. (4) For clearance purposes the projecting flue outlet is considered as part of the flue pipe. Refer to Article 6.3.6.15. for clearance requirements. 31

â&#x20AC;˘

TABLE 6.3.3.B Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.3.8.(2)

Minimum Clearances With Specified Forms of Protection Type of Protection* Applied th the combustible material unless otherwise specified and covering all surfaces within the distance specified as the minimum clearance with no protection. Thicknesses are miniMUM.

(1)

1/4 4n.

asbestos spaced out 1 in.

Minimum Clearance* with Protection, (in.) 1,1fizre in T ab le 1nre in Table l the in in .mum 6.3 the um clearance with no clearance with no protection is 6 in. protection is 18 in,

6.3

Above and sides of bonnet or plenum

Jacket sides and rear

Above and sides of bonnet Or plenum

Jacket sides and rear

millboard 15

(2) 0.0136-in, sheet metal on 1/4 in. asbestos millboard

(3) 0.0136-in, sheet metal spaced out 1 in.**

(4) 0.0136-in, sheet metal on lk in. asbestos millboard spaced out 1 in.**

(5) 11/2 -in, asbestos cement covering on heating appliances

(6) 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard on 1-in, mineral wool batts reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent

(7) 0.0282-in, sheet metal on 1-in, mineral wool batts reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent

(8) 1/4 -in, asbestos cement board or 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard

(9) 1/4-in. cellular asbestos

Column 1

STOVES, RANGES, ROOM HEAT! BURNING SOLID FUEL

6.3.3.13. Stoves, ranges, roc burning solid fuel shall conform 6.3.3.3., 6.3.3.14., 6.3.3.15. and 6.3.3 6.3.3.14. The requirements fg heaters and service water heaters those given in Article 6.3.3.7. ft struction. 6.3.3.15.(1) Except as perm room heaters and service water stalled to provide clearance to c or unplastered, not less than as sh (2) Stoves, ranges, room hec solid fuel may be installed with 6.3.3.D where combustible materi 6.3.3.16. All service water vided with a pressure relief valv( practice t6.(8) and a temperatur the requirements for hand-fired 1 6.3.3.10.(2). TAE Forming Part o

* Except for the protection indicated in (5) above all clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the appliance to the combustible material disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material. ** Spacers shall be of noncombustible material. Steam boilers burning solid fuel

6.3.3.9. Every steam boiler burning solid fuel shall meet the requirements of the appropriate statutes of the Province of Alberta.

Hot water boiler burning solid fuel

6.3.3.10. Every hot water boiler burning solid fuel shall meet the requirements of the appropriate statutes of the Province of Alberta. 32

6.3.3.11. Every forced air fur led in accordance with the City Air Conditioning Bylaw. 6.3.3.12. The automatic cont burning of pulverized fuel shall b, the appropriate municipal or pr.' combustion is used, care shall be cepted good commercial practice â&#x20AC;˘ dust into the atmosphere so as to

Minimum Clearances to Combusl Heaters and Service Wa Appliances Stoves, ranges and service w( beaters (fire pot without firelining) Stoves, ranges and service to heaters (fire pot with fire-clay ing) Room heaters Column 1 * The clearance from the si than the fire box side, may ** Refer to Article 6.3.6.15. t As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.( listed in The Appendix under t

6.3.3.11. Every forced air furnace burning solid fuel shall be installed in accordance with the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Bylaw. 6.3.3.12. The automatic control of every system or device for the burning of pulverized fuel shall be in accordance with the regulations of the appropriate municipal or provincial authority. When this form of combustion is used, care shall be taken in accordance with generally accepted good commercial practice t 6.(7) to prevent undue leakage of fuel dust into the atmosphere so as to form an inflammable mixture.

ntence 6.3.3.8.(2)

cified Forms of Protection Minimum Clearance. with Protection, (in.) Vhere in Table Where in Table 3.A the minimum 6.3.3.A the minimum !arance with no clearance with no dection is 6 in. protection is 18 in. hove id es of nnet or num

Jacket sides and rear

Above and sides of bonnet Or plenum

STOVES, RANGES, ROOM HEATERS AND SERVICE WATER HEATERS BURNING SOLID FUEL

Jacket skies and rear

â&#x20AC;˘

6.3.3.13. Stoves, ranges, room heaters and service water heaters burning solid fuel shall conform to the requirements of Articles 6.3.3.1., 6.3.3.3., 6.3.3.14., 6.3.3.15. and 6.3.3.16. 6.3.3.14. The requirements for the mounting of stoves, ranges, room heaters and service water heaters burning solid fuel shall be the same as those given in Article 6.3.3.7. for boilers and furnaces of similar construction. 6.3.3.15.(1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), stoves, ranges, room heaters and service water heaters burning solid fuel shall be installed to provide clearance to combustible material, whether plastered or unplastered, not less than as shown in Table 6.3.3.C. (2) Stoves, ranges, room heaters and service water heaters burning solid fuel may be installed with reduced clearances as provided in Table 6.3.3.D where combustible material is protected in the manner specified. 6.3.3.16. All service water heaters burning solid fuel shall be provided with a pressure relief valve which meets the requirements of good practice t6.(8) and a temperature combustion regulator complying with the requirements for hand-fired hot water boilers contained in Sentence 6.3.3.10.(2). TABLE 6.3.3.0 Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.3.15.(1)

:!ated in (5) above all clearances er surface of the appliance to the ling any intervening protection

;le material.

ing solid fuel shall meet the res of the Province of Alberta.

burning solid fuel shall meet the s of the Province of Alberta.

Minimum Clearances to Combustible Material for Stoves, Ranges, Room Heaters and Service Water Heaters Burning Solid Fuel Appliances

Minimum Clearance, (in.) Front

Flue Pipe

24*

Top

Sides

Rear

Stoves, ranges and service water heaters (fire pot without fire-clay lining)

Stoves, ranges and service water heaters (fire pot with fire-clay lining)

Room heaters Column 1

* The clearance from the sides of a range burning solid fuel, other than the fire box side, may be 18 in. ** Refer to Article 6.3.6.15. t As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s). 33

Forced air furnace burning solid fuel Pulverized fuel firing

Stoves, ranges, room heaters and service water heaters burning solid fuel General

Mounting

Clearance

Controls and safety devices

cio.

ca"

rD C CD

O, n ° 00 . m• o ..,.

o , O9 ,

,-" w D, 0 e. t-t. 0 CD CD W w

o -: o

CD LT/ X

P 0

Jo papnalsuoa aq ( e) T pue weals iciana •T vE*9

6 4 18 18

4 2 12 12 3

9 9

6 6

Sides

30 24

Top

Where the Minimum Clearance with No Protection is 36 in.

Sides and Rear

cc to .--

8,-,-.P0 1-, —,, o ,,e,, _,,-.-

m ov .. o o,t.,,-

,t- 0"cr

.-$

. , n di

..1-1..

,•-• 13

.C21 51 9"

1-. .0 0 P 2 ,._., r5

01 .'" ts., 0 ¢, ,.

X m

.9 _ot '7,

P..."5:0 g• CD

F mm- mm"m

Cr CI w .1:3

...•P"iii ,-, "

11 b" o m

0 CD n.- E n ,.,,, 0.1 -3co C ;....L cc, ,-14. 0 0-3 cr,00 (4 .-• ,,,/,,

5:11 CD.0

r 5 til (1) 04 CD CD C/1 0% . , a) tz' 0CDo"I09.n..5* -4 P CD 0 c'D 0 n• n t1"5 w CD li 0... o... Z cm.....0 m ,,, .0,_,.. .-.I "MCI, c,i' 1-• ..I . 1-11 o " 63 7 g °_ .-.A" 'S , Cn't ,5. 5- g 5. '40Fq(' M m.d.m M m, 0 {2 ...., .1 P., (;) 8 ,„ , 312 ca: Pi 0" 0., ;p.m 0-.,'0 ,-CD ,-- • ...np.,, C.11 -a CDn0 ,-, 0. n... 1,2,_

- 0 .. 7 ,, ti Z 0Z

0" CY' 0 W' • rn rn .... 0 ,-.0.• -.•>,-,.,...acze..,, Ito • 0 CD w c..0

_,..„ 0 0 ,„ („„,__ , w 5 ...,,. . . asg. , „-,D m . z-

,c00 C • "0

ti)

8;-..,

a"-

(TCD0 0 g1

8 If2r50" ncn '-- al ta. 0

•

w 0

r:a,a 5.

t-t- - e-, ,g,:mWo..M ?,,.

5 ts ('5"5 5"1 0

1...,W N0 0a,

o 0

?;')

"OCC

CVM

1-1o,

.-: W 0 n• W CD cn 0 i•-t, sa, t-' 0 1-.

,-1.-.2

7.11 ,• 1 ,cs '6., 0CD

1C1'.

; 5 0 t 02 ..e0 9)P 5.0 '11 i'?' .i....'As V ai-, 0.) ocs• 1-3

0 4 °

'''''..go 0'00-0-1'

.1 D, 0 0".b .. 0

1,,,

0 Z

5— —,

,--

woo

Pc, 11'0 0..0 W CD cp cn 10, .-LS

co° 0 ,--r-••• o

o— 0 CD

$0..w......

CD 0 cr CA/ • ,-, ,-1 • '-'• 1--, 0 0 CO

8 z`4 0.° 5go

All clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the appliance to the combustible material, disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material.

Column 1

0.0136-in, sheet metal on 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard 0.0136-in, sheet metal spaced out 1 in. by noncombustible material 1/4-in, asbestos millboard on 1 in. mineral wool batts reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent 0.0282-in, sheet metal on 1-in, mineral wool batts reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent 1/4 -in, asbestos-cement board or 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard 1/4 -in, cellular asbestos

tible material

1/4 -in, asbestos millboard spaced out 1 in. by noncombus-

Sides

Sides and Rear

Where the Minimum Clearance with No Protection is 21 in.

1 0 Ind C11 10S110dSNI 93 1/110 S

CAZ

Type of Protection Applied to the combustible material and covering all surfaces within the distance specified as the minimum clearance with no protection. Thicknesses are minimum.

Where the Minimum Clearance with No Protection is 18 in.

Where the Minimum Clearance with No Protection i s 12 i n.

Clearance* with Protection, in.

Minimum Clearance with Specified Forms of Protection

TABLE 6.3.3.D Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.3.15.(2)

S3DV 1d3111A

FIREPLACES

1-1

6.3.3.17. Masonry or concrete fireplaces and factory-built fireplaces shall conform to the requirements of the Residential Standards Supplement 5 to the National Building Code as amended by this Bylaw.

CO CD

•

CYZ

STORAGE BINS FOR SOLID FUEL

6.3.3.18.(1) Steam, water or other pipes passing through a solid-fuel storage bin shall be so located or protected to avoid damage to the pipes. No sewer or drain openings shall be located under or adjacent to piled solid fuel. (2) The floor and walls of solid-fuel storage bins shall be made of noncombustible material.

CO CO CO M Co

1-1 7-1 1-1

•t->

co co

CO 711 Rttl CV CV

0 .o CO CO 1-1

711 711

eI N N 1-1

-0

a) r.

'''

z .0

• 0 at •,, z E tu 71 s. •° P-1g 0

0 ...1 0 S' . • P-1 0 00

-0

'8 tiocemateria l

o:t4

z C) 4

5-. .0 0▪ ,_, io 00 , —.0 0 cl ,..0 c.

0 E 4, „, 00 cp ..0) 0 5050 ...

, j. •' .--.T .p • ..

. 0 0 .15 4 4'1 CNI 00 0 ' Z

.4 ... .. ...., 4

cellu lar asbestos

• .-1 ..?-; .....

Fireplaces

C7)

Storage bins for solid fuel Location

Construction

(3) Solid fuels shall not be stored where the air temperature or the surface temperature of any part of the floor or walls is in excess of 120F.

Storage temperature

6.3.3.19.(1) Every ash storage bin or receptable for ashes shall be of iron, brick or other noncombustible material of adequate thickness. The floor and, in case such an ash bin is covered, the roof shall be of noncombustible material. When such a bin is not covered, the ceiling of the room in which it is located shall be of noncombustible material. (2) Every opening shall be protected by a metal door fitting tightly into a metal frame which shall be securely fastened to the walls or roof.

Ash storage bins

HEATING APPLIANCES UTILIZING STEAM OR HOT WATER

6.3.3.20.(1) Indirect service water heaters intended for installation within the heat exchanger of a boiler shall be installed according to the boiler manufacturer's instructions and shall be provided with operating controls of the type recommended by the boiler manufacturer. (2) Where indirect service water heaters are supplied by a cold water line containing a check valve, a pressure relief valve shall be installed downstream from the check valve. No valve or other closure shall be installed between the relief valve and the heater. 6.3.3.21. Every indirect service water heater, heat exchanger and unit heater using either low pressure steam or hot water as the heating medium shall be installed so as to provide a clearance of not less than 1 in. between the appliance and adjacent combustible material. The steam and hot water piping shall be installed in accordance with the regulations of Subsection 6.3.4. 6.3.3.22. Every radiator and convector used in conjunction with a low pressure steam or hot water heating system when placed in a recess, concealed space or attached to the face of a wall of combustible construction shall be provided with a noncombustible lining or backing.

Openings

Heating appliances utilizing steam or hot water Indirect service water heaters

Clearances

Radiators and convectors

SUBSECTION 6.3.4. PIPING FOR STEAM AND HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEMS

6.3.4.1. Every steam and hot water pipe shall (a) be constructed of noncombustible corrosion resistant material,

Materials

and (b) have adequate strength and durability. 6.3.4.2. Every steam and hot water pipe shall be installed to provide for all expansion and contraction movements due to temperature changes. 35

and d contraction

Clearances

Metal caps

Sleeves

Clearances

Steam or Water Temperature, (deg F)

Required Clearance, in.

250 or less

1/2

above 250 to 400

6.3.6.1.(1) Every chimney, ga any fuel-fired appliance shall be c the provisions of this Subsection.

(2) Every chimney or gas ye with any gas appliance but which a fired equipment shall be plainly ax (3) The authority having jui chimney gas vent or flue pipe to e (4) The venting of all oil or tion and installation of all venting of Edmonton Heating, Ventilation of Edmonton Gas Bylaw and the ai absence of such statutes the folio'

6.3.4.4.(1) Where a steam or hot water pipe passes through a floor, ceiling or wall the space between the pipe and the construction shall be closed off above and below or on both sides with tight fitting metal caps. (2) Where a pipe carrying steam or hot water at a temperature in excess of 250°F passes through a combustible floor, ceiling or wall, the construction in addition to the requirement of Sentence (1) shall be protected by a sleeve constructed of metal or other noncombustible material at least 2 in. larger in diameter than the pipe.

(a) CSA B139-1962, "Installati (b) CSA B149-1962, "Installat and Equipment" and Supplement 2 except as required in Sentence (5).

(3) Where a steam or hot water pipe passes through a construction which is required to have a specific fire resistance rating, any space between the pipe and the construction, including the space between a pipe and a sleeve, shall be sealed with noncombustible insulating material and covered as required in Sentence (1).

Pipes in storage spaces

6.3.4.5. Every steam and hot water pipe which passes through a storage space, such as stock shelving, shall be covered with not less than 1 in. of approved insulation or otherwise protected to prevent direct contact between the surface of the pipe and the material stored.

Insulation

6.3.4.6. Piping carrying steam or hot water in excess of 250°F shall be insulated with not less than 1 in. of approved noncombustible material where it is exposed to bodily contact. 6.3.4.7. Every covering or insulation used on any steam or hot water pipe shall be of approved noncombustible material. 6.3.4.8. Any enclosure for steam or hot water piping shall (a) be lined with metal or asbestos millboard and (b) be at least equal in fire resistance rating to any construction through which it passes.

Pipe covering or insulation Enclosures

SUBSECTION 6.3.6. CHIMNEYS Al GENERAL

6.3.4.3. Clearances between combustible materials, combustible constructions and bare pipes carrying steam or hot water shall be provided as follows:

(5) Where installation codes (b) do not contain requirements fc

masonry or concrete chin (b) metal chimneys for oil bui (c) chimney flues for oil burn the requirements of this Subsectioi (6) The venting of all solid with the requirements of this Subs' (a)

(7) The top of every chimne• the top of any door or window wit the chimney. MASONRY OR CONCRETE CHIN

6.3.6.2. Every masonry or co be designed and constructed in ac Residential Standards, Supplemer amended by this Bylaw.

SUBSECTION 6.3.5. REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT FOR AIR CONDITIONING Fuel-fired appliances

Enclosures

Mechanical systems

6.3.5.(1) The use of fuel-fired appliances for space cooling shall conform to the regulations for the permission and restriction of the use of such appliances in various types of occupancies as contained in Subsection 3.2.6. of Part 3. (2) Where fuel-fired space cooling appliances are required to be enclosed or separated from the remainder of the building, such separation or enclosure shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. of Part 3. 6.3.5.2. Mechanical refrigeration systems and equipment installed in a building for the purpose of air cooling or conditioning shall comply with appropriate Provincial statutes or in the absence of such statutes, with the "Mechanical Refrigeration Code" B52-1965, issued by the Canadian Standards Association and the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Bylaw. 36

MASONRY OR CONCRETE CHIN RESIDENCE TYPE

6.3.6.3.(1) Every masonry or type shall be designed according practice to withstand the stresses probable wind, temperature and and exposure, taking into accour

•

(2) The foundations for ma: residence type shall be designed requirements of Section 4.2.

(3) Masonry or concrete ch be constructed of

ibustible materials, combustible steam or hot water shall be proRequired Clearance, in. 1/2

1 water pipe passes through a loor, Pipe and the construction shall be sides with tight fitting metal caps. or hot water at a temperature in )ustible floor, ceiling or wall, the •ement of Sentence (1) shall be metal or other noncombustible than the pipe.

tot water in excess of 250°F shall ipproved noncombustible material on used on any steam or hot water e material. hot water piping shall millboard and tance rating to any construction

SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

pliances for space cooling shall aission and restriction of the use occupancies as contained in Sub-

appliances are required to be enof the building, such separation tirements of Subsection 3.2.6. of

ystems and equipment installed ling or conditioning shall comply in the absence of such statutes, e" B52-1965, issued by the Canaof Edmonton Heating, Ventila-

General

6.3.6.1.(1) Every chimney, gas vent and flue pipe erected to serve any fuel-fired appliance shall be constructed and installed according to the provisions of this Subsection.

Serving fuel-fired appliances

(2) Every chimney or gas vent containing flues approved for use with any gas appliance but which are not suitable for solid or liquid fuel fired equipment shall be plainly and permanently marked to that effect.

Marking when unsuitable

(3) The authority having jurisdiction may require a test of any chimney gas vent or flue pipe to ensure gas, smoke, and flame-tightness.

Testing

(4) The venting of all oil or gas fired appliances and the construction and installation of all venting equipment shall conform to the City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Bylaw, the City of Edmonton Gas Bylaw and the appropriate Provincial statutes or in the absence of such statutes the following codes as applicable.

Venting of gas-fired appliances

(a) CSA B139-1962, "Installation Code for Oil Burning Equipment," (b) CSA B149-1962, "Installation Code for Gas Burning Appliances and Equipment" and Supplement 2, 1965 except as required in Sentence (5).

ipe passes through a construction e resistance rating, any space betcluding the space between a pipe ,ncombustible insulating material er pipe which passes through a all be covered with not less than wise protected to prevent direct and the material stored.

SUBSECTION 6.3.6. CHIMNEYS AND VENTING EQUIPMENT GENERAL

(5) Where installation codes specified in Clauses (4) (a) and (4) (b) do not contain requirements for

Installations

(a) masonry or concrete chimneys (b) metal chimneys for oil burning appliances or

(c) chimney flues for oil burning appliances, the requirements of this Subsection shall apply. (6) The venting of all solid-fuel-burning appliances shall comply with the requirements of this Subsection. (7) The top of every chimney shall be located at least 10 ft. above the top of any door or window within a horizontal distance of 50 ft. from the chimney. MASONRY OR CONCRETE CHIMNEYS — RESIDENCE TYPE

6.3.6.2. Every masonry or concrete chimney of residence type shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Residential Standards, Supplement 5 to the National Building Code as amended by this Bylaw. MASONRY OR CONCRETE CHIMNEYS — OTHER THAN RESIDENCE TYPE

Venting of solid-fuelburning appliances Height of chimneys

Masonry or concrete chimneys— residence type Design and construction

Masonry or concrete chimneysn type

:n e r og 6.3.6.3.(1) Every masonry or concrete chimney other than residence or si d e n type shall be designed according to good engineering and commercial Design practice to withstand the stresses and forces due to its weight and to the probable wind, temperature and earthquake conditions for its location and exposure, taking into account the service for which it is intended. (2) The foundations for masonry or concrete chimneys other than residence type shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.2.

Construction of foundations

(3) Masonry or concrete chimneys other than residence type shall materials be constructed of 37

(b) fire brick conforming to authority t6.(13), or,

(a) rectangular brick of clay, shale, sand-lime or concrete, in accordance with specifications issued by recognized authorities, #6(9), (10), (11), or of stone conforming to Clause 4.4.2.1.(1) (b).

(b) radial brick, conforming to the requirements for Grade SW brick as contained in specifications issued by a recognized authority t6.(12) of best quality, run of the kiln, moulded from refractory clay, sound, ringing hard, well burned, well shaped and free from checks, which shall (i) be perforated vertically, the total area of perforation not exceeding 35 per cent of the gross cross-sectional area of the brick,

6.3.6.5(1) Every rectangulai constructed so that

(a) the chimney lining is inst. concrete is placed,

(ii) be acid resistant,

(b) every space between un: filled with mortar, (c) the chimney lining extern lowest point of a flue pipe conn chamber in a fireplace, to a point cap, (d) junctions with adjacent with good practice, (e) the top of the chimney other material acceptable to the structed that it provides a sloping lining to a point at least 1 in. beyo; (f) where the chimney cap i; a drip shall be formed in the ove immediately under the cap exte chimney walls, and (g) a cleanout opening (i) is.provided near the base (ii) is equipped with a metal

(iii) have an ultimate crushing strength of not less than 5000 psi. of the net cross-sectional area and (iv) be cut radially with curved inner and outer faces conforming closely to the circular and radial lines of the finished chimney; or (c) reinforced concrete conforming to the requirements of Section 4.5 of Part 4. Walls

(4) The walls of every masonry or concrete chimney of other than residence type shall be constructed of at least two wythes of masonry having a total thickness of not less than 71/2 in. or concrete not less than 71/2 in. thick.

Liners

(5) Every masonry or concrete chimney shall have a chimney liner or lining complying with Article 6.3.6.4.(2) and (3) except that unlined concrete block chimneys may be used in smaller buildings with the permission of the authority having jurisdiction.

Structural steel

(6) Structural steel for other than residence type, masonry or concrete chimneys shall be constructed of mild or medium structural steel.

Reinforcing steel

(7) Reinforcing steel for masonry or concrete chimneys of other than residence type shall be of intermediate or hard grade. (8) Cast iron used in the construction of masonry or concrete chimneys of other than residence type shall be grey-iron casting. (9) A lightning protection system, where used, shall conform to appropriate Provincial statutes or in the absence of such statutes to the requirements of CSA B72-1960, "Code for Installation of Lightning Rods."

Cast iron

Lightning protection

Mortar

Lining

(2) Where a rectangular bri than one flue, each shall be sep (a) 31/2 in. of solid unit ma liners are used, or (b) 3% in. of fire-brick when

6.3.6.4.(1) Mortar used in the construction of retangular brick or concrete chimneys shall be (a) a combination of portland cement and lime in which 1 part of cementitious material shall be combined with not more than 3 parts of sand, and the amount of lime shall not exceed that of the cement, or (b) a combination of masonry cement and sand in which 1 part of masonry cement shall be combined with not more than 3 parts of sand. (2) Every chimney lining for rectangular brick or concrete chimneys shall consist of (a) chimney liners of clay (i) not less than 5/8 in. thick, (ii) capable of withstanding the destructive action of flue gases, (iii) having a softening point not lower than 2000Â°F; or t As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s). 38

â&#x20AC;˘

6.3.6.6(1) Where a rectangl than free standing it shall be at le (a) 3 ft. above the highest the roof, and i(b) at least 2 ft. above any zontal distance of 10 ft. from the (2) A masonry chimney may (a) the wall from which the in. thick, (b) the corbelling does not wall, nor more than half the thick (c) the chimney is not supp( hollow units and (d) no brick projects more 1 below. # As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2 listed in The Appendix under

e, sand-lime or concrete, in accordcognized authorities, #6(9), (10), 4.4.2.1.(1)(b).

(

a requirements for Grade SW brick 7 a recognized authority #6.(12) of from refractory clay, sound, ringnd free from checks, which shall total area of perforation not ex-sectional area of the brick, trength of not less than 5000 psi. inner and outer faces conforming I the finished chimney; or tg to the requirements of Section or concrete chimney of other than at least two wythes of masonry n 7% in. or concrete not less than imney shall have a chimney liner 4.(2) and (3) except that unlined in smaller buildings with the perLion. residence type, masonry or conmild or medium structural steel. or concrete chimneys of other date or hard grade. Lion of masonry or concrete chime grey-iron casting.

1, where used, shall conform to le absence of such statutes to the )1- Installation of Lightning Rods." nstruction of retangular brick or lent and lime in which 1 part of A. with not more than 3 parts of exceed that of the cement, or lent and sand in which 1 part of h not more than 3 parts of sand. lgular brick or concrete chimneys

Jestructive action of flue gases, lower than 2000Â°F; or

propriate document will be found se number(s).

(b) fire brick conforming to specifications issued by a recognized authority #6.(13), or, (c) other material acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. (3) Clay chimney liners shall meet the requirements of specifications issued by a recognized authority #6.(14). 6.3.6.5.(1) Every rectangular brick or concrete chimney shall be constructed so that (a) the chimney lining is installed when the surrounding masonry or concrete is placed, (b) every space between unit masonry and the chimney lining is filled with mortar, (c) the chimney lining extends from a point at least 8 in. below the lowest point of a flue pipe connection, or from the apex of a smoke chamber in a fireplace, to a point not less than 2 in. above the chimney cap, (d) junctions with adjacent construction are flashed in accordance with good practice, (e) the top of the chimney is finished with a cap of concrete or other material acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, so constructed that it provides a sloping, waterproof surface from the chimney lining to a point at least 1 in. beyond the chimney wall. (f) where the chimney cap is made of a material other than metal, a drip shall be formed in the overhang of such cap or by metal flashing immediately under the cap extending not less than 1 in. beyond the chimney walls, and (g) a cleanout opening (i) is.provided near the base of the flue, and (ii) is equipped with a metal frame and tight-fitting metal door. (2) Where a rectangular brick or concrete chimney contains more than one flue, each shall be separated by a partition of at least (a) 3% in. of solid unit masonry or concrete where clay chimney liners are used, or (b) 3% in. of fire-brick where a fire-brick lining is used. 6.3.6.6.(1) Where a rectangular brick or concrete chimney is other than free standing it shall be at least (a) 3 ft. above the highest point at which it comes in contact with the roof, and (b) at least 2 ft. above any roof surface or structure within a horizontal distance of 10 ft. from the chimney. (2) A masonry chimney may be corbelled, provided (a) the wall from which the chimney is corbelled is not less than 12 in. thick, (b) the corbelling does not project more than 6 in. from a masonry wall, nor more than half the thickness of the wall, (c) the chimney is not supported on a cavity wall or a wall made of hollow units and (d) no brick projects more than 1 in. beyond the brick immediately below. As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s). 39

Construction of rectangular brick chimneys Installation of lining Spacing

Extension above chimney

Capping

Flashing

Cleanouts

Separations

Other than free standing

Corbelling

Clearance from combustible materials

(v) full bed of mortar exten forations and vertical joints,

(4) A clearance of at least 6 in. shall be provided between a cleanout opening for a masonry or concrete chimney and combustible material.

(vi) vertical radial brick join outside of the chimney to a depth (

(5) All spaces between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing shall be sealed at top or bottom with noncombustible mat-

(vii) all joints reasonably ley(

(6) Flooring shall have not less than 1/2 -in, clearance from masonry

erial.

or concrete chimneys.

(7) Wood trim may be fastened to masonry or concrete chimneys provided that a layer of asbestos, asbestos millboard or other noncombustible material at least 1/2 in. thick is placed between the trim and such chimneys, and when secured to chimneys shall be secured with noncombustible fastenings. Mortar materials

Temperature of flue gases

(iv) joints uniform and not

(3) A clearance of at least 2 in. shall be provided between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing. This dimension may be reduced to 1/2 inch for exterior chimneys.

6.3.6.7.(1) Mortar used in the construction of radial brick chimneys shall consist of a thorough mixture of portland cement, fresh lime and clean sharp sand, in the proportion of 1 part cement, 2 parts lime and not less than 5 parts sand, except that other approved mortar materials or additives may be used. The portland cement, lime and sand (aggregate) shall comply with the requirements of Subsection 4.4.2. (2) Where the temperature of flue gases entering the chimney does not exceed 800°F, linings of radial brick chimneys shall be constructed of either rectangular or radial brick made from hard burned clay or shale and conforming to the requirements of specifications issued by a recognized authority t6.(15). Where perforated brick is used, the total area of perforation shall not exceed 35 per cent of the gross cross-sectional area of the brick.

(d) protection against the provided for (i) any part of the foundatiol and (ii) concrete floors at the ba

column. (5) Every radial brick chimne

(a) a chimney cap of cast iro top of the column and the top of ft; (b) a cleanout door construc frame at least 2 ft. wide by 3 ft. h vent the entry of unauthorized p

(3) Where the temperature of flue gases entering the chimney exceeds 800°F, refractory linings shall be used for radial brick chimneys which shall have the characteristics necessary for the conditions of service. Fire clay brick shall be laid up with fire clay mortar, and shall conform to the appropriate specifications issued by recognized authorities t6.(16), (17), (18), using the grade and class of mortar suitable for the particular type of brick. For highly corrosive chimney gases special brick and mortar shall be used in the construction of the lining to meet the required service condition.

6.3.6.9. Every metal chimney tenor) or enclosed within a struc part thereof (interior) shall be

Construction of radial brick chimneys

(4) The construction of radial brick chimneys shall be according to the following requirements:

tible material having a fire resist°

Columns and lintel beams

(a) the column shall consist of a radial brick shaft having circular sections, both internally and externally, tapered on the outside, and thickened and reinforced at the flue or breeching connection with steel lintel beams designed and set to provide for expansion between the steel and brickwork;

Bonding

Wythes

(b) radial brick shall be laid up and bonded with (i) all vertical joints of each course of the shaft wall broken with respect to the vertical radial joints in the courses immediately above and below, (ii) the vertical radial joints of adjacent wythes staggered with each other, uy F..11

c.*

every fourth course in height, t As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s). 40

6.3.6.8. The construction of r accordance with good practice.$ METAL CHIMNEYS (SMOKESTA

(a) completely carried by a

(b) mounted directly upon a t (t) Foundations and footings be designed and constructed in Section 4.2 of Part 4.

6.3.6.10.(1) The thickness of adequate to resist all stresses wh thickness of metal be less than 0.1 corrosion resistant alloy, it shall proved paint. (2) All joints of any metal c

(a) Every exterior metal chi chored when necessary.

I As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) listed in The Appendix under thi

tall be provided between masonry framing. This dimension may be s.

â&#x20AC;˘

hall be provided between a clean-

(iv) joints uniform and not exceeding 3/4 in., (v) full bed of mortar extending not less than 1/2 in. into the perforations and vertical joints, (vi) vertical radial brick joints filled with mortar on the inside and outside of the chimney to a depth of not less than 2 in., and

:himney and combustible material.

r concrete chimneys and combustbottom with noncombustible mat-

(vii) all joints reasonably level or plumb;

ian 1/2 -in, clearance from masonry

to masonry or concrete chimneys estos millboard or other noncomplaced between the trim and such :ys shall be secured with noncom-

(c) circular steel reinforcing no less than 1.00 sq. in. in cross-sectional area shall be embedded in the mortar of the brickwork at each change in wall thickness or section and above and below the flue or breeching connection;

Steel reinforcing

(d) protection against the radiant heat of the flue gases shall be provided for

Protection against radiant heat

and

struction of radial brick chimneys portland cement, fresh lime and 1 part cement, 2 parts lime and other approved mortar materials id cement, lime and sand (aggrets of Subsection 4.4.2. gases entering the chimney does ck chimneys shall be constructed made from hard burned clay or ents of specifications issued by a erforated brick is used, the total 5 per cent of the gross cross-sec-

chimneys shall be according to

radial brick shaft having circular ly, tapered on the outside, and r breeching connection with steel e for expansion between the steel

(i) any part of the foundation which is exposed within the chimney, (ii) concrete floors at the base of, or supported from, the chimney

column.

(5) Every radial brick chimney shall be provided with

lue gases entering the chimney be used for radial brick chimneys -cessary for the conditions of serth fire clay mortar, and shall conissued by recognized authorities d class of mortar suitable for the corrosive chimney gases special construction of the lining to meet

â&#x20AC;˘

(a) a chimney cap of cast iron or reinforced concrete to protect the top of the column and the top of full height linings where used,

Capping

(b) a cleanout door constructed of cast iron fitted to a cast iron frame at least 2 ft. wide by 3 ft. high and provided with a device to prevent the entry of unauthorized persons.

Cleanout

(c) access ladders consisting of round, bent steel rungs built into the walls at suitable intervals, such rungs to begin at least 8 ft. from grade in the case of external ladders.

Access ladders

6.3.6.8. The construction of reinforced concrete chimneys shall be in accordance with good practicel 6.(19).

Construction of reinforced concrete chimneys

METAL CHIMNEYS (SMOKESTACKS)

Metal chimneys (smokestacks)

6.3.6.9. Every metal chimney whether erected as freestanding (exterior) or enclosed within a structure without constituting a component part thereof (interior) shall be

Supporting construction

(a) completely carried by a supporting construction of noncombustible material having a fire resistance rating of at least 4 hours, or (b) mounted directly upon a boiler. (2) Foundations and footings for freestanding metal chimneys shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.2 of Part 4.

se of the shaft wall broken with le courses immediately above and

6.3.6.10.(1) The thickness of metal in every metal chimney shall be adequate to resist all stresses which may occur but in no case shall the thickness of metal be less than 0.1286 in. Unless the metal is an approved corrosion resistant alloy, it shall be galvanized or painted with an approved paint.

acent wythes staggered with each

(2) All joints of any metal chimney shall be riveted or welded.

ich other by full header courses

(3) Every exterior metal chimney shall be guyed, braced and anchored when necessary.

propriate document will be found se number (s).

t As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s).

bonded with

Joints

Footings and foundations

Thickness and protection of metal

Joints Anchoring

Cleanout

(4) Every metal chimney shall be provided with a cleanout opening at its base, such opening being equipped with a tight fitting metal door.

Lining

(5) All metal chimneys in which the temperature of the products of combustion at the flue pipe or breeching connection is greater than 1000Â°F shall be lined with not less than 41/2 in. of firebrick set in fire clay mortar. Other suitable refractory lining providing equivalent temperature protection may be used. Such lining shall extend at least 25 ft. above the flue pipe or breeching connection.

Height

(6) No interior metal chimnt ing duct unless such duct is con: herein for metal chimneys and u tilating the room or space in whi, metal chimney is located. FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS

6.3.6.12. Every factory-built ( ance with good practice. 16(20).

6.3.6.11.(1) The height of every metal chimney shall be such that the top of the flue shall be not less than (a) 3 ft. above a flat roof with no parapet,

CHIMNEY FLUES

(b) 2 ft. above the top of a parapet within 10 ft. of the metal chim-

6.3.6.13. (1) Every chimney shall

(a) be contained in a chimnf requirements of this Subsection,

ney, (i) the top of a ridge which is within a horizontal distance of 10 ft. from the metal chimney, or

(b) in no case be inclined mc

(ii) the highest point of a sloping roof within a horizontal distance of 10 ft. from the metal chimney, and

(c) have a cross-section area it serves in accordance with good except that where a chimney flue cular installation the cross-section in Table 6.3.6.A as applicable.

(d) 2 ft. above any point on a sloping roof surface at a horizontal distance of 10 ft. from the metal chimney in the direction of the ridge or highest point. Clearances

Enclosure

(2) The minimum clearance between an exterior metal chimney and (a) any wall or roof of combustible construction shall be 3 ft., or (b) any opening in any wall or any means of egress shall be 6 ft., or (c) any masonry wall shall be 1 ft.

TABL Forming Part of

Heating Appliance

(3) Every interior metal chimney that passes through more than one storey or through an enclosed attic space shall be enclosed above the room in which the heating appliance is located with walls which are continuous to and through the roof and which have

(s Stoves, ranges, room heaters and direct service water heaters

(a) a fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and

Spacing

Clearance from cornbustible materials

(b) every opening protected by self-closing fire doors approved as protection for openings in firewalls. (4) The space between the enclosing walls and the metal chimney shall be (a) sufficient to render the metal chimney accessible for examination and repair, (b) used to ventilate no room other than the one in which the heating appliance is located, (c) ventilated to the outside air, and (d) provided with suitable air inlets at the base. (5) Within the storey in which the heating appliance is contained, every interior metal chimney shall have a clearance of 3 ft. to any combustible material, except that where such a metal chimney passes through a combustible roof assembly, the clearance between it and the nearest combustible material may be reduced to 12 in. provided the metal chimney is guarded by a metal thimble extending at least 9 in. above and 9 in. below the roof construction. The thimble shall be of a size to provide clearances on all sides of the meta/ chimney of not less than 6 in. and shall have double cylindrical walls with a ventilated space between the walls and between the metal chimney and thimble. 42

Minir

Furnaces and boilers Fireplaces Column 1

() Where a chimney flue is r width of such cross-section shall no (3) Any chimney flue serving fuel-fired appliance. (4) Two or more fuel-fired ar fed incinerators may be connected

(a) the flue pipe or breeching at different levels and in not more 1

4) â&#x20AC;˘

(b) the cross-sectional area of the sum of the cross-sectional area I As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) listed in The Appendix under UM

provided with a cleanout opening ed with a tight fitting metal door. the temperature of the products eching connection is greater than 41/2 in. of firebrick set in fire clay providing equivalent temperature all extend at least 25 ft. above the

(6) No interior metal chimney shall be carried up inside a ventilating duct unless such duct is constructed according to the requirements herein for metal chimneys and unless such duct is used solely for ventilating the room or space in which the heating appliance served by the metal chimney is located.

Inside ventilating duct

FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS

Factorybuilt chimneys

6.3.6.12. Every factory-built chimney shall be constructed in accordance with goad practice. i6.(20).

metal chimney shall be such that

CHIMNEY FLUES

)arapet,

Chimney flues

6.3.6.13.(1) Every chimney flue serving any fuel-fired appliance shall

et within 10 ft. of the metal ehim-

(a) be contained in a chimney or chimney liner conforming to the requirements of this Subsection,

thin a horizontal distance of 10 ft.

(b) in no case be inclined more than 45 degrees to the vertical, and

; roof within a horizontal distance

(c) have a cross-section area sufficient to vent the appliance which it serves in accordance with good engineering and commercial practice, except that where a chimney flue is not specifically designed for a particular installation the cross-sectional area shall be not less than that given in Table 6.3.6.A as applicable.

oping roof surface at a horizontal sey in the direction of the ridge or een an exterior metal chimney and ble construction shall be 3 ft., or ty means of egress shall be 6 ft., or that passes through more than one 3pace shall be enclosed above the is located with walls which are which have ess than 4 hours and self-closing fire doors approved as )sing walls and the metal chimney

Inclination Cross sectional area

TABLE 6.3.6.A Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.6.13.(1)

fre

Heating Appliance

Minimum Flue Area (sq. in)

Corresponding Nominal External Dimensions of Chimney Liner

Stoves, ranges, room heaters and direct service water heaters

6 in. round

Furnaces and boilers

8 by 8 in. square

Fireplaces

8 by 12 in. rectangular

Column 1

a chimney accessible for examinater than the one in which the heatnd As at the base.

,he heating appliance is contained, .ve a clearance of 3 ft. to any comich a metal chimney passes through arance between it and the nearest to 12 in. provided the metal chimdending at least 9 in. above and 9 tumble shall be of a size to provide chimney of not less than 6 in. and ith a ventilated space between the ind thimble.

(2) Where a chimney flue is rectangular or oval in cross-section, the width of such cross-section shall not be less than 2/3 its length. (3) Any chimney flue serving a fireplace shall not serve any other fuel-fired appliance. (4) Two or more fuel-fired appliances other than fireplaces or flue fed incinerators may be connected to a single chimney flue provided, ' (a) the flue pipe or breeching connections to the chimney are made at different levels and in not more than one storey and (b) the cross-sectional area of the chimney flue is at least equal to the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the flue pipes or breechings. I As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s). 43

Flues serving fireplaces More than one connection

Flue pipes and breechings for appliances burning solid fuel Construction Thickness of metal

FLUE PIPES AND BREECHINGS FOR APPLIANCES BURNING SOLID FUEL

TABL Forming Part

6.3.6.14.(1) Every flue pipe or breeching serving any solid-fuelburning appliance shall be constructed of steel, galvanized steel, masonry or other approved combustible corrosion resistant material with a melting point of not less than 2000Â°F. No tile pipe shall be used as a flue pipe.

Type of Prot( Applied to the combustible ma specified and covering all su the flue pipe or breeching. Th 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard space( bustible material. 0.0136-in, sheet metal on 1/4 -in. a: 0.0136-in, sheet metal spaced ot tible material. 0.0136-in, sheet metal on 1/4 -i spaced out 1 in. by noncombusi 11/2 -in, asbestos-cement covering ing. 0.0282-in, sheet metal on 1-in. n forced wire mesh or equivalent

(2) The minimum thickness of metal used in steel flue pipes for solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be in accordance with Table 6.3.6.B. TABLE 6.3.6.13 Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.6.14.(2)

Diameter of Flue Pipe (in.) Below 6 6 to 8 inclusive Over 8 to 10 Over 10 to 12 Over 12 to 16 Over 16 Column 1

Location

Supports

Length Slope

Cross sectional area

Entering chimney

Clearances from combustible materials

Maximum Thickness of Metal, (in.) Uncoated Steel

Galvanized Steel

0.0136 0.0168 0.0220 0.0282 0.0325 0.0555

0.0157 0.0187 0.0236 0.0296 0.0346 0.0565

Column 2

Column 3

(3) No flue pipe or breeching serving a solid-fuel-fired appliance shall pass through (a) an attic, closet or similar concealed space, or (b) a floor, wall or partition of combustible construction. (4) Every flue pipe or breeching serving a solid-fuel-fired appliance shall (a) be securely supported by metal or other noncombustible supports, (b) be as short and straight as possible, (c) be pitched upward toward the chimney at a slope of not less than 1/4 in./ft. of horizontal run, (d) have a cross-sectional area not less than (i) the area of the flue outlet of the appliance served by a flue pipe or (ii) the combined area of the flue outlets of all the appliances served by a breeching. (e) enter the side of a chimney through a metal thimble or masonry flue ring, (f) not extend into the chimney flue and (g) have a tight connection with the chimney. 6.3.6.15. The minimum clearance between a flue pipe or breeching of a solid-fuel-fired appliance and combustible material, whether plastered or unplastered, shall be 18 in., except that where the combustible material or flue pipe is protected as described in Table 6.3.6.0 the clearance may be reduced as indicated. 44

Column 1

â&#x20AC;˘

Clearances shall be measured fron breeching or from its protective disregarding any intervening pr( material. SECTION 6.4 INCINERATORS SUBSECTION 6.4.1. GENERAL

6.4.1.1. The design, constructic indoor incinerator intended for filo bish or waste shall be executed in commercial practice 16.(21) and having jurisdiction.

SUBSECTION 6.4.2. INSTALLATIOI

6.4.2.1(1) Every incinerator a chimney flue complying with the

(2) The chimney flue serving heating appliance or ventilating app 6.4.2.2. Rooms containing inci remainder of the floor area in accc section 3.2.6. of Part 3. SECTION 6.5 ELECTRICAL EQUIP WIRING SUBSECTION 6.5.1. GENERAL

6.5.1.1. The minimum require installation and wiring in any built following regulations currently in tection Act of the Province of All Part I and The City of Edmonton Eh # As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) a listed in The Appendix under this

APPLIANCES BURNING

TABLE 6.3.6.0 Forming Part of Article 6.3.6.15

serving any solid-fuel)f steel, galvanized steel, masonry n resistant material with a meltpipe shall be used as a flue pipe.

, reeching

.tal used in steel flue pipes for n accordance with Table 6.3.6.B.

I.6.B

?me 6.3.6.14.(2)

m Thickness of Metal, (in.)

ed Steel

136 168 220 282 325 555 mn 2

Galvanized Steel 0.0157 0.0187 0.0236 0.0296 0.0346 0.0565 Column 3

?,rving a solid-fuel-fired appliance

Type of Protection Applied to the combustible material unless otherwise specified and covering all surfaces within 18 in. of the flue pipe or breeching. Thicknesses are minimum. 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard spaced out 1 in. by noncombustible material. 0.0136-in, sheet metal on 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard. 0.0136-in, sheet metal spaced out 1 in. by noncombustible material. 0.0136-in, sheet metal on 1/4 -in, asbestos millboard spaced out 1 in. by noncombustible material. 1Â˝-in, asbestos-cement covering on flue pipe or breeching. 0.0282-in, sheet metal on 1-in, mineral wool batts reinforced wire mesh or equivalent. Column 1

Clearance' w . Ill rot.ection, in.

12 12 9 9 9 3 Column 2

Clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the flue pipe or breeching or from its protective covering to the combustible material, disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material. SECTION 6.4 INCINERATORS

Incinerators

SUBSECTION 6.4.1. GENERAL

aled space, or Thustible construction. serving a solid-fuel-fired appliance

6.4.1.1. The design, construction, installation and alteration. of every indoor incinerator intended for the incineration of garbage, refuse, rubbish or waste shall be executed in accordance with good engineering and commercial practice t6.(21) and to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction.

Construction

tal or other noncombustible sup)ssible, e chimney at a slope of not less less than he appliance served by a flue pipe lue outlets of all the appliances rough a metal thimble or masonry

SUBSECTION 6.4.2. INSTALLATION

Installation

6.4.2.1(1) Every incinerator shall be served by and connected with a chimney flue complying with the requirements of Article 6.3.6.13.

Chimney Flues

(2) The chimney flue serving a flue-fed incinerator shall serve no heating appliance or ventilating appliance. 6.4.2.2. Rooms containing incinerators shall be separated from the remainder of the floor area in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. of Part 3.

Separation

SECTION 6.5 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND WIRING

Electrical equipment, installations and wiring

SUBSECTION 6.5.1. GENERAL

Ix and ie chimney. between a flue pipe or breeching mbustible material, whether plasexcept that where the combustible escribed in Table 6.3.6.0 the clear-

6.5.1.1. The minimum requirements for all electrical equipment, installation and wiring in any building shall be in accordance with the following regulations currently in force and effect: The Electrical Protection Act of the Province of Alberta, The Canadian Electrical Code, Part I and The City of Edmonton Electrical Bylaw. t As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number (s). 45

General

Wiring

SUBSECTION 6.5.2. WIRING

6.5.2.1. Wiring shall be adequate to supply electrical equipment, fixtures and appliances, which can reasonably be expected to be used, without causing hazard due to overheating of the circuits. Elevators and Escalators

SECTION 6.6 ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS

General

6.6.1.1(1) The construction, inspection, maintenance and operation of elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators and their hoistways hereafter installed, relocated or altered in buildings shall comply with appropriate Provincial statutes or in the absence of such statutes with the provisions of the CSA "Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators," B44-1960, and Supplement No. 1, 1964 and of this Section. (2) Alterations, repairs and replacements to existing equipment shall conform to appropriate Provincial statutes or in the absence of such statutes to the requirements of Section 10 of the CSA "Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators," B44-1960 and Supplement No. 1, 1964.

Construction

Repairs

SUBSECTION 6.6.1. GENERAL

H oistway

SUBSECTION 6.6.2. HOISTWAY CONSTRUCTION

construction Enclosures

6.6.2.1.(1) Hoistways for all elevators and dumbwaiters shall be carefully enclosed spaces so designed that they shall be dry and free from excess moist air as far as is practicable. (2) Thoroughfares or occupied spaces shall not be located under hoistways unless the bottom part of the hoistway is sufficiently strong to withstand without failure all possible impact loads from the moving parts of the installation. 6.6.2.2. All elevator machinery shall be enclosed in a machinery room or overhead machinery space, the walls and roof of which have a fire resistance rating complying with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. 6.6.2.3. All hoistway doors shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than that specified in Sentence 3.1.3.7.(2).

Spaces under hoistways

Enclosure of machinery Doors

SUBSECTION 6.6.3.

SUBSECTION 6.6.5. ESCALATOR

6.6.5.1.(1) When escalators they shall conform to the requiren (2) When escalators are req closed in accordance with the requ (3) All parts of the escalator wiring, wheels and handrails shall tible and fire-retardant materials veneers shall be permitted on in materials. (4) The machinery room sha the building by a construction s ment of Subsection 3.2.6. SUBSECTION 6.6.6. VERTICAL S GENERAL

6.6.6.1. The provisions of thi shaft enclosures except stairway an FIRE RESISTANCE OF SHAFT E

6.6.6.2. The fire resistance 7 case be less than 3/4 hr. or less th the grade of separation through wh TOP ENCLOSURE

6.6.6.3.(1) Shafts tha do nol through the roof line shall: (a) be enclosed with top COVE ance rating as the floors of the b less than the fire resistance rating (b) be provided with noncom vent area of not less than 10 per ci construction equal in fire resistance (2) Shafts that extend througl shall be provided with a skylight c the area of the shaft. (3) Skylights constructed over (a) constructed of noncombusl wood framing; and

Sidewalk type elevators When permitted

Location

SUBSECTION 6.6.4. SIDEWALK TYPE ELEVATORS

6.6.4.1.(1) Sidewalk type elevators shall be permitted only when it can be shown to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction that elevator service can be provided in no other way except that sidewalk type elevators located on Public Property shall be approved by the City Engineer. (2) Sidewalk type elevators shall be installed only in locations where the public has no access. 46

(b) glazed with glass of no g noncombustible material which m personnel. (4) A window in the side of shutter provided that (a) the sill is not less than 2 (b) an automatic vent opening (c) the window complies with

SUBSECTION 6.6.5. ESCALATORS

) supply electrical equipment, fixtbly be expected to be used, withthe circuits. LATORS

ction, maintenance and operation in I their hoistways hereafter inis shall comply with appropriate such statutes with the provisions -s, Dumbwaiters and Escalators," id of this Section. ments to existing equipment shall tutes or in the absence of such .0 of the CSA "Safety Code for B44-1960 and Supplement No. 1, RUCTION

va tors and dumbwaiters shall be that they shall be dry and free able. paces shall not be located under e hoistway is sufficiently strong to impact loads from the moving ill be enclosed in a machinery he walls and roof of which have a requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. ha ie a fire resistance rating of not 3. f.(2).

Escalators

6.6.5.1.(1) When escalators serve as a required means of egress, they shall conform to the requirements of Part 3. (2) When escalators are required to be enclosed, they shall be enclosed in accordance with the requirements of Article 3.1.3.7. (3) All parts of the escalator equipment except electrical equipment, wiring, wheels and handrails shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible and fire-retardant materials, except that the use of 1/28-in, wood veneers shall be permitted on balustrades backed with noncombustible materials. (4) The machinery room shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a construction separatian complying with the requirement of Subsection 3.2.6. SUBSECTION 6.6.6. VERTICAL SHAFTS, CHUTES AND HOISTWAYS GENERAL

6.6.6.1. The provisions of this Subsection shall apply to all vertical shaft enclosures except stairway and flue enclosures.

be installed only in locations where

Construction

Machinery room

Vertical shafts, chutes and hoisiways General

FIRE RESISTANCE OF SHAFT ENCLOSURES

6.6.6.2. The fire resistance rating of shaft enclosures shall in no case be less than 3/4 hr. or less than that required by Article 3.1.3.7. for the grade of separation through which the shaft passes. TOP ENCLOSURE

Fire resistance of shaft enclosures

Top enclosure

6.6.6.3.(1) Shafts tha exceed 144 sq. in and do not extend through the roof line shall: (a) be enclosed with top cover construction of the same fire resistance rating as the floors of the building in which it occurs, in no case less than the fire resistance rating required for shaft enclosing walls, (b) be provided with noncombustible vents to the outdoors with a vent area of not less than 10 per cent of the shaft area and the enclosing construction equal in fire resistance rating to that of the shaft. (2) Shafts that extend through the roof and are enclosed at the top, shall be provided with a skylight or shutter not less than 10 per cent of the area of the shaft.

E ELEVATORS Ts shall be permitted only when it authority having jurisdiction that w other way except that sidewalk erty shall be approved by the City

Enclosure

(3) Skylights constructed over shafts shall be (a) constructed of noncombustible construction or of metal covered wood framing; and (b) glazed with glass of no greater thickness than 1/8 in. or other noncombustible material which may be easily pierced by fire fighting personnel. (4) A window in the side of the shaft may replace a skylight or shutter provided that (a) the sill is not less than 2 ft. above the adjacent roof level, (b) an automatic vent opening is part of the installation, and (c) the window complies with Subsection 3.2.4. of Part 3. 47

Fire resistance

Vents

Skylights and shutters

Construction of skylights over shafts

Windows in lieu of skylights

Bottorn enclosure

Openings

SUBSECTION 6.7.2. FIRE ALARN

BOTTOM ENCLOSURE

DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

6.6.6.4. All shafts that do not extend to the bottom of the building or structure shall be enclosed at the lowest level with construction having a fire resistance equal or greater than that required for the lowest floor to which it extends or through which it passes but in no case with a fire resistance rating less than that required by Article 6.6.6.2.

6.7.2.1.(1) Fire alarm systen tion of any fire alarm box or aut the instantaneous operation of al remain in operation until the syst. where restricted alarm systems a tence 3.2.10.1.(7).

OPENINGS

6.6.6.5. No openings other than necessary for the purpose of the shaft way shall be constructed in shaft enclosures. All openings shall be protected with approved closures as required for the grade of fire separation in which the enclosure is classed. Refuse chutes Enclosures

Intake openings Self-closing closures

Height above roof

Discharge location

Spray equipment Automatic sprinklers

(2) All fire alarm systems sh ner according to specifications an having jurisdiction. (3) Fire alarm system compo that accidental operation will not

REFUSE CHUTES

6.6.6.6.(1) Refuse chutes shall be enclosed with walls of masonry or concrete of not less than 2 hr. fire resistance rating. (2) All intake openings shall be not greater in area than 60 per cent of the cross-sectional area of the chute. (3) Intake openings for refuse chutes shall be fitted with approved self-closing closures designed to close automatically on release and be located in rooms or compartments separated from the remainder of the building by not less than a 3/4 hr. fire separation and used for no other purpose. (4) Every interior refuse chute shall extend not less than 3 ft. above the roof and shall be covered with an approved skylight or shutter not less in area than 10 per cent of the chute area and in addition to conforming to Sentence (3) it shall open automatically upon the actuation of a heat released device. (5) A refuse chute shall discharge into a room or bin separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hr. (6) A refuse discharge room may be a boiler room or a special room constructed for the purpose that complies with Article 3.2.6.1. or a noncombustible bin. (7) Every refuse chute shall be equipped at the top with spray equipment for washing down purposes. (8) Approved automatic sprinklers shall be installed at the top of a refuse chute, at alternate floor levels and in the bin or room into which the chute discharges.

Linen chutes

LINEN CHUTES

Separation

Automatic sprinklers

6.6.6.7.(1) Every linen chute shall comply with the requirements of Article 6.6.6.6. Sentences (1), (2), (3), (4), and to the further requirements of this Article. (2) Any room into which a linen chute feeds shall be separated from the remainder of the building by not less than 1 hr. fire separation. (3) Every linen chute shall be equipped at the top and at alternate floor levels with an approved automatic sprinkler installation.

Fire protection

SECTION 6.7 FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

General

SUBSECTION 6.7.1. GENERAL

(4) The fire alarm system cc hazardous location and be accessib: (5) Upon completion of the satisfactory test of the entire inst of the authority having jurisdictim 6.7.2.2. Manually operated, ploying mechanical gongs may be storeys in height and where not n would be required for each floor is acceptable to the authority havii

WARNING DEVICES

6.7.2.3.(1) Warning devices f (a) installed as part of the ala (b) distinctive in quality and

(c) all of the same type in an: stage warning is permitted (i.e., another type for evacuation), (d) supplemented by visual a deaf persons, (e) installed at a clear dista tampering,

(if) protected with wire nett] danger of mechanical injury, and (g) located and mounted so caused by vibration or jarring. (2) Alarm gongs used as war provide at least (a) one 4 in. diameter gong f (b) one 6 in. diameter gong f

6.7.1.1. Fire protection equipment including fire alarm systems, sprinkler systems, first-aid extinguishers and standpipes installed in any building shall be approved equipment. 48

end to the bottom of the building )west level with construction haythan that required for the lowest Lich it passes but in no case with a tired by Article 6.6.6.2.

â&#x20AC;˘

SUBSECTION 6.7.2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

6.7.2.1.(1) Fire alarm systems shall be designed so that the operation of any fire alarm box or automatic fire detecting device will cause the instantaneous operation of all alarm sounding devices which shall remain in operation until the system has been restored to normal except where restricted alarm systems are permitted in accordance with Sentence 3.2.10.1.(7).

necessary for the purpose of the , enclosures. All openings shall be luired for the grade of fire separa-

Fire alarm systems

Design and installation

(2) All fire alarm systems shall be installed in a workmanlike manner according to specifications and standards approved by the authority having jurisdiction. (3) Fire alarm system components shall be so located and mounted that accidental operation will not be caused by vibration or jarring.

Location

enclosed with walls of masonry stance rating.

(4) The fire alarm system control panel shall be located in a nonhazardous location and be accessible at all times.

Control panels

t greater in area than 60 per cent

(5) Upon completion of the installation of a fire alarm system a satisfactory test of the entire installation shall be made in the presence of the authority having jurisdiction or his representative.

Tests

6.7.2.2. Manually operated, non-electrical fire alarm systems employing mechanical gongs may be used in buildings of not more than two storeys in height and where not more than two manual fire alarm boxes would be required for each floor area provided that such an installation is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

Manual fire alarms

WARNING DEVICES

Warning devices

utes shall be fitted with approved automatically on release and be )arated from the remainder of the separation and used for no other Lail extend not less than 3 ft. above approved skylight or shutter not thute area and in addition to conautomatically upon the actuation

6.7.2.3(1) Warning devices for fire alarm systems shall be

â&#x20AC;˘ge into a room or bin separated by a fire separation having a fire

(a) installed as part of the alarm system only, (b) distinctive in quality and pitch,

)e a boiler room or a special room lies with Article 3.2.6.1. or a non-

(c) all of the same type in any one installation except where a multistage warning is permitted (i.e., one type of alarm for the alert and another type for evacuation),

equipped at the top with spray

(d) supplemented by visual alarm devices in buildings occupied by deaf persons,

shall be installed at the top of a and in the bin or room into which

(e) installed at a clear distance of 8 ft. from the floor to avoid tampering, (f) protected with wire netting or perforated metal where there is danger of mechanical injury, and

1 comply with the requirements of , (4), and to the further require-

(g) located and mounted so that accidental operation will not be caused by vibration or jarring.

a chute feeds shall be separated not less than 1 hr. fire separation. uipped at the top and at alternate sprinkler installation.

(2) Alarm gongs used as warning devices shall be located so as to provide at least

Alarm gongs

(a) one 4 in. diameter gong for each 1,000 sq. ft. of floor area, or (b) one 6 in. diameter gong for each 5,500 sq. ft. of floor area, or

1UIPMENT ent including fire alarm systems, ers and standpipes installed in any

(3) Visual warning devices which may be either mechanical or luminous shall be used only as supplements and not as substitutes for audible signals. 49

Visual warning devices

Connection to fire department headquarters

Fire alarm boxes Installation

Colour

Visibility Height

Instruction notices

6.7.2.4.(1) When a fire alarm system is installed in a Group A, Division 1 or Group B occupancy, it shall be connected directly to the fire department headquarters via the municipal fire alarm system or a remote link or be connected to an independent central station communicating directly with the fire department. (2) Connections made to comply with the requirements of Sentence (1) shall not be used for any other purpose including supervisory services.

6.7.2.5. (1) Manual fire alarm boxes forming part of an electrical fire alarm system shall be installed where required so that (a) from any part of a floor area, not more than 200 ft. will have to be traversed to reach a fire alarm box on the same floor, and (b) there is a fire alarm box provided within 25 ft. of each exit from the floor area. (2) Every fire alarm box shall be red in colour and be located so that the box is (a) readily visible along the means of egress to the exit, and (b) the box is installed at a height between 4 ft. 6 in. and 5 ft. measured from the finished floor surface. (3) When the fire alarm system has been installed with no connections to alert the fire department or independent central supervising station there shall be included at the place of each alarm box installation a legible, permanently mounted notice requiring that the fire department be notified and including the phone number of the fire department and the location of the nearest municipal fire alarm box.

6.7.3.1.(1) An approved smc as required in Part 3, Table 3.2.1( tioning systems which re-circulate

Installation

6.7.2.6.(1) Annunciators shall be provided for non-coded alarm systems, in all buildings of 4 storeys or more in height or in any building in which there are more than 12 fire alarm boxes or more than 1 heat detector circuit, to indicate the area in which a fire alarm box or heat detecting device is located. (2) Annunciators shall be installed in a location that is under constant supervision near the main entrance to the building or such other location as approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

Exception for sprinklers

Location

SUBSECTION 6.7.3. SMOKE DET GENERAL

ANNUNCIATORS

Automatic fire defection

(5) Approved smoke detector

detecting devices.

FIRE ALARM BOXES

Annunciators

Location

(4) Fire detecting devices 01 fire alarm system so that upon alarm system will automatically fu

(2) Smoke detectors shall bi main return and exhaust ducts or and placed upstream of any dam] (3) In hotels and other resid central exhaust duct system whic occupied individually and not as a ing unit, smoke detectors shall be

(4) In any building where re a corridor, which is required for haust air plenum, smoke detector: or exhaust air inlet of each floor

LOCATION OF DETECTORS

6.7.3.2(1) The location and space shall be based upon an en this form of protection to the are (a) air velocity, (b) number of detectors to p tional areas of the space with resp( (c) diffusion or stratification 4 (2) The location and spacing the linear maximum established t

AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION

6.7.2.7.(1) In any building where a fire alarm system is required in accordance with Part 3 approved heat detectors shall be installed in all portions of the building used for storage, storage locker rooms, machinery rooms, heating rooms, incinerator rooms, elevator shafts, dumbwaiter shafts, chutes, janitors' closets or any other rooms where hazardous substances are used or stored. (2) Where approved automatic sprinkler systems are installed and provided with water flow alarm signals which will fulfil the functions of automatic fire detection requirements, (in addition to their primary function of fire extinguishment) such may be used in lieu of automatic fire detection systems. (3) The fire detecting devices shall be located on the ceiling or on the side walls within 12 in. of the ceiling and spaced so as to not exceed the linear maximums established by an approved testing laboratory for the particular device used. 50

OPERATION

6.7.3.3.(1) Smoke detectors s

(a) operate in the proper man (b) be readily accessible for n (c) stop fans and appliance n to remove the smoke introduced sphere away from the building, and (d) sound the fire alarm war is permitted by the authority havin (2) When a fire alarm syste) installed in a building the systems that the operation of either systei

•

m is installed in a Group A, Divibe connected directly to the fire pal fire alarm system or a remote it central station communicating

(4) Fire detecting devices shall be electrically interlocked with the Interlocking fire alarm system so that upon actuation of the fire detector, the fire with alarmfire system alarm system will automatically function. (5) Approved smoke detectors shall be acceptable in lieu of the fire

detecting devices.

ith the requirements of Sentence irpose including supervisory ser-

SUBSECTION 6.7.3. SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS

Smoke detectors

Smoke detection systems

GENERAL

forming part of an electrical fire quired so that lot more than 200 ft. will have to the same floor, and ed within 25 ft. of each exit from

6.7.3.1(1) An approved smoke detection system shall be installed as required in Part 3, Table 3.2.10.A in heating, ventilating or air conditioning systems which re-circulate air in buildings.

General

(2) Smoke detectors shall be installed in the duct system in the main return and exhaust ducts or the common return and exhaust ducts and placed upstream of any damper that is installed in the duct.

Installation

red in colour and be located so

(3) In hotels and other residential or institutional occupancies any central exhaust duct system which serves more than one sleeping room occupied individually and not as a suite or more than one suite or dwelling unit, smoke detectors shall be located as provided in Sentence (2).

; of egress to the exit, and ht between 4 ft. 6 in. and 5 ft. is been installed with no connecindependent central supervising ace of each alarm box installation •equiring that the fire department mber of the fire department and alarm box.

)rovided for non-coded alarm sysre in height or in any building in m boxes or more than 1 heat dehich a fire alarm box or heat dein a location that is under conce to the building or such other ving jurisdiction.

a fire alarm system is required in detectors shall be installed in all g'e, storage locker rooms, machinaoms, elevator shafts, dumbwaiter ther rooms where hazardous subrinkler systems are installed and which will fulfil the functions of in addition to their primary funcbe used in lieu of automatic fire be located on the ceiling or on ag and spaced so as to not exceed a approved testing laboratory for

(4) In any building where re-circulating air or exhaust systems use a corridor, which is required for a means of egress, as a return or exhaust air plenum, smoke detectors shall be located at every return and/ or exhaust air inlet of each floor including the basement or cellar.

•

LOCATION OF DETECTORS

Location of detectors

6.7.3.2(1) The location and spacing of smoke detectors in rooms or space shall be based upon an engineering survey of the application of this form of protection to the area under consideration and include (a) air velocity, (b) number of detectors to provide adequate coverage of cross-sectional areas of the space with respect to travel, and (c) diffusion or stratification of smoke. (2) The location and spacing of smoke detectors shall not exceed the linear maximum established by an approved testing laboratory. OPERATION

Operation

6.7.3.3(1) Smoke detectors shall (a) operate in the proper manner in the presence of smoke, (b) be readily accessible for maintenance, (c) stop fans and appliance motors unless the appliance is arranged to remove the smoke introduced into the system to the outside atmosphere away from the building, and (d) sound the fire alarm warning devices unless a restricted alarm is permitted by the authority having jurisdiction. (2) When a fire alarm system and a smoke detection system are installed in a building the systems shall be interlocked in such a manner that the operation of either system will cause the other to be actuated.

Interlocking with fire alarm

fll

Stand pipe and hose systems Dry standpipes

SUBSECTION 6.7.4. STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS

Detailed Requirements

6.7.4.1.(1) CONSTRUCTION. Piping for dry standpipes shall be in accordance with C.S.A. Standard B-62-1949, Welded Genuine Wrought Iron Pipe (2nd Edition), C.S.A. Standard B-63-1949, Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe (2nd Edition) together with fittings and connections, shall be of sufficient strength to withstand 300 pounds of water pressure to the square inch when ready for service, without leaking at the joints, valves or fittings. If welding is employed welded fittings shall be used and workmanship shall conform to approved standards and safeguards against fire.

Testing

Size

6.7.4.1.(10) All dry standpir to and above the roof and shall 13( (21/2 ") outlet located not less thai (4') above the floor level at each or may be located at an interme( approved by the Chief of the Fir be equipped with a two-way two the roof. All outlets shall be equir to be suitably attached.

DRY STANDPIPES

6.7.4.1.(11) All hose threads stallations shall be uniform with Department.

6.7.4.1.(2) All such standpipes shall be tested by the owner or contractor, in the presence of the authority having jurisdiction and such other persons as may be requested by the authority having jurisdiction. All such tests shall be carried out in accordance with the Standards of the N.B.F.U. Pamphlet No. 14 (latest edition).

6.7.4.1.(12) An iron or bron inch (1") high shall be rigidly at to all Siamese connections and su or other wording approved in wr me nt.

6.7.4.1.(3) The size of dry standpipes shall be not less than four inches (4") in diameter for buildings not exceeding six (6) storeys or seventy-five feet (75') in height, five inches (5") in diameter for buildings not exceeding eight (8) storeys or one hundred feet (100') in height and six inches (6") in diameter for buildings over eight (8) storeys or over one hundred feet (100') in height.

6.7.4.1.(13) Where standpip( height above grade auxiliary pun of the Chief of the Fire Departmer WET STANDPIPES

6.7.4.2.(1) CONSTRUCTION. structed and tested as required fo wet standpipes may also be cons joints.

6.7.4.1.(4) No part of a dry standpipe system other than hose connections shall be less than three inches (3") in diameter. Location

6.7.4.1.(5) Standpipes shall be located as follows: (a) Within an approved stairway enclosure, or (b) As near such stairway enclosure as possible, or (c) Shall be on the outside of, embedded within, or immediately inside of an exterior wall but not more than one foot (1') from a landing of an approved exterior stairway or door opening serving such stairway.

Laterals

Siamese connections

Location

Recessing

6.7.4.1.(6) Such standpipes may be provided with laterals not exceeding ten feet (10') in length so as to insure that outlets inside the building shall be located within the same approved stairway or shall be located immediately outside of and not more than one foot (1') from a door opening to the same enclosed stairway. Laterals shall not be permitted on exterior dry standpipe systems. EXCEPTION: Where intertwining scissors stairs are provided in the building, the same standpipe may have outlets in the alternate stairways providing there is available not less than one outlet at each floor level. 6.7.4.1.(7) All four-inch (4") dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way Siamese fire department connection. All five-inch (5") dry standpipes shall be stopped with a three-way Siamese fire department connection and all six-inch (6") dry standpipes shall be equipped with a four-way Siamese fire department connection. 6.7.4.1.(8) All Siamese inlet connections shall be located on the street front of a building or other location approved by the Chief of the Fire Department, and not less than one foot (1') nor more than four feet (4') above the grade and shall be equipped with clapper-checks, and protective caps suitably attached. 6.7.4.1.(9) All Siamese inlet connections shall be recessed in the wall or otherwise substantially protected. 52

6.7.4.2.(2) Interior wet stall sufficient to deliver 50 gallons of square inch pressure at the hose ( supply. Buildings of Group A and systems capable of delivering tilt any two outlets simultaneously; ft need be figured to be open at on( ally permitted, no part of a wet (2") inches in diameter in build fifty feet (50') in height, and two for buildings exceeding fifty feet EXCEPTION: Hose stations (11/2 " ) inch lateral pipes not exce(

6.7.4.2. (3) Wet standpipes s the building can be reached there. five feet (75') in length. 6.7.4.2.(4) Wet standpipes sl (a) In Group A and B Â°cc( greater than 500 (500), outlets sl of the stage, on each side of the r of the rear of the balconies. (b) Where occupant loads ar of locations noted above may be r ity having jurisdiction.

HOSE SYSTEMS

ng for dry standpipes shall be in 2-1949, Welded Genuine Wrought rd B-63-1949, Welded and Seamless fittings and connections, shall be ) pounds of water pressure to the ithout leaking at the joints, valves velded fittings shall be used and d standards and safeguards against

tall be tested by the owner or con.rity having jurisdiction and such the authority having jurisaction. accordance with the Standards of edition).

pipes shall be not less than four not exceeding six (6) storeys or nches (5") in diameter for buildone hundred feet (100') in height ;uildings over eight (8) storeys or dpipe system other than hose con(3") in diameter.

6.7.41(10) All dry standpipes shall extend from the ground floor to and above the roof and shall be equipped with a two and one-half inch (2Â˝") outlet located not less than one foot (1') nor more than four feet (4') above the floor level at each storey including the basement or cellar, or may be located at an intermediate stair landing when the location is approved by the Chief of the Fire Department. All dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way two and one-half inch (21/2 ") outlet above the roof. All outlets shall be equipped with gate valves and caps, the caps to be suitably attached.

Outlets above roof

6.7.4.1. (11) All hose threads in connection with such standpipe installations shall be uniform with that used by the City of Edmonton Fire Department.

Threads

6.7.4.1.(12) An iron or bronze sign with raised letters at least one inch (1") high shall be rigidly attached to the building or pipe adjacent to all Siamese connections and such sign shall read: "DRY STANDPIPE" or other wording approved in writing by the Chief of the Fire Department.

Identifying signs

6.7.4.1.(13) Where standpipes exceed three hundred feet (300') in height above grade auxiliary pumps shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Chief of the Fire Department.

Auxiliary pumps

WET STANDPIPES

Wet standpipes Detailed Requirements

6.7.4.2.(1) CONSTRUCTION. Interior wet standpipes shall be constructed and tested as required for dry standpipes. EXCEPTION: Interior wet standpipes may also be constructed of Type K copper with brazed joints.

ated as follows:

,nclosure, or

6.7.4.2.(2) Interior wet standpipes shall have an internal diameter sufficient to deliver 50 gallons of water per minute under 30 pounds per square inch pressure at the hose connection, based on the available water supply. Buildings of Group A and B occupancies shall have wet standpipe systems capable of delivering the required quantity and pressure from any two outlets simultaneously; for all other occupancies only one outlet need be figured to be open at one time. Except where otherwise specifically permitted, no part of a wet standpipe system shall be less than two (2") inches in diameter in buildings not exceeding four (4) storeys or fifty feet (50') in height, and two and one-half inches (2Â˝") in diameter for buildings exceeding fifty feet (50') or four (4) storeys in height.

re as possible, or ibedded within, or immediately inthan one foot (1') from a landing Dor opening serving such stairway. be provided with laterals not exs to insure that outlets inside the ame approved stairway or shall be rt more than one foot (1') from a rway. Laterals shall not be permit-

EXCEPTION: Hose stations may be served by one and one-half (11/2 " ) inch lateral pipes not exceeding ten feet (10') in length. 6.7.4.2.(3) Wet standpipes shall be so located that any portion of the building can be reached therefrom with a hose not exceeding seventyfive feet (75') in length.

scissors stairs are provided in the e outlets in the alternate stairways han one outlet at each floor level.

6.7.4.2. (4) Wet standpipes shall be located as follows:

standpipes shall be equipped with 2onnection. All five-inch (5") dry

hree-way Siamese fire department tandpipes shall be equipped with a ection.

(a) In Group A and B occupancies where the occupancy load is greater than 500 (500), outlets shall be located as follows: on each side of the stage, on each side of the rear of the auditorium, and on each side of the rear of the balconies.

mections shall be located on the ation approved by the Chief of the e foot (1') nor more than four feet pped with clapper-checks, and pro-

(b) Where occupant loads are five hundred (500) or less the number of locations noted above may be reduced upon the approval of the authority having jurisdiction.

inections shall be recessed in the 3d.

Size

1 14

Number required

Location

(c) In Group C, D, E, and F occupancies, the location of hose stations shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction and generally located conspicuously in corridors when such exist and where not likely to be obstructed. 53

Outlets

Threads

Water supplies

Pressure and gravity tanks

Fire pumps

Hose and hose reels

Hose cabinet

Basement pipe inlets Detailed requirements

6.7.4.2.(5) All interior wet standpipes shall be equipped with a -One and one-half inch (11/2 ") valve in each storey, including the basement or cellar of the building, and located not less than one foot (1') nor more than six feet (6') above the floor. 6.7.4.2.(6) All hose threads in connection with the installation of such standpipes, including valves and reducing fittings, shall be uniform with that used by the City of Edmonton Fire Department. 6.7.4.2.(7) All interior wet standpipes shall be connected to a street water main not less than four inches (4") in diameter, or when the water pressure is insufficient to maintain 30 pounds pressure at the highest hose outlet such standpipe shall be connected to a pressure tank, gravity tank or fire pump. Such supply shall be sufficient to furnish at least 30 pounds pressure at the topmost standpipe outlet. When more than one interior wet standpipe is required in the building, such standpipes shall be connected at their bases or at their tops by pipes of equal size. 6.7.4.2.(8) Tanks shall have a capacity sufficient to furnish at least 250 gallons per minute for a period of not less than 10 minutes. Such tanks shall be located so as to provide not less than 25 pounds pressure at the topmost hose outlet for its entire supply. Discharge pipes from pressure tanks shall extend two inches (2") into and above the bottom of such tanks. All tanks shall be equipped with a manhole, ladder and platform, drain pipe, water and pressure gauges. Every pressure tank shall be tested in place after installation and proved tight at a hydrostatic pressure 50 per cent in excess of the working pressure required. Where such tanks are used for domestic purposes the supply pipe for such purposes shall be located at or above the center line of such tanks. Incombustible supports shall be provided for all such supply tanks and not less than a three-foot (3') clearance shall be maintained over the top and under the bottom of all pressure tanks. 6.7.4.2.(9) Fire pumps shall have a capacity of not less than 250 gallons per minute with a pressure of not less than 25 pounds at the topmost hose outlet. The source of supply for such pump shall be a street water main of not less than four inch (4") diameter or a well or cistern containing a one-hour supply. Such pumps shall be supplied with an adequate source of power and shall be automatic in operation. 6.7.4.2.(10) Each hose outlet of all interior wet standpipes shall be supplied with a hose not less than one and one-half inches (11/2 ") in diameter. Such hose shall be equipped with a suitable brass or bronze nozzle and shall be not over seventy-five feet (75') in length. An approved standard form of wall hose reel or rack shall be provided for the hose and shall be located so as to make the hose readily accessible at all times and shall be recessed in the walls or protected by suitable cabinets. 6.7.4.2.(11) For the purpose of this section, a suitable cabinet shall be defined as a cabinet used to contain a fire hose which is of sufficient size to permit the installation of the necessary equipment at hose stations, and so designed as not to interfere with the prompt handling of the hose and apparatus at time of fire. They shall be used for fire equipment only. This suitable cabinet could be either without a door, with a fully clear glazed door or with a solid door displaying a conspicuous sign reading "FIRE HOSE."

6.7.4.3.(2) All basement pip brass, or bronze with lids of cast sleeve not less than eight inches extending to and flush with the recessed with an inside shoulder, finish floor surface. The lid shall recessed in the top thereof, so as of Edmonton Fire Department. 11 partment Only, Do Not Cover Up,' be installed in such a manner a: the inlet. 6.7.4.3.(3) The location of st proved by the authority having accessible at all times to the Fire APPROVALS

6.7.4.4. All fire-extinguishing lers, wet and dry standpipes, au ment pipe inlets and the appurter of the Chief of the Fire Departm( shall be subject to such periodic t SUBSECTION 6.7.5. SPRINKLER

6.7.5.1.(1) Every automatic constructed, installed and tested **6.(23).

6.7.5.1.(2) Before any sprink complete working plans shall be st diction for approval. Plans shall shall show all pipe lines, valves, 1 6.7.5.1.(3) All sprinkler syste water supply from either the mur iliary system, or both, except that more than nine sprinklers may b line in the building provided that and quantity of water supplied practice. **6.(24). (See Waterwor amended.)

6.7.5.1.(4) 1. A single watet required by such regulations may quirements of this Code. In no ( utility water main constitutes the be less than four inches (4") in di

2! Automatic fire-extinguishir sion 1 as required in Section 3.3.' mestic water system and need not tion except as to the size of the n provided that where the domestic 15 pounds per square inch, an appi may be used in lieu of the auto' Waterworks Distribution System B3

BASEMENT PIPE INLETS

6.7.4.3.(1) Basement pipe inlets shall be installed in the first floor of every Group A, B, C Div. 1, D, E, F, occupancy where there are cellars or basements under same, except where in such cellars or basements there is installed a fire-extinguishing system as specified by this Code or such other service approved by the City of Edmonton Fire Department or where the cellars or basements are used for safe deposit vaults or similar uses. 54

3. The alarm valve required guishing system shall not be reqt sions 2, 3, 4, B, C, D, E, F occupai less than three thousand square f(

** As noted in Sentence 6.1.1. found listed in The Appendix und

pes shall be equipped with a one storey, including the basement or less than one foot (1') nor more nnection with the installation of educing fittings, shall be uniform Eire Department. 'pipes shall be connected to a nches (4") in diameter, or when tintain 30 pounds pressure at the tall be connected to a pressure supply shall be sufficient to furtopmost standpipe outlet. When is required in the building, such bases or at their tops by pipes lefty sufficient to furnish at least not less than 10 minutes. Such not less than 25 pounds pressure re supply. Discharge pipes from (2") into and above the bottom )ped with a manhole, ladder and are gauges. Every pressure tank .on and proved tight at a hydrof the working pressure required. tic purposes the supply pipe for we the center line of such tanks. ed for all such supply tanks and shall be maintained over the top anks. a capacity of not less than 250 not less than 25 pounds at the upply for such pump shall be a â&#x20AC;˘ inch (4") diameter or a well or Ich pumps shall be supplied with be automatic in operation. all interior wet standpipes shall )ne and one-half inches (11/2 ") in with a suitable brass or bronze ive feet (75') in length. An apel or rack shall be provided for make the hose readily accessible he walls or protected by suitable this section, a suitable cabinet contain a fire hose which is of n of the necessary equipment at ) interfere with the prompt hande of fire. They shall be used for tbinet could be either without a â&#x153;&#x201C; with a solid door displaying a

aall be installed in the first floor occupancy where there are cellars re in such cellars or basements system as specified by this Code ity of Edmonton Fire Department used for safe deposit vaults or

6.7.4.3.(2) All basement pipe inlets shall be of cast iron, steel, brass, or bronze with lids of cast brass or bronze and shall consist of a sleeve not less than eight inches (8") in diameter through the floor extending to and flush with the ceiling below and with a top flange, recessed with an inside shoulder, to receive the lid and flush with the finish floor surface. The lid shall be a solid casting and have a ring lift recessed in the top thereof, so as to be flush or as approved by the City of Edmonton Fire Department. The lid shall have the words "Fire Department Only, Do Not Cover Up," cast in the top thereof. The lid shall be installed in such a manner as to permit its removal readily from the inlet.

Installation

Lids Identification

6.7.4.3.(3) The location of such basement pipe inlets shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction and shall be kept readily accessible at all times to the Fire Deparmtent.

Location

APPROVALS

Approvals

6.7.4.4. All fire-extinguishing systems, including automatic sprinklers, wet and dry standpipes, automatic chemical extinguishers, basement pipe inlets and the appurtenances thereto shall meet the approval of the Chief of the Fire Department as to installation and location and shall be subject to such periodic tests as he may require. SUBSECTION 6.7.5. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

6.7.5.1.(1) Every automatic sprinkler system shall be designed, constructed, installed and tested in accordance with good practice. **6.(23).

Sprinkler systems General

6.7.5.1.(2) Before any sprinkler system is installed or remodelled, complete working plans shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction for approval. Plans shall be drawn to an indicated scale and shall show all pipe lines, valves, heads and other essential details.

Plans

6.7.5.1.(3) All sprinkler systems shall be provided with an adequate water supply from either the municipal public water system or an auxiliary system, or both, except that the sprinkler systems containing not more than nine sprinklers may be supplied from the domestic supply line in the building provided that the size of the meter and the pressure and quantity of water supplied at all sprinklers conform with good practice. **6.(24). (See Waterworks Distribution System Bylaw 1605 as amended.)

Water supply

6.7.5.1.(4) 1. A single water supply equal to the primary supply required by such regulations may be accepted as complying with the requirements of this Code. In no case where a connection to a publicutility water main constitutes the source of supply shall such connection be less than four inches (4") in diameter. 2. Automatic fire-extinguishing systems required in Group F Division 1 as required in Section 3.3.7.1.(3), may be supplied from the domestic water system and need not comply with the provisions of this Section except as to the size of the meter, pipe sizes and spacing of heads, provided that where the domestic water supply has a pressure less than 15 pounds per square inch, an approved automatic chemical extinguisher may be used in lieu of the automatic fire-extinguishing system. (See Waterworks Distribution System Bylaw 1605 as amended.) 3. The alarm valve required for a standard automatic fire-extinguishing system shall not be required in the cellars of Group A Divisions 2, 3, 4, B, C, D, E, F occupancies where the area of such cellar is less than three thousand square feet (3,000 sq. ft.). ** As noted in Sentence 6.1.1.1.(2) an appropriate document will be found listed in The Appendix under this/these number(s). 55

Alarm valves

Portable fire extinguishers

SUBSECTION 6.7.6. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

Installation

6.7.6.1. The installation of all portable fire-extinguishing equipment in any building shall conform to the requirements of the City of Edmonton Fire Bylaw.

Plumbing

(d) The applicant shall ind. all times while occupying the Cit: and all claims actions and caus( alleged to arise directly, indire( existence, maintenance, or use by purpose of storing building materi to more effectively carry out his land.

PART 7 PLUMBING

8.1.1.5. The applicant, ham property, shall file with the City ( liability and property damage ha2 for the death of or injury to an3 or injury to two or more person; $1,0300.00 property damage coveral

Part 7 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing is not part of this Bylaw.

Construction safety measures

General provisions Use of public property

Protection of pedestrians

Lighting

Permit

Condition of property

PART 8 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY MEASURES

SUBSECTION 8.1.2. DEFINITIONS

8.1 Part 8 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, is struck out in full and the following Sections 8.1 to 8.8 inclusive are substituted.

8.1.2.1. References should b. terms used in Part 8. It is to be r those in common usage in constru

SECTION 8.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1.2.2. Special note is to be ber" is used in Part 8 to include products of corresponding structui

8.1.1.1. No person shall place or store any material or equipment necessary for the work authorized by a building permit on a street, alley, or public sidewalk, nor shall any work be performed except in accordance with the provisions of this Part. 8.1.1.2. No person shall perform any work on any building or structure, if by so doing he endangers pedestrians on the street that abuts the property line, unless the pedestrians are protected as specified in this Part. 8.1.1.3. Any material or structure temporarily occupying public property, including fences and walkways, shall be adequately lighted between sunset and sunrise. 8.1.1.4. No permit shall be issued to any person, firm or corporation applying for permission to locate building materials, fences or other temporary obstructions upon any City-owned property (including any part of a City highway, sidewalk, or boulevard) unless the applicant first complies with the provisions of this section; the owner of land that will benefit from a temporary permission to occupy City-owned property for material storage or like purposes shall first sign, personally or by his agent, a form of permit containing the following terms, covenants and conditions all of which are hereby declared to be performed and observed by the applicant: (a) All temporary structures and works shall be maintained in a neat, safe and sound condition so that persons lawfully upon abutting City-owned property shall not be endangered or unduly inconvenienced thereby; and (b) The applicant shall keep the abutting City-owned property clear of ice, ruts, dirt or any obstruction which may arise from the work that is being done on the private property abutting the City-owned property with particular care being exercised on crossings leading from the private work across City boulevards, walks or highways, and (c) The applicant shall not cause or permit damage by means of tracked or other heavy equipment to City roads, sidewalks, boulevards, or curbs and will promptly and properly repair such damage should it be caused; and 56

SUBSECTION 8.1.3. RESIDENTIAL

8.1.3.1. The safety measures tended to apply generally to all bi

8.1.3.2. For small building j( vidual residences the requirement

SUBSECTION 8.1.4. FENCING ANI

8.1.4.1. WALKWAY. A Walk with a railing on the street side sl at a relocated position as may be a diction in front of the building si demolition. If the walkway is rel. walking surface must be provide( walkway is an unobstructed passag 8.1.4.2. TYPE OF PROTECT] provided for pedestrians as set fo structed as specified in this Part. in place and kept in good order fox on the!, street that abuts the propel be completely removed as soon as 8.1.4.3. CONSTRUCTION OF stantially built and not less than t of the walkway is so close to the vehicles passing on the highway n way, then the applicant for permit than 12 inches in width extending above the lowest level of the walk 8.1.4.4. CONSTRUCTION OF tially built of tight boards eight f the site of the walkway nearest to the entire length of the building s extended to the building line. Door are protected by doors and kept c materials or persons to pass throug

EXTINGUISHERS

table fire-extinguishing equipment quirements of the City of Edmon-

TINT) rATil" UIVID1111l7

1de of Canada 1965, Second Print-

SAFETY MEASURES ng Code of Canada 1965, Second following Sections 8.1 to 8.8 in-

store any material or equipment a building permit on a street, ny work be performed except in Part. any work on any building or rs pedestrians on the street that estrians are protected as specified re temporarily occupying public ys, shall be adequately lighted be1 to any person, firm or corporabuilding materials, fences or other y-owned property (including any lulevard) unless the applicant first ction; the owner of land that will .o occupy City-owned property for 11 first sign, personally or by his le following terms, covenants and declared to be performed and cl works shall be maintained in a it persons lawfully upon abutting tngered or unduly inconvenienced he abutting City-owned property m which may arise from the work ierty abutting the City-owned protsed on crossings leading from the valks or highways, and e or permit damage by means of City roads, sidewalks, boulevards, Tly repair such damage should it

(d) The applicant shall indemnify and save harmless the City at all times while occupying the City property from all damages and costs and all claims actions and causes of action occasioned or arising, or alleged to arise directly, indirectly or incidentally, by reason of the existence, maintenance, or use by the applicant of City property for the purpose of storing building materials, or otherwise assisting the applicant to more effectively carry out his work upon adjoining privately owned land.

Responsible for damages

8.1.1.5. The applicant, before commencing to use any City owned property, shall file with the City Clerk proof of insurance against public liability and property damage hazards with limits of at least $20,000.00 for the death of or injury to any one person and $50,000.00 for death or injury to two or more persons arising from the same accident and $1,000.00 property damage coverage.

Insurance

SUBSECTION 8.1.2. DEFINITIONS

Definitions

8.1.2.1. References should be made to Part 2 for definitions of terms used in Part 8. It is to be noted that all terms used in Part 8 are those in common usage in construction. 8.1.2.2. Special note is to be made of the fact that the term "lumber" is used in Part 8 to include yard lumber, plywood and other wood products of corresponding structural strength and properties. SUBSECTION 8.1.3. RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION

Residential construction

8.1.3.1. The safety measures outlined in Part 8 of the Code are intended to apply generally to all building operations. 8.1.3.2. For small building jobs such as the construction of individual residences the requirements of Part 9 shall apply. SUBSECTION 8.1.4. FENCING AND BARRICADES

8.1.4.1. WALKWAY. A Walkway not less than four feet (4') wide with a railing on the street side shall be maintained on the sidewalk or at a relocated position as may be approved by the authority having jurisdiction in front of the building site during construction, alterations, or demolition. If the walkway is relocated off the sidewalk an approved walking surface must be provided. For the purpose of this section a walkway is an unobstructed passageway for the use of pedestrian traffic. 8.1.4.2. TYPE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED. Protection shall be provided for pedestrians as set forth in Table No. 8.1.4.A, and be constructed as specified in this Part. Such protections shall be maintained in place and kept in good order for the entire length of time pedestrians on the street that abuts the property line may be endangered, and shall be completely removed as soon as such construction work permits. 8.1.4.3. CONSTRUCTION OF RAILINGS. Railings shall be substantially built and not less than three feet (3') high. When the railing of the walkway is so close to the travelled portion of the highway that vehicles passing on the highway may come into contact with the walkway, then the applicant for permit shall provide a timber buffer not less than 12 inches in width extending to a height of not less than 8 inches above the lowest level of the walkway. 8.1.4.4. CONSTRUCTION OF FENCES. Fences shall be substantially built of tight boards eight feet (8') high above grade, placed on the site of the walkway nearest to the building site. Fences shall extend the entire length of the building site and each end shall be turned and extended to the building line. Doorways may be cut in the fence if they are protected by doors and kept closed, except when opened to permit materials or persons to pass through. 57

Fencing and barricades Walkway

Type of protection required

Construction of railings

Construction of fences

Construction of canopies

8.1.4.5. CONSTRUCTION OF CANOPIES. The protective canopy shall have a clear height of eight feet (8') above the walkway. The roof shall be tightly boarded and water tight. Every canopy shall have a tight board fence built along its entire length, on the side thereof next to the building site. The fence shall be solid from the sidewalk or walkway to the canopy roof and each end shall be turned and extended solid to the building site. The entire structure shall be designed to carry the loads to be imposed on it, provided the minimum live load to be used in design shall not be less than 35 pounds per square foot, uniformly loaded. If materials are stored or work is done on the roof of the canopy, the street sides and ends of the canopy roof shall be protected by a tight curb board not less than one foot (1') high and a railing not less than three feet (3') high. The space under the canopy over the walkway and the approaches thereto shall be kept well lighted with artificial lighting continuously between sunset and sunrise. TABLE No. 8.1.4.A â&#x20AC;&#x201D; TYPE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED FOR PEDESTRIANS

HEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION Eight feet or less

DISTANCE FROM CONSTRUCTION TO WALKWAY Less than six feet

PROTECTION REQUIRED Railing

Six feet or more

None*

More than eight feet Less than six feet

Fence & Canopy

Six feet or one-fourth height Fence & Canopy of construction or less whichever distance is greater Six feet or one-fourth to one- Fence half height of construction whichever distance is greater Six feet or at least one-half None* height of construction whichever distance is greater

(c) In the Alley. In the alle a permit has been issued, provid, way not less than ten feet (10') alley along the building site. (d) Public Sidewalk in front portion of the public sidewalk in site for which a permit has been i to be maintained.

8.1.5.2. Material and equipn under a permit shall not be place obstruct free and convenient appi alarm box, utility box catch basin. the free flow of water in any stn 8.1.5.3. The mixing of morta be done in a mechanical mixer or prevent dripping or splashing on

8.1.5.4. A substantial protect around and over every street lam] fire hydrant, catch basin, and m. work being done under the perm. while such work is being done. 8.1.5.5. When the area or a sidewalk is to be excavated, the h struct a substantial temporary wz width for pedestrian travel over the same.

The walkway over the exca uniform live load of 150 pounds provided with suitable ramps or s not less than three feet (3') high one side and a fence on the other. The walkway around the exc excavation on the street side as p not less than three feet (3') high the walkway. SUBSECTION 8.1.6. UNOCCUPIED

* If any part of the minimum distance to the walkway is on public property then a railing shall be provided on the construction site of the walkway. SUBSECTION 8.1.5. USE OF STREETS OR PUBLIC PROPERTY Use of streets or public property Front of building site

Front of adjoining site

8.1.5.1. Material or equipment necessary for the work under a building permit may be placed or stored on public property in the following locations: (a) In front of the Building Site. In the one-third portion of the roadway of the street that is adjacent to the curb in front of the building site for which a permit has been issued; provided that in any special case the authority having jurisdiction may reduce for cause the area of roadway to be so used. (b) In front of the Adjoining Site. In the roadway of the street adjoining the building site for which a permit has been issued to the same extent under the same restrictions as specified in Subsection (a). A due waiver of claim against the City for damages on account of such placement or storage must be obtained from the owner of such property and filed in the office of the authority having jurisdiction before such materials or equipment may be placed or stored. 58

8.1.6.1. Unoccupied buildings work has been suspended shall b( to prevent ingress. 841.6.2. Excavations that ma: back-filled or properly drained wl jurisdiction. SECTION 8.2 HOUSEKEEPING SUBSECTION 8.2.1. WASTE MAT

Waste materials or debris sha from one level to another in any disturbance to the public in the vi( SUBSECTION 8.2.2. TEMPORARY

Materials used for temporary I tic sheeting shall be fastened sec prevent blowing loose or falling ft.(

rOPIES. The protective canopy 8') above the walkway. The roof . Every canopy shall have a tight I, on the side thereof next to the rom the sidewalk or walkway to turned and extended solid to the

(c) In the Alley. In the alley adjoining the building site for which a permit has been issued, provided that a clear and unobstructed roadway not less than ten feet (10') in width is maintained through such alley along the building site.

Alley

Public sidewalk

ned to carry the loads to be imload to be used in design shall foot, uniformly loaded. done on the roof of the canopy, roof shall be protected by a tight high and a railing not less than

(d) Public Sidewalk in front or at the side of building site. On any portion of the public sidewalk in front of or at the side of the building site for which a permit has been issued, except on the walkway required to be maintained. 8.1.5.2. Material and equipment necessary for work to be done under a permit shall not be placed or stored on public property so as to obstruct free and convenient approach to any fire hydrant, fire or police alarm box, utility box catch basin, or manhole, or so as to interfere with the free flow of water in any street or alley gutter.

Obstruction to public services

the walkway and the approaches h artificial lighting continuously

8.1.5.3. The mixing of mortar or concrete on public property shall be done in a mechanical mixer or in a tight box in such a manner as to prevent dripping or splashing on the public property.

Mixing of concrete

8.1.5.4. A substantial protective frame and boarding shall be built around and over every street lamp, utility box, fire or police alarm box, fire hydrant, catch basin, and manhole that may be damaged by any work being done under the permit. This protection shall be maintained while such work is being done.

Protection of public services

8.1.5.5. When the area or a portion thereof occupied by a public sidewalk is to be excavated, the holder of the building permit shall construct a substantial temporary walkway not less than four feet (4') in width for pedestrian travel over the areas to be excavated or around the same.

Temporary walkways

ECTION REQUIRED

NCE TRUCTION KWAY et

PROTECTION REQUIRED Railing None*

Fence & Canopy ?,et -fourth height Fence & Canopy or less whichgreater â&#x20AC;˘fourth to one- Fence ' construction nce is greater least one-half None* ruction whichgreater tance to the walkway is on public led on the construction site of the

The walkway over the excavated area shall be designed for a uniform live load of 150 pounds per square foot. The walkway shall be provided with suitable ramps or stairs at each end and with a handrail not less than three feet (3') high along each side or with a railing on one side and a fence on the other, as the case may require. The walkway around the excavated area shall be as close to the excavation on the street side as possible and constructed with a railing not less than three feet (3') high and a fence on the excavation side of the walkway. SUBSECTION 8.1.6. UNOCCUPIED OR INCOMPLETE CONSTRUCTION

8.1.6.1. Unoccupied buildings or incomplete construction on which work has been suspended shall be properly secured or closed in order to prevent ingress.

5 OR PUBLIC PROPERTY necessary for the work under a red on public property in the fol-

8.1.6.2. Excavations that may become filled with water shall be back-filled or properly drained when required by the authority having jurisdiction.

e. In the one-third portion of the to the curb in front of the building ued; provided that in any special may reduce for cause the area of

SECTION 8.2 HOUSEKEEPING

;ite. In the roadway of the street a permit has been issued to the ms as specified in Subsection (a). ,y for damages on account of such I from the owner of such property ty having jurisdiction before such I or stored.

Unoccupied or incomplete construction Unoccupied buildings Excavations

Housekeeping

SUBSECTION 8.2.1. WASTE MATERIAL

Waste materials or debris shall not be dropped or allowed to fall from one level to another in any manner so as to create a nuisance or disturbance to the public in the vicinity.

Waste material

SUBSECTION 8.2.2. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES

Materials used for temporary enclosures such as tarpaulins or plastic sheeting shall be fastened securely or guarded by construction to prevent blowing loose or falling from the building. 59

Temporary enclosures

Handling and storing materials General

SECTION 8.3 HANDLING AND STORING MATERIALS

Materials

8.3.1.1. The load imposed on any part of the permanent work shall not exceed the allowable loads stipulated in Part 4.

Temporary services

SECTION 8.4 TEMPORARY SERVICES

Fire protection

SUBSECTION 8.4.2. FIRE PROTECTION

Location of fire extinguishers

8.4.2.1. Fire extinguishing equipment as approved by an authority acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction shall be conveniently located within a building under construction or on the building site when it is considered by the authority having jurisdiction that such equipment is necessary.

Underground water mains

8.4.2.2. Where underground water mains to supply hydrants, standpipes or sprinkler systems are to be provided, they shall be installed, completed and made available for permanent use as soon as possible.

Prevention of freeze-up

8.4.2.3. Where freezing conditions may occur, suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent freeze-up. In the case of hydrants, they shall be kept pumped out.

Protection during construction

8.4.2.4. Where a water supply of not less than 70 gal./min. at a pressure of not less than 12 psi at the highest outlet is installed as building construction progresses, hose and nozzles may be provided in lieu of pump tank extinguishers.

SUBSECTION 8.5.2. ADJOINING

SUBSECTION 8.3.1. GENERAL

Such hose shall have a minimum internal diameter of % inches, and the nozzle shall be of the adjustable spray type with a minimum orifice of % inches. Standpipes during construction

Automatic sprinkler system during construction Access to fire fighting equipment

8.4.2.5. When required by the authority having jurisdiction, in all buildings in which standpipes are to be provided, they shall be installed as the construction progresses, complete with hose and valves, in such a manner that they are always ready for fire department use to the topmost floor that has been installed. Such standpipes shall be provided with a fire department connection on the outside of the building at the street level and with one outlet at each floor. All outlets, connections and fittings shall be designed to fit the fire department equipment.

8.5.2.1. Excavations for build. shall be protected and guarded ag manent excavations shall have re of sufficient strength to retain thi charged loads. No excavation for foot (1') of the angle of repose o footing or foundation, unless such underpinned or protected against Any person making or causing of twelve feet (12') or less, belov tion so that the soil of adjoining r shall not be liable for the expen foundation of buildings on adjoini not in excess of twelve feet (12') cavation the person making or cal notify in writing the owners of adj before such excavation is to be inz and that the adjoining buildings sladjoining properties shall be given pose of protecting such adjoining Any person making or causing twelve feet (12') in depth below ti so that the adjoining soil will not ( foundation of any adjoining build (12') below grade at his own e) buildings shall extend the founda twelve feet (12') below grade at preceding paragraph. SUBSECTION 8.5.3. BARRICADES

8.5.3.1. At all excavations on and watchmen shall be maintained ing jurisdiction.

8.5.4. REMOVAL OF 8.5.4.1. Excavations shall be times so as not to endanger the sal tions resulting in a health hazard. SUBSECTION

SECTION 8.6 STAIRS AND RAMPS

8.4.2.6. In all buildings where an automatic sprinkler system is to be provided, installation shall follow construction and be placed in service before or immediately following completion of each storey and before it is occupied.

SUBSECTION 8.6.1. STAIRS REQUI

8.6.1.1. When any work on a b more than 60 feet above ground 14 shall be provided for the entire heig floor level. Such stairs shall be conth 8.6.1.2. Temporary stairs shall the permanent stairs have been insta 8.6.1.3. Permanent stairs shall ditions will permit. At least one stz condition at all times.

8.4.2.7. Access shall be provided and maintained at all times to all fire fighting equipment including fire hose, extinguishers, sprinkler valves and hydrants. Arrangements shall be made with the local fire department so that firemen will have access to the premises if called to a fire. Close liaison shall be maintained with the local fire department at all times.

Excavation

SECTION 8.5 EXCAVATION

SUBSECTION 8.6.2. PERMANENT S

Disconnect existing services

SUBSECTION 8.5.1. DISCONNECT EXISTING SERVICES

General

8.5.1.1. Before excavating commences, all existing services such as gas, electrical and water shall be disconnected as stipulated in article 8.8.2. 60

8.6.2.1. Skeleton Steel stairs sh not less than 2 by 10 inch planking landings. Temporary treads shall be ent handrails or temporary guardrai: place shall be provided on the open s]

â&#x20AC;˘

ING MATERIALS

part of the permanent work shall :ed in Part 4.

nent as approved by an authority urisdiction shall be conveniently struction or on the buildint site ity having jurisdiction that such

r mains to supply hydrants, standprovided, they shall be installed, manent use as soon as possible.

s may occur, suitable precautions the case of hydrants, they shall be f not less than 70 gal./min. at a the highest outlet is installed as and nozzles may be provided in

n internal diameter of 3/4 inches, table spray type with a minimum

athority having jurisdiction, in all )e provided, they shall be installed ete with hose and valves, in such for fire department use to the top;uch standpipes shall be provided the outside of the building at the ach floor. All outlets, connections he fire department equipment. n automatic sprinkler system is to construction and be placed in sercompletion of each storey and beand maintained at all times to all re hose, extinguishers, sprinkler hall be made with the local fire access to the premises if called to ied with the local fire department

iXISTING SERVICES

,nces, all existing services such as sconnected as stipulated in article

SUBSECTION 8.5.2. ADJOINING PROPERTY

8.5.2.1. Excavations for buildings and excavations accessory thereto shall be protected and guarded against danger to life and property. Permanent excavations shall have retaining walls of masonry or concrete of sufficient strength to retain the embankment together with any surcharged loads. No excavation for any purpose shall extend within one foot (1') of the angle of repose or natural slope of the soil under any footing or foundation, unless such footing or foundation is first properly underpinned or protected against settlement. Any person making or causing an excavation to be made to a depth of twelve feet (12') or less, below the grade, shall protect the excavation so that the soil of adjoining property will not cave in or settle, but shall not be liable for the expense of underpinning or extending the foundation of buildings on adjoining properties where his excavation is not in excess of twelve feet (12') in depth. Before commencing the excavation the person making or causing the excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owners of adjoining buildings not less than 10 days before such excavation is to be made that the excavation is to be made and that the adjoining buildings should be protected. The owners of the adjoining properties shall be given access to the excavation for the purpose of protecting such adjoining buildings. Any person making or causing an excavation to be made exceeding twelve feet (12') in depth below the grade, shall protect the excavation so that the adjoining soil will not cave in or settle, and shall extend the foundation of any adjoining buildings below the depth of twelve feet (12') below grade at his own expense. The owner of the adjoining buildings shall extend the foundations of his buildings to a depth of twelve feet (12') below grade at his own expense as provided in the preceding paragraph. SUBSECTION 8.5.3. BARRICADES AND WARNING LIGHTS

8.5.3.1. At all excavations on the site, barricades, warning lights and watchmen shall be maintained where required by the authority having jurisdiction. SUBSECTION 8.5.4. REMOVAL OF WATER FROM EXCAVATIONS

8.5.4.1. Excavations shall be kept reasonably clear of water at all times so as not to endanger the safety of any person or to create conditions resulting in a health hazard. SECTION 8.6 STAIRS AND RAMPS

Adjoining property Angle of repose

Protection of excavation 12 or less

Notice in writing

Protection of excavation exceeding 12'

Barricades and warning lights Safety measures at excavations Removal of water from excavations

Stairs and ramps Stairs required

SUBSECTION 8.6.1. STAIRS REQUIRED

8.6.1.1. When any work on a building has progressed to a height of more than 60 feet above ground level, permanent or temporary stairs shall be provided for the entire height from the ground to the uppermost floor level. Such stairs shall be continued as work progresses. 8.6.1.2. Temporary stairs shall be maintained in safe condition until the permanent stairs have been installed. 8.6.1.3. Permanent stairs shall be installed as soon as working conditions will permit. At least one stairway shall be maintained in usable condition at all times.

Where permanent or temporary stairs required during construction Condition

SUBSECTION 8.6.2. PERMANENT STAIRS

Permanent stairs Temporary wooden treads on steel stairs

8.6.2.1. Skeleton Steel stairs shall have temporary wooden treads of not less than 2 by 10 inch planking extending the full width of stairs and landings. Temporary treads shall be securely fastened in place. Permanent handrails or temporary guardrails securely fastened and supported in place shall be provided on the open side of stairs and landings. 61

Temporary stairs

SUBSECTION 8.6.3. TEMPORARY STAIRS

Requirements for temporary stairs

8.6.3.1. Stairs and landings shall be constructed to support a load of 100 psf safely. The treads and risers shall be uniform in width and height respectively in any one flight. The angle of the rise of temporary stairs shall not exceed 50 deg. from the horizontal. The rise or vertical distance between landings of a flight shall not exceed 12 feet. Temporary stairs shall be not less than 40 in. in width.

Handrails and guardrails

Temporary ramps Design Platform construction

Demolition Precautions prior to demolition

Shut off services

PART 9

9.1. Part 9 of the National B Printing, as amended by Sections f. declared to be and constituted a par

SUBSECTION 8.6.4. TEMPORARY RAMPS

9.2. Section 9.1.9. is amended of the reference "N.B.C. 1.5.5. (d)' and 1.15.5."

8.6.4.1. Temporary ramps shall be designed with a factor safety of 5. 8.6.4.2. Platforms shall be not less than two planks in width. Planks shall not be less than 2 by 8 inch nominal. Board for wearing surfaces shall be 1 inch nominal in thickness, closely laid and securely nailed to planking. The distance between platform supports shall not exceed 10 feet.

2. Platforms shall be securely anchored at both ends and adequately held in place at intermediate supports by bolts, spikes or cleats.

Guardrails and handrails

8.8.4. On completion of the w authority having jurisdiction. The s no hazard to safety or health has 1 such condition that no fire hazard lu

8.6.3.2. The open sides of all stairwells shall be enclosed by guardrails or partitions until permanent enclosure has been provided. Temporary and permanent stairs 44 in. or less in width shall be provided with a guardrail on one open side; stairs exceeding 44 in. width shall be provided with guardrails on all open sides. Guardrails and handrails shall not be less than 36 in. nor more than 42 in. in height above the treads of the stairs. When stairs are constructed between temporary partitions or walls, a handrail securely attached to such partition or wall shall be provided. Clearance between the wall and the handrail shall be not less than 11/4 in.

1. Plaftorms shall be adequately supported on bearings of permanent construction or on timbers, horse trestles or scaffold squares.

Ramps

8.8.3. Except when new const cellars and excavations which migh grade or shall be adequately barr authority having jurisdiction. All t work shall be removed and all d public property shall be made good.

9.3. Section 9.17.1. is amendec substituting the following: (a) The City of Edmonton Plt and

(b) Appropriate provincial reg 9.4. Section 9.17.2. (1) is ame thereof the words "where there is at the end of the section the words "

8.6.4.3. The incline of ramps for pedestrian or vehicular traffic shall not exceed 20 deg. from the horizontal. Cross cleats shall be provided for all ramps having an incline in excess of 7 deg. from the horizontal. Cross cleats shall be not less than 1 by 2 inch nominal and shall be secured in place and spaced at regular intervals not exceeding 18 in.

9.5. Section 9.17.4. is struck c 9.17.4. A means of heating water sl and piping shall be installed to con sink, a wash basin and a bathtub or s 9.6. Section 9.18 Ventilation is is substituted:

8.7 GUARDRAILS

8.7.1. Guardrails shall consist of a 2 by 3 in. wooden rail securely supported on 2 by 4 in. posts at intervals of not more than 8 feet with a 1 by 4 in. intermediate rail and a toeboard at the floor. The top of the rail shall be not less than 36 in. nor more than 42 in. above floor level. Handrails shall be smooth and free from splinters or protruding nails.

9.18 See the City of Edmonton Heal 9.7. Section 9.19 Heating is stt substiNted: 9.19 See the City of Edmonton Heal

8.8 DEMOLITION

9.8. Section 9.20.3. is struck tn. tuted:

8.8.1. If the structure to be demolished has been partially wrecked or damaged by fire, flood, explosion or other cause, all shoring, bracing or other measures necessary to prevent accidental collapse of any part shall be provided.

9.20.3. Electrical installation shall t Protection Act of the Province of A Part 1, and the City of Edmonton E in force and effect.

8.8.2. All existing gas, electrical, water, steam and other services to the site shall be shut off and capped at the property line. In each case the service company involved shall be notified in advance and its approval obtained. If it is necessary to maintain any such services, they shall be arranged and relocated if necessary, and shall be protected to prevent injury and to afford safety to the workmen.

9.9. The following portion of tl supplement No. 5 to the National B by Sections (a) to (z 13) inclusive Iconstituted a part of this bylaw.

â&#x20AC;˘

(a) Section 1, General Performa,

)e constructed to support a load s shall be uniform in width and ae angle of the rise of temporary e horizontal. The rise or vertical all not exceed 12 feet. Temporary ;h.

wells shall be enclosed by guard)sure has been provided. Temporin width shall be provided with a .eding 44 in. width shall be proGuardrails and handrails shall not in height above the treads of the een temporary partitions or walls, irtition or wall shall be provided. [drail shall be not less than 1% in.

Removal of hazards after demolition

8.8.4. On completion of the work, the site shall be inspected by the authority having jurisdiction. The site shall be left in such condition that no hazard to safety or health has been created. The site shall be left in such condition that no fire hazard has been created.

Inspection

PART 9 HOUSING

Housing

9.1. Part 9 of the National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, as amended by Sections 9.2 to 9.41 inclusive hereof, is hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

APS

designed with a factor safety of 5.

; than two planks in width. Planks ninal. Board for wearing surfaces :losely laid and securely nailed to Irm supports shall not exceed 10

ipported on bearings of permanent ts or scaffold squares.

8.8.3. Except when new construction is to proceed without delay, all cellars and excavations which might create a hazard shall be backfilled to grade or shall be adequately barricaded both to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction. All temporary obstructions relating to the work shall be removed and all damage to sidewalks, roads and other public property shall be made good.

9.2. Section 9.1.9. is amended by deleting from the third line thereof the reference "N.B.C. 1.5.5. (d)" and substituting "subsections 1.15.4 and 1,15.5."

Drawings and specifications

9.3. Section 9.17.1. is amended by deleting in full (a) and (b) and substituting the following:

Plumbing

(a) The City of Edmonton Plumbing Bylaw No. 2410 as amended, and

6111

(b) Appropriate provincial regulations. 9.4. Section 9.17.2. (1) is amended by deleting from the first line thereof the words "where there is a piped water supply" and by adding at the end of the section the words "or shower".

hored at both ends and adequately )3T bolts, spikes or cleats.

)edestrian or vehicular traffic shall . Cross cleats shall be provided for f 7 deg. from the horizontal. Cross h nominal and shall be secured in lot exceeding 18 in.

9.5. Section 9.17.4. is struck out and the following is substituted:

Required plumbing fixtures Hot water supply

9.17.4. A means of heating water shall be provided to supply hot water and piping shall be installed to connect the heated water with a kitchen sink, a wash basin and a bathtub or shower. 9.6. Section 9.18 Ventilation is struck out in full and the following is substituted:

a 2 by 3 in. wooden rail securely

Ventilation

9.18 See the City of Edmonton Heating and Ventilating Bylaw No. 3083.

.vals of not more than 8 feet with

9.7. Section 9.19 Heating is struck out in full and the following is substituted:

eboard at the floor. The top of the more than 42 in. above floor level. am splinters or protruding nails.

Heating

9.19 See the City of Edmonton Heating and Ventilating Bylaw No. 3083. 9.8. Section 9.20.3. is struck out in full and the following is substituted:

)1ished has been partially wrecked ir other cause, all shoring, bracing nt accidental collapse of any part

9.20.3. Electrical installation shall be in accordance with the Electrical Protection Act of the Province of Alberta, the Canadian Electrical Code Part 1, and the City of Edmonton Electrical Bylaw as they are currently in force and effect.

water, steam and other services to at the property line. In each case )e notified in advance and its apmaintain any such services, they Tessary, and shall be protected to he workmen.

9.9. The following portion of the Residential Standards Canada 1965 supplement No. 5 to the National Building Code of Canada as amended by Sections (a) to (z 13) inclusive hereof are hereby declared to be and constituted a part of this bylaw.

(a) Section 1, General Performance, pages 9 to 12. 63

Electrical installation

Residential Standards Supplement No. 5

(b) Section 2, Building, Planning, pages 12 to 16, excluding Subsections A (1) and (2) page 12; F (2) (3) (4) and (6) pages 13 and 14; H (1) to (5); I (1) to (6) page 14; K (1) and (4) to (9); L (1) to (4); M (1) to (3) pages 15 and 16. (c) Section 3, Exits and Means of Egress, pages 16 to 18. (d) Section 4, Fire Protection, pages 19 to 26. (e) Section 6, Excavations, page 27. (f) Section 7, Concrete, page 28. (g) Section 8, Footings and Foundations, pages 29 to 31. (h) Section 9, Columns, pages 31 and 32. (i) Section 10, Slabs on Ground, pages 32 and 33. (j) Section 11, Crawl spaces, pages 33 and 34, excluding Subsection A (3), page 33. (k) Section 12, Waterproofing and Damp-proofing, pages 34 and 35. (1) Section 13, Drainage, pages 35 and 36. (m) Section 14, Masonry and Masonry Veneer Walls above Foundations, pages 36 to 42. (n) Section 15, Chimneys and Flue Pipes, pages 43 to 45. (o) Section 16, Fireplaces, pages 45 and 46. (p) Section 17, Woodframe Construction, pages 46 to 55, excluding Subsection D(2) page 47; and Subsection 0(6) page 54. (q) Section 18, Post Beam and Plank Construction, pages 55 and 56. (r) Section 19, Plank Frame Wall Construction, pages 57 and 58. (s) Section 20, Thermal Insulation and Vapor Barriers, pages 58 to 60, excluding Subsection A (1) and (2), page 58; Subsections C (1) to (4) and D (1) to (3), and E (1) to (8), pages 59 and 60. (t) Section 21, Roofing, pages 60 to 67, excluding Subsection M (1) page 67. (u) Section 22, Siding, pages 67 to 71, excluding Subsection C (1) and (2) page 67; Subsection F, page 68. (v) Section 23, Stucco, pages 71 to 73. (w) Section 24, Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes, pages 74 to 78, excluding Subsection A (1) page 74; and Subsection N (1) to (4) page 78. (x) Section 25, Flooring, pages 78 to 80, excluding Subsection B (1) to (5) page 78 and 79; Subsection C (1) to (4) and (6) page 79; Subsection D (1) to (2); Subsection E (2) to (3); Subsection F (1) to (3) page 80. (y) Section 26, Windows, pages 81 to 83, excluding Subsection B (3) page 81; Subsection E (3) page 82; Subsection I (1) to (5) page 83. (z) Section 27, Doors, pages 83 to 86, excluding Subsection D (1) to (3); Subsection E (1) to (5) and (7) to (8) page 84 and 85; Subsection H (1) to (7); and I (1) to (7) and Subsection J; and Subsection K, page 86. (zl) Section 28, Stairs, Handrails, Guards, pages 87 to 89, excluding Subsection G (4) and (5) page 88. (z2) Section 29, Painting, pages 89 and 90, excluding Subsection A (1) to (3); and B (1) and (2) page 89 and 90; and Subsection C (1) to (4) page 90. (z3) Section 30, Plumbing, pages 90 to 94, excluding the whole of Subsections A, B, C, D, E, and F. 64

(z4) Section 31, Ventilation, p (z5) Section 32, Heating, pag (13) to (15) page 99; Subsection ( tion C (8); Subsection D (1) to ( 100; and Subsection F (12) to (13) (z6) Section 33, Electrical, pa A (1) to (4) page 101; Subsectioi (10) page 102; and Subsections D ( (z7) The heavy type only of 104, excluding subsection B (1) tc sections C, D, and E, page 104. (z8) Section 37, Garages and tions A (2) to (3); Subsection B ( 115.

(z9) All of Appendix "A", Fir

(z10) All of Appendix "B", Six pages 119 to 141. (z11) All of Appendix "C", N to 147. (z12) All of Appendix "D", C pages 151 to 155. (z13) All of the Index, pages 1f 9.10 Section 1 D (12) is struc (12) "lane" means any public spa( or less in width which has been public use. 9.11. Section 1 D is amended of the following: (17 a) "street" â&#x20AC;&#x201D; (See article 3.1.3. 9.12. Table 1 A in Section 1 E i (a) By adding in the "Use of "living spaces other than bedrooms the following new line namely: "bedrooms located over crawl space( (b) By inserting after the new in the last column the figure "30", al (c) By deleting the figure "30' stituting the figure "40". 9.13. Section 1 E (5) is struck E (5) Design snow loads shall conf in Section 4.1 of the National Buildir 9.14. Table 2A, Room Heights minimum heights column with respc including laundry area therein by d, beams and laundry areas and in any for passage to laundry and required fore is the following:

7 ft. 6 in. except under beams a height of 6 ft. 4 in.

(z4) Section 31, Ventilation, pages 94 to 96.

pages 12 to 16, excluding Sub(3) (4) and (6) pages 13 and 14; (1) and (4) to (9); L (1) to (4);

(z5) Section 32, Heating, pages 96 to 101, excluding Subsection B (13) to (15) page 99; Subsection C (1) to (6) pages 99 and 100; Subsection C (8); Subsection D (1) to (5) and Subsection E (1) to (2) page 100; and Subsection F (12) to (13) page 101.

gress, pages 16 to 18. s 19 to 26.

(z6) Section 33, Electrical, pages 101 to 103, excluding Subsections A (1) to (4) page 101; Subsections B (1) to (2); Subsections C (1) to (10) page 102; and Subsections D (1) to (9) page 103. (z7) The heavy type only of Section 34, Elevators, pages 103 and 104, excluding subsection B (1) to (2) page 103; and the whole of subsections C, D, and E, page 104.

tions, pages 29 to 31. ad 32. ages 32 and 33. s 33 and 34, excluding Subsection

(z8) Section 37, Garages and Carports, page 108, excluding Subsections A (2) to (3); Subsection B (1) to (3); and Subsection D; page 108. (z9) All of Appendix "A", Fire and Sound Resistance, pages 111 to 115.

L Damp-proofing, pages 34 and 35. and 36. onry Veneer Walls above Founda-

Pipes, pages 43 to 45. 5 and 46. ruction, pages 46 to 55, excluding n 0(6) page 54. ank Construction, pages 55 and 56. Construction, pages 57 and 58. a and Vapor Barriers, pages 58 to , page 58; Subsections C (1) to (4) as 59 and 60. to 67, excluding Subsection M (1)

(z10) All of Appendix "B", Span Tables for Joists, Rafters and Beams, pages 119 to 141. (z11) All of Appendix "C", Nailing and Stapling Tables, pages 145 to 147. (z12) All of Appendix "D", Grade Markings of Canadian Lumber, pages 151 to 155. (z13) All of the Index, pages 157 to 170.

eto

9.10 Section 1 D (12) is struck out and the following is substituted: Lane (12) "lane" means any public space, public park, or thoroughfare (30') or less in width which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use. 9.11. Section 1 D is amended by adding after Subsection (17) there- street of the following: (17 a) "street" â&#x20AC;&#x201D; (See article 3.1.3.17.)

to 71, excluding Subsection C (1)

9.12. Table 1 A in Section 1 E is amended. 73. Ceiling Finishes, pages 74 to 78, id Subsection N (1) to (4) page 78. 3 to 80, excluding Subsection B (1) 1) to (4) and (6) page 79; Subsec) (3); Subsection F (1) to (3) page

"bedrooms located over crawl spaces". (b) By inserting after the new line quoted in Subsection (a) hereof in the last column the figure "30", and (c) By deleting the figure "30" after the word "bedrooms" and substituting the figure "40".

1 to 83, excluding Subsection B (3) absection I (1) to (5) page 83. ) 86, excluding Subsection D (1) to to (8) page 84 and 85; Subsection tbsection J; and Subsection K, page

9.13. Section 1 E (5) is struck out and the following is substituted: E (5) Design snow loads shall conform to the appropriate requirements in Section 4.1 of the National Building Code. 9.14. Table 2A, Room Heights, of Section 2 C is amended in the minimum heights column with respect to nonhabitable basement or cellar including laundry area therein by deleting the following "6 ft. 4 in under beams and laundry areas and in any location that would normally be used for passage to laundry and required storage areas" and substituted therefore is the following:

, Guards, pages 87 to 89, excluding 89 and 90, excluding Subsection A 39 and 90; and Subsection C (1) to ; 90 to 94, excluding the whole of

Floor loads

(a) By adding in the "Use of Floor Area" column between the line "living spaces other than bedrooms" and the following line "bedr000ms", the following new line namely:

7 ft. 6 in. except under beams and ducts which may have a minimum height of 6 ft. 4 in. 65

Snow loads

Room heights

Living, dining, kitchen and bedroom areas

9.15. Sections 2 D, 2 E, 2 F and 2 G are struck out and the following is substituted:

MINIMUM DEPT1

2 D "Room Sizes"

Foundations Cor Basements, Cella

Rooms used for living, eating or sleeping purposes shall have an area of not less than eighty square feet (80 sq. ft.). Kitchens shall have a superficial floor area of not less than fifty square feet (50 sq. ft.), superficial floor area being herein defined as clear floor space, exclusive of fixed or built-in cabinets or appliances. Bathrooms and water closets Access to roof

9.16. Section 2 K is struck out. 9.17. Section 2 0 (4) is amended by deleting the figures "25" in the first line and substituting therefor the figures "40".

Ladders

9.18. Section 2 0 (5) is amended by striking out the words "with a ladder permanently stored within 10 feet of the Hatchway".

Exits

9.19. Section 3 D 1 is amended by deleting the words "except as required in 2".

Double exits Sprinklers and openings in exterior walls

Separation of central heating plant

Type of Soil (1)

9.22. Section 4 F 15 and section 4 F 16 are struck out and the following is substituted:

(i) not more than two storeys in height. (ii) when serving not more than one dwelling unit. (b) In buildings of wood construction a one-hour fire separation may be used. 9.23. Section 4 0 (1) is struck out and the following is substituted:

9.24. Table 6A of Section 6 B is struck out and the following is substituted: 66

No limit

Silt

Below the depth Frost penetratio.

Clay or soils not clearly defined

4 ft. but not less the depth of fros tration (2)

9.25. Section 11 A (4) is an 32, "Heating" and substituting the The Edmonton Heating and Ventilz

(a) Such central heating plants may be used without the fire separation in buildings.

Minimum depths of foundations

No limit

Coarse grained soils

1. These soils may be identifie cription of Soil". Published by the Mechanics, National Research Coui 2. Depth of frost penetration having jurisdiction.

9.21. Section 4 E (4) is struck out and the following is substituted: 4 E (4) In every building sprinklers shall be provided, in every storey, basement or cellar when the floor area exceeds 1,500 sq. ft. and there is not provided at least 20 sq. ft. of opening entirely above grade in each 50 lin. ft. or fraction thereof of exterior wall in the storey or basement or cellar on at least one side of the building facing a public right-of-way. Openings shall have a minimum dimension of not less than 30 in. When openings in a storey, basement or cellar are provided on only one side, and the opposite wall of such storey, basement or cellar is more than 75 ft. from such openings, the storey, basement or cellar shall be provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system or openings as specified above, shall be provided on at least two sides of the exterior walls of the storey, basement or cellar.

0 (1) A fire alarm system shall be installed as required by Fire Bylaw No. 2500.

Rock

NOTES TO TABLE 6A

9.20. Section 3 D (2) is struck out.

4 F 15 Every boiler room or room containing a central heating plant using solid, liquid fuel or gas shall be separated from the remainder of the building by providing a fire separation of at least two hours, with the following exceptions:

Fire alarm system

Good Soil Draina at Least the Depl Frost Penetratioi

•

9.26. Section 15 A (2) is an end of the section: "and the Gas Bylaw of the City of 9.27. Section 17-D is struck m 9.28. Section 21 M with the e troughs, downspouts and roof drat ing is substituted. 21 M Roofs of all buildings drain to gutters and downspouts tors to carry the water down fron sewei; (see relevant Plumbing Byla vent overloading of the roof in case EXCEPTION: Accessory buildings not exceeding seven hundred and comply with the above. 9.29. Section 22 A (2) is am 23" and substituting therefor the w 9.30. Section 23 —Stucco — is substituted: Section 23 — Stucco. For stucco rec 9.31. Sections 24 A, B, C, D, 1 the following is substituted: Section 24 Interior Wall and Ceilin requirements see Part 12.

IP`

3, are struck out and the following

rig purposes shall have an area of ft.). Kitchens shall have a superquare feet (50 sq. ft.), superficial floor space, exclusive of fixed or

•

TABLE 6A MINIMUM DEPTHS OF FOUNDATIONS Foundations Containing Heated Basements, Cellars or Crawl Space

Type of Soil (1) Rock

by deleting the figures "25" in the gures "40".

by striking out the words "with a A of the Hatchway".

r deleting the words "except as re-

Good Soil Drainage to at Least the Depth of Frost Penetration (2)

Poor Soil Drainage

No limit

Below the depth of frost penetration (2)

Silt

Below the depth of Frost penetration (2)

Below the depth of frost penetration (2)

Clay or soils not clearly defined

4 ft. but not less than the depth of frost penetration (2)

Coarse grained soils

NOTES TO TABLE 6A

.t and the following is substituted: ihail be provided, in every storey, exceeds 1,500 sq. ft. and there is ng entirely above grade in each 50 wall in the storey or basement or [ding facing a public right-of-way. asion of not less than 30 in. When Ear are provided on only one side, )asement or cellar is more than 75 3ement or cellar shall be provided nguishing system or openings as at least two sides of the exterior 4 F 16 are struck out and the fol:ontaining a central heating plant ?, separated from the remainder of lion of at least two hours, with the tay be used without the fire separaeight. ne dwelling unit. tion a one-hour fire separation may ut and the following is substituted: nstalled as required by Fire Bylaw struck out and the following is sub-

1. These soils may be identified according to "Guide to the Field description of Soil". Published by the Associate Committee on Soil and Snow Mechanics, National Research Council. 2. Depth of frost penetration shall be as established by the authority having jurisdiction. 9.25. Section 11 A (4) is amended by deleting the words "Section 32, "Heating" and substituting the following: The Edmonton Heating and Ventilating Bylaw No. 3083.

Heating of crawl spaces

9.26. Section 15 A (2) is amended by adding the following at the end of the section: "and the Gas Bylaw of the City of Edmonton No. 2290 as amended." 9.27. Section 17-D is struck out. 9.28. Section 21 M with the exception of the heading, that is "Eavestroughs, downspouts and roof drains" is struck out in full and the following is substituted. 21 M Roofs of all buildings shall be constructed so that they will drain to gutters and downspouts which shall be connected with conductors to carry the water down from the roof and connected to the public sewer (see relevant Plumbing Bylaw). Overflows shall be installed to prevent overloading of the roof in case of excessive flooding. EXCEPTION: Accessory buildings having a horizontal projected roof area not exceeding seven hundred and fifty square feet (750 sq. ft.) need not comply with the above. 9.29. Section 22 A (2) is amended by deleting the words "Section 23" and substituting therefor the words "Part 12". 9.30. Section 23 —Stucco — is struck out in full and the following is substituted: Section 23 — Stucco. For stucco requirements see Part 12. 9.31. Sections 24 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and M are struck out and the following is substituted: Section 24 Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes. For Plaster and Wallboard requirements see Part 12.

Chimneys and flue pipes

Framing lumber Eavestroughs, downspouts and roof drains

Stucco

Stucco requirements Interior wall and ceiling finishes

Windows

10.2.2. ALLEY means any I fare twenty feet (20') or less bu which has been dedicated or deedE

9.32. Section 26 A 3 is struck out.

Courts

9.33. Section 26 D 4 is struck out.

Stair dimensions

9.34. Section 28 C 1 is struck out.

Risers

9.35. Section 28 B 3 is struck out and the following is substituted:

APPROVED PLASTIC MATE having jurisdiction has found to 1 for which it is offered and tests for plastic sign use.

28 B 3 At least two risers shall be provided for interior stairs except that a single riser is permitted between a floor level and an adjacent landing within a dwelling unit in other than main stairways. 1-landrails

9.36. Section 28 G 2 is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: The maximum number of handrails for any width of stair need only be the number calculated for the required width of the stair.

Ventilation

9.37. Section 31 Ventilation, is struck out in full.

Heating

9.38. Section 32 Heating, is struck out in full.

Elevators

Ceiling and floor joists in dwellings

AUTHORITY HAVING JURIS Inspector of Buildings or his regul 10.2.3. BUILDING INSPECT( 10.2.4. CLEARANCE means lowest point of the sign, sign stri sidewalk, roof or floor below. CLOTH SIGN means any sigr ing display constructed of cloth, frames.

9.39. Section 34 A is struck out and the following is substituted: The construction, inspection, maintenance and operation of elevators shall conform to the Provincial requirements. 9.40. Table 3B of Appendix "B" is amended by adding after the Head Note following the words "Houses Only", the following "See Table 1A". 9.41. All references to heating, ventilation, plumbing and gas contained in supplement No. 5 to the National Building Code of Canada are struck out with the intention that the construction and maintenance of all heating, ventilation, plumbing and gas structures and appliances shall be governed by the following City Bylaws, namely: The City of Edmonton Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Code, The Edmonton Plumbing Bylaw No. 2410, The Edmonton Gas Bylaw No. 2290, as amended from time to time.

COMBINATION SIGN means istics of two or more types of signs CURB LINE means the line street or roadway. In the absence lished by the City Engineer. 10.2.5. DISPLAY SURFACE sign structure for the purpose of i 10.2.6. EDMONTON BUILDE the Edmonton Building Bylaw. ELECTRIC SIGN means any s including signs illuminated by an E 10.2.7. FACIA SIGN means a the wall of a building or structure plane approximately parallel to t which exceed 6" in projection sh for Projecting Signs.

PART 10 SIGNS

10.2.8. GRADE (Ground Lev ground level surrounding the sign, five feet of a sidewalk, the groun walk.

The National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing is amended by adding the following part: Purpose and scope General

GROUND SIGN means a sign more uprights or poles, supported

SECTION 10.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE

10.2.9. No Definition.

10.1.1. The purpose of this part of the Bylaw is to provide minimum standards to safeguard life, health, property and public welfare by regulating and controlling the quality of materials, construction, location, and maintenance of all signs and sign structures excepting signs erected under the Traffic Bylaw to regulate and control traffic. This section applies to signs located within malls, but does not apply to other signs located within a building.

10.2.10. No Definition. 10.2.11. No Definition. 10.2.12. No Definition. 10.2.13. No Definition.

SECTION 10.2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS Definitions General

10.2.1. For the purpose of this part, certain abbreviations, terms, phrases, words and their derivatives shall be construed as specified in this Part. Words used in the singular include the plural, and the plural the singular. Words used in the masculine gender include the feminine, and the feminine the masculine. 68

10.2.14. MALL is an arcade, fully enclosed and used exclusive] .11

MARQUKK is a canopy or pe] attached to and supported by th( property.

â&#x20AC;˘ and the following is substituted:

ded for interior stairs except that )or level and an adjacent landing .1 stairways. Dy adding at the end thereof the

any width of stair need only be vidth of the stair. ck out in full.

out in full. and the following is substituted: and operation of elevators shall

10.2.2. ALLEY means any public space, public park, or thoroughfare twenty feet (20') or less but not less than ten feet (10') in width which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use. APPROVED PLASTIC MATERIAL means one which the authority having jurisdiction has found to be suitable functionally for the purpose for which it is offered and tested in accordance with C.S.A. Standards for plastic sign use. AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION means the City Architect and Inspector of Buildings or his regularly authorized Deputy. 10.2.3. BUILDING INSPECTOR (See Authority Having Jurisdiction). 10.2.4. CLEARANCE means the vertical distance measured from the lowest point of the sign, sign structure or display to the ground, grade, sidewalk, roof or floor below. CLOTH SIGN means any sign, banner, pennant, valance or advertising display constructed of cloth, canvas or other fabric with or without frames. COMBINATION SIGN means any sign which combines the characteristics of two or more types of signs.

is amended by adding after the s Only", the following "See Table

CURB LINE means the line at the face of the curb nearest to the street or roadway. In the absence of a curb, the curb line shall be established by the City Engineer.

mtilation, plumbing and gas conanal Building Code of Canada are )nstruction and maintenance of all 3tructures and appliances shall be namely: The City of Edmonton ng Code, The Edmonton Plumbing ylaw No. 2290, as amended from

10.2.5. DISPLAY SURFACE means the area made available by the sign structure for the purpose of displaying the advertising message.

SIGNS ..;'anada 1965, Second Printing is

10.2.6. EDMONTON BUILDING BYLAW means the latest edition of the Edmonton Building Bylaw. ELECTRIC SIGN means any sign containing electrical wiring, but not including signs illuminated by an exterior reflected light source. 10.2.7. FACIA SIGN means any sign attached to or erected against the wall of a building or structure, with the exposed face of the sign in a plane approximately parallel to the plane of the said wall. Facia Signs which exceed 6" in projection shall also comply with the requirements for Projecting Signs.

10.2.8. GRADE (Ground Level) means the average of the finished ground level surrounding the sign. In case signs are parallel to and within five feet of a sidewalk, the ground level shall be measured at the sidewalk.

GROUND SIGN means a sign which is wholly supported by one or more uprights or poles, supported by braces in or upon the ground. the Bylaw is to provide minimum perty and public welfare by reguLterials, construction, location, and ructures excepting signs erected and control traffic. This section but does not apply to other signs ,BREVIATIONS )art, certain abbreviations, terms, ;hall be construed as specified in include the plural, and the plural dine gender include the feminine,

10.2.9. No Definition. 10.2.10. No Definition. 10.2.11. No Definition. 10.2.12. No Definition. 10.2.13. No Definition. 10.2.14. MALL is an arcade, or roofed structure either partially or fully enclosed and used exclusively as a passageway between buildings. MARQUEE is a canopy or permanent structure which is roofed and attached to and supported by the building and projecting over public property. 69

In addition to the requirem the Engineering and Related Pro the authority having jurisdiction structure requires architectural i the plans and specifications shall or Professional Engineer, and, if ing jurisdiction, the construction out under the supervision of ai registered in the Province of Albe

10.2.15. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL means any material which will not ignite at, or below, a temperature of 1,200 degrees Fahrenheit during an exposure of five minutes, and which will not continue to burn or glow at that temperature. NONSTRUCTURAL TRIM means the molding, battens, caps, nailing strips, latticing, cutouts or letters and walkways which are attached to the sign structure. 10.2.16. No Definition. 10.2.17. PLASTIC MATERIAL (See Approved Plastic Material). POLE SIGN means a sign supported wholly by a non-braced pole, poles or uprights, in the ground and which are not a part of a building. PRIVATE PROPERTY. For the purpose of this Part the words "Private Property" shall include public parks. PROJECTION means the horizontal distance by which a sign extends over public property or beyond the building. PROJECTING SIGN means a sign which projects from and is supported by a wall of any building or structure. PYLON SIGN (See Pole Sign). 10.2.18. No Definition. 10.2.19. ROOF SIGN means a sign erected upon or above a roof or parapet of a building or structure. 10.2.20. SIGN means any medium including its structure and component parts, which is used or intended to be used to attract attention for commercial purposes, other than paint on the surface of a building. SIGN STRUCTURE means the supports, uprights, braces and framework of a sign. STRUCTURE means that which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner.

10.3.3. The following signs exceptions shall not be construed the responsibility of its erectior with the provisions of this Byla (a) The changing of the adve (1) a painted or printed sign (2) theatre marquees design(

(3) any similar sign specific; (b) Painting, repainting, or the changing of the advertising considered an erection or alterati a structural change is made. (c) Non-electric sign located not projecting over public proper'

(d) Non-electric signs ten si which are located more than seve ing over public property. (e) The removing of a sign purposes and re-erecting it in tilt are made to the sign.

10.2.21. TEMPORARY SIGN means any sign intended to be displayed for a limited period of time.

(f) Signs located within a Ma

10.3.4. SIGN PERMIT I( EE. having jurisdiction for each pern. be in accordance with the followin

10.2.22. No Definition. V

10.2.23. No Definition. 10.2.24. No Definition.

Permits, fees and inspections Permits Required

Temporary displays Application

Plans

TYPE OF SIGIi

1. (a) Electric signs less than 10 (b) Non-electric signs less tha

SECTION 10.3 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTION

10.3.1. No sign shall hereafter be erected, re-erected, constructed or altered except as provided by this Part and a permit for the same has been issued by the authority having jurisdiction. A separate sign permit shall be required for each sign. In addition, electrical permits shall be obtained for electric signs from the City of Edmonton Electrical Distribution System. EXCEPTION: The authority having jurisdiction may issue one sign permit for special temporary displays. (See Subsection 10.16.1.). 10.3.2. Application for a sign permit shall be made in writing upon forms furnished by the authority having jurisdiction. Such application shall contain the location by street and number of the proposed sign structure, as well as the name and address of the owner and the name and address of the sign contractor or erector. The authority having jurisdiction may require the filing of plans or other pertinent information where, in his opinion, such information is necessary to insure compliance with this Part. 70

2. (a) Signs over 25 feet in heig the base of the sign struc portion of the sign) (b) Signs over 500 sq. ft. in an 3. All other signs

*Area â&#x20AC;&#x201D;For the purpose of by multiplying the longest vertica tance of the display surface. (Seel

â&#x20AC;˘

Dimensions for signs having the outermost edges when the si

In the event of work being stE before a permit for such work ha shall be charged.

tIAL means any material which ire of 1,200 degrees Fahrenheit which will not continue to burn

â&#x20AC;˘

molding, battens, caps, nailing kways which are attached to the

Approved Plastic Material). 1 wholly by a non-braced pole, ch are not a part of a building. ose of this Part the words "Pri'f listance by which a sign extends ng. vhich projects from and is sup-

In addition to the requirements of the Alberta Architects Act and the Engineering and Related Professions Act, wherever, in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction, the construction of the proposed sign structure requires architectural or engineering skill or knowledge, then the plans and specifications shall be prepared and signed by an Architect or Professional Engineer, and, if deemed necessary by the authority having jurisdiction, the construction of such sign structure shall be carried out under the supervision of an Architect or a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Alberta.

Supervision by an architect or professional engineer

10.3.3. The following signs shall not require a sign permit. These exceptions shall not be construed as relieving the owner of the sign from the responsibility of its erection and maintenance, and its compliance with the provisions of this Bylaw or any other bylaw regulating signs:

Exceptions to p ermit requ i remen t

(a) The changing of the advertising copy or message on: (1) a painted or printed sign

Changing of message

(2) theatre marquees designed for replacement copy (3) any similar sign specifically designed for replacement copy.

erected upon or above a roof or

including its structure and cornto be used to attract attention nt on the surface of a building. )rts, uprights, braces and frame-

ailt or constructed, an edifice or Tork artificially built up or cornfinite manner.

(b) Painting, repainting, or cleaning of an advertising structure or the changing of the advertising copy or message thereon shall not be considered an erection or alteration which requires a sign permit unless a structural change is made.

Painting

Non-electric signs (height)

(d) Non-electric signs ten square feet (10 sq. ft.) or less in area, which are located more than seven feet (7') above grade and not projecting over public property.

Non-electric signs (area)

(e) The removing of a sign from a sign structure for maintenance purposes and re-erecting it in the same location provided no alterations are made to the sign.

Maintenance

(f) Signs located within a Mall.

any sign intended to be dis-

10.3.4. SIGN PERMIT FEE'. A fee shall be paid to the authority having jurisdiction for each permit required by this Part. Such fee shall be in accordance with the following table: TYPE OF SIGN

FEE

ISPECTION

1. (a) Electric signs less than 10 sq. ft in area* (b) Non-electric signs less than 50 sq. ft. in area*

$ 2.00

erected, re-erected, constructed rt and a permit for the same has isdiction. A separate sign permit ition, electrical permits shall be of Edmonton Electrical Distribu-

2. (a) Signs over 25 feet in height (measured from the base of the sign structure to the highest portion of the sign) (b) Signs over 500 sq. ft. in area*

$10.00

3. All other signs

$ 5.00

jurisdiction may issue one sign See Subsection 10.16.1.). it shall be made in writing upon ig jurisdiction. Such application d number of the proposed sign ress of the owner and the name ector. The authority having jurisor other pertinent information S necessary to insure compliance

Fees

*Area --For the purpose of this table, the area shall be determined by multiplying the longest vertical distance by the longest horizontal distance of the display surface. (See definitions.) Dimensions for signs having moving parts shall be calculated from the outermost edges when the sign or portion thereof is in motion.

In the event of work being started for which a sign permit is required before a permit for such work has been issued, double the required fees shall be charged.

Double fees

mit

Maintenance

Inspections

Removal

Rein spections

Insurance

Design and construction General design

Wind loadsâ&#x20AC;˘

Seismic loads Combined loads

10.3.5. All signs, whether existing or hereafter erected, together with all of their supports, braces, guys, and anchors shall be kept in repair and in proper state of preservation. The display surfaces of all such signs shall be kept painted or posted at all times. 10.3.6. All signs for which a permit is required shall be subject to inspections by the authority having jurisdiction. The authority having jurisdiction may order the removal of any sign that is not maintained in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 10.3.5. All signs, whether existing or hereafter erected, may be reinspected at the discretion of the authority having jurisdiction. 10.3.7. Whenever a sign or a sign structure or any part of a sign or sign structure is located or is projecting over a street or alley then it shall be the responsibility of the person who owns or leases the sign to provide adequate Public Liability and Property Damage insurance so that if injury is caused to persons or property upon a City street or alley directly, indirectly or incidentally by reason of the sign then the owner or lessee thereof will be in a position to make compensation should civil liability arise therefrom. SECTION 10.4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

10.4.1. (a) General. Signs and sign structures shall be designed and constructed to resist wind and seismic forces as specified in this Section. All bracing systems shall be designed and constructed to transfer lateral forces to the foundations. For signs on buildings the dead and lateral loads shall be transmitted through the structural frame of the building to the ground in such manner as not to overstress any of the elements thereof. The overturning moment produced from lateral forces shall in no case exceed two-thirds of the dead-load resisting moment. Uplift due to overturning shall be adequately resisted by proper anchorage to the ground or to the structural frame of the building. The weight of earth super-imposed over footings may be used in determining the dead-load resisting moment. Such earth shall be carefully placed and thoroughly compacted. (b) Wind Loads. For the purpose of design, and except for roof signs and combination signs, wind pressure shall be taken upon the gross area of the vertical projection of all signs and sign structures are not less than 15 pounds per square foot for those portions less than sixty feet (60') above the ground, and at not less than 20 pounds per square foot for those portions more than sixty feet (60') above the ground. Wind pressure upon roof signs and combination signs and-their supports shall be taken at not less than 30 pounds per square foot of the gross area of the plane surface, acting in any direction. In calculating wind pressure on curved surfaces such as cylindrical or spherical signs or sign structures, this pressure shall be assumed to act on six-tenths of the projected area. In all open frame signs or sign structures the area used in computing wind pressure shall be one and one-half times the net area of the framing members exposed to the wind. (c) Seismic Loads. Signs and sign structures shall be designed and constructed to resist seismic forces as specified in Part 4 of this Bylaw. (d) Combined boads. Wind and seismic loads need not be combined in the design of signs or sign strucutres; only that loading producing the larger stresses need be used. Vertical design loads, except roof live loads, shall be assumed to be acting simultaneously with the wind or seismic loads. 72

â&#x20AC;˘

(e) Allowable Stresses. The steel members shall conform to th Loads, both vertical and horizonta stresses exceeding those specified i The working stresses of wire i 25 per cent of the ultimate strengti

Working stresses for wind ( loads may be increased as specified 10.4.2. (a) Supports and Con sign structures shall be placed in be securely built, constructed, an, quirements of this Bylaw. (b) Materials. Materials of co shall be of the quality and grade ; In all signs and sign structu struction shall, in the absence of the following: 1. Structural steel shall be of of this Bylaw. Secondary members the display surface, may be form members are designed in accordan of light gauge steel as specified shall be galvanized. Secondary mei display surface, shall be not less not formed integrally with the disi the secondary members shall be N hot-rolled steel members furnishii one-fourth inch (1/4 "). Steel pipes with Part 4 of this Bylaw. Steel galvanized bolt provided the co] stresses in the members. 2. Anchors and supports when within six inches (6") of the soil, specie or shall be pressure-treated (c) Restrictions on Combustil tures erected in the fire zone shal bustible materials. (d) The following may be of combination thereof: , Non-structural trim. 2: Signs and sign structures grade.

3. Signs located within the fu the following. i. does not exceed 300 square fi ii. does not exceed a four-incl when a facia sign, and iii.' When attached to a wall o between the wall and the sign sh; ceeding 8 feet in any direction, and iv. the sign does not cover a/ come within six inches of a wall horizontally.

or hereafter erected, together and anchors shall be kept in reThe display surfaces of all such times. is required shall be subject to iction. y order the removal of any sign th the provisions of Subsection

•

(e) Allowable Stresses. The design of masonry, wood, concrete, or steel members shall conform to the requirements of Part 4 of this Bylaw. Loads, both vertical and horizontal, exerted on the soil shall not produce stresses exceeding those specified in Part 4 of this Bylaw, The working stresses of wire rope and its fastenings shall not exceed 25 per cent of the ultimate strength of the rope or fasteners. Working stresses for wind or seismic loads combined with dead loads may be increased as specified in Part 4 of this Bylaw.

ter erected, may be reinspected arisdiction. ructure or any part of a sign or ; over a street or alley theif it who owns or leases the sign td )perty Damage insurance so that rty upon a City street or alley tson of the sign then the owner make compensation should civil

10.4.2. (a) Supports and Construction. The supports for all signs or sign structures shall be placed in or upon private property only and shall be securely built, constructed, and erected in conformance with the requirements of this Bylaw.

Supports and construction

(b) Materials. Materials of construction for signs and sign structures shall be of the quality and grade}as specified for buildings in this Bylaw.

Materials

In all signs and sign structures the materials and details of construction shall, in the absence of specified requirements, conform with the following: 1. Structural steel shall be of such quality as to conform with Part 4 of this Bylaw. Secondary members in contact with, or directly supporting the display surface, may be formed of light gauge steel provided such members are designed in accordance with the specifications of the design of light gauge steel as specified in Part 4 of this Bylaw and in addition shall be galvanized. Secondary members, when formed integrally with the display surface, shall be not less than No. 24 gauge in thickness. When not formed integrally with the display surface, the minimum thickness of the secondary members shall be No. 12 gauge. The minimum thickness of hot-rolled steel members furnishing structure support for signs shall be one-fourth inch (1/4 "). Steel pipes shall be of such quality as to conform with Part 4 of this Bylaw. Steel members may be connected with one galvanized bolt provided the connection is adequate to transfer the stresses in the members. 2. Anchors and supports when of wood and embedded in the soil, or within six inches (6") of the soil, shall be of all heartwood of a durable specie or shall be pressure-treated with an approved preservative.

:TION structures shall be designed and Imes as specified in this Section. d constructed to transfer lateral buildings the dead and lateral tructural frame of the building overstress any of the elements

from lateral forces shall in no resisting moment. Uplift due to .d by proper anchorage to the e building. The weight of earth 11 in determining the dead-load carefully placed and thoroughly design, and except for roof signs all be taken upon the gross area sign structures are not less than rtions less than sixty feet (60') 20 pounds per square foot for above the ground. combination signs and their suppounds per square foot of the in any direction. In calculating cylindrical or spherical signs or ;umed to act on six-tenths of the or sign structures the area used and one-half times the net area incl. tructures shall be designed and pecified in Part 4 of this Bylaw. mic loads need not be combined only that loading producing the ye loads, shall be assumed to be ismic loads.

Allowable stresses

(c) Restrictions on Combustible Materials. All signs and sign structures erected in the fire zone shall have structural members of noncombustible materials.

•

Structural steel

Anchors and supports

Combustible materials

(d) The following may be of wood, metal, approved plastics, or any Permitted use of wood combination thereof: 1. Non-structural trim. 2. Signs and sign structures not exceeding seven feet (7') above grade. 3. Signs located within the fire zone when each sign complies with the following. i. does not exceed 300 square feet in area, and ii. does not exceed a four-inch projection from the face of the wall • when a facia sign, and when attached to a wall of combustible construction, the space between the wall and the sign shall be fire-stopped at intervals not exceeding 8 feet in any direction, and iv. the sign does not cover any openings in the wall and does not come within six inches of a wall opening measured either vertically or horizontally. 73

•

Anchorage

Display surfaces

4. Primary upright structural members of Pole and Ground Signs located in the fire zone may be of wood not less than six inches in their least dimension.

(e) Anchorage. Members supporting unbraced signs shall be so proportioned that the bearing loads imposed on the soil in either direction, horizontal or vertical, shall not exceed the safe values. Braced ground signs shall be anchored to resist the specified wind or seismic load acting in any direction. Anchors and supports shall be designed for safe bearing loads on the soil and for an effective resistance to pull-out amounting to a force 25 per cent greater than the required resistance to overturning. Anchors and supports shall penetrate to a depth below ground greater than that of the frost line.

(d) No portion of any sign o closer than five feet (5') from the the roof if no parapet exists.

Portable ground signs supported by frames or posts rigidly attached to the base shall be so proportioned that the weight and size of the base will be adequate to resist the wind pressure specified in Part 4 of this Bylaw. Signs attached to masonry, concrete, or steel shall be safely and securely fastened thereto by means of metal anchors, bolts or approved expansion screws of sufficient size and anchorage to support safely the loads applied. No wood blocks or plugs or anchors with wood used in connection with screws or nails shall be considered proper anchorage, except in the case of signs attached to wood framing. (f) Display Surfaces. Display surfaces in all types of signs may be made of metal, glass or approved plastics, in accordance with the area limitations set forth in Table 10.4.A. TABLE 10.4.A. SIZE, THICKNESS AND TYPE OF GLASS PANELS IN SIGNS

MAXIMUM SIZE OF EXPOSED GLASS PANEL ANY DIMENSION in Inches

Over

AREA in Square Inches 500 700 3,600 Over 3,600

1VIINIMUM THICKNESS OF GLASS in Inches 1/8 3/16 1/4 1/4

Type of Glass

Plain, Plate or Wired Plain, Plate or Wired Plain, Plate or Wired Wired Glass

General

10.5.1. (a) The requirements set forth in this Sec. 10.5. shall apply to all signs governed by this Bylaw.

Dimensions and Clearances

(b) For the purpose of determining required clearances, dimensions shall be from the closest portion of any sign or part thereof whether stationary or moving.

Obstructions

10.5.2. (a) No sign or sign structure shall be located in such a manner that any portion of its surface or supports will obstruct or interfere in any way vfith the free use of any fire escape, exit, stand-pipe, firefighting access panel or any other similar requirement of this code. (b) No sign or portion thereof shall obstruct any window or ventilator to such an extent that any light or ventilation is reduced to a point below that as required by this or any other bylaw. 74

(2) They do not exceed fifty are provided with five feet (5') ol any length with five feet (5') of oi members between the bottom of ti face if no parapet exists. (e) No portion of any sign oi have a clearance of less than 8'-0" (1) The sign projects over or opinion of the authority having ju used for pedestrian travel; (2) The sign projects over oi comes a passageway after the sli shall be altered to make it comply: SECTION 10.6 POLE SIGNS

10.6.1. General. Pole signs sh signed as provided in Section 10.4.

SECTION 10.5 GENERAL

Location

EXCEPTIONS: Signs or sign hibited in Sentence (d) provided: (1) The distance measured v top of the sign or sign structure

10.6.2. All supports of pole si erty and shall be securely built. 10.6.3. The clearance and pr shall apply when the sign is located (a) The sign projects over pub

(b) The sign projects over or opinion of the authority having ju3 used for pedestrian travel; (c) The sign projects over or comes a passageway after the sign be altered to make it comply for pr. SECTION 10.7 GROUND SIGNS

10.7.1. Ground signs shall be signed as provided in Section 10.4. 10.7.2. All supports of groun property and shall be securely built

10.7.3. The clearance and pr. shall apply when the sign is located (a) The sign projects over pub

bers of Pole and Ground Signs not less than six inches in their

(c) All signs shall be so located as to maintain all -clearances from underground or overhead electric, power and service lines in compliance with all relevant Municipal, Provincial and Federal regulations.

Clearances from Service Lines

ag unbraced signs shall be so )osed on the soil in either direcexceed the safe values. Braced st the specified wind or seismic id supports shall be designed for n effective resistance to pull-out r than the required resistance to all penetrate to a depth below

(d) No portion of any sign or sign structure shall be located on or closer than five feet (5') from the parapet wall or from the outer edge of the roof if no parapet exists.

Clearance from Roof Edge

EXCEPTIONS: Signs or sign structures may be located where prohibited in Sentence (d) provided: (1) The distance measured vertically from the roof surface to the top of the sign or sign structure does not exceed three feet (3'). (or) (2) They do not exceed fifty lineal feat measured horizontally and are provided with five feet (5') of unobstructed space at each end, or of any length with five feet (5') of open space other than vertical structural members between the bottom of the sign and the parapet or the roof surface if no parapet exists.

r frames or posts rigidly attached Lt the weight and size of the base ssure specified in Part 4 of this

te, or steel shall be safely and metal anchors, bolts or approved anchorage to support safely the

(e) No portion of any sign or sign structure located in a Mall shall have a clearance of less than 8'-0" when:

rs with wood used in connection 1 proper anchorage, except in the

(1) The sign projects over or is located above any area which in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction is a passageway, designed or used for pedestrian travel;

Lees in all types of signs may be tics, in accordance with the area

(2) The sign projects over or is located above any area which becomes a passageway after the sign is erected, in which case the sign shall be altered to make it comply for clearance.

:KNESS AND TYPE .S IN SIGNS

rir

.I1VIUM

EICKiS OF ASS :riches

L/8 1/16 L/4 1/4

Type of Glass

Plain, Plate or Wired Plain, Plate or Wired Plain, Plate or Wired Wired Glass

Pole Signs

10.6.1. General. Pole signs shall be constructed of materials and designed as provided in Section 10.4.

General

10.6.2. All supports of pole signs shall be placed upon private property and shall be securely built.

Supports

10.6.3. The clearance and projection as set forth in Table 10.5.A. shall apply when the sign is located as follows:

Projection and Clearance

(b) The sign projects over or is located above any area which in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction is a passageway, designed or used for pedestrian travel;

g required clearances, dimensions ny sign or part thereof whether :ture shall be located in such a or supports will obstruct or intery fire escape, exit, stand-pipe, firetr requirement of this code. 11 obstruct any window or ventilaventilation is reduced to a point ter bylaw.

SECTION 10.6 POLE SIGNS

(a) The sign projects over public property;

:orth in this Sec. 10.5. shall apply

Projection and Clearance in Malls

Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel Area

(c) The sign projects over or is located above any area which becomes a passageway after the sign is erected, in which case the sign shall be altered to make it comply for projection and clearance.

Above Passageways

SECTION 10.7 GROUND SIGNS

Ground Signs

10.7.1. Ground signs shall be constructed of any materials and designed as provided in Section 10.4.

General

10.7.2. All supports of ground signs shall be placed upon private property and shall be securely built.

Supports

10.7.3. The clearance and projection as set forth in Table 10.5.A. shall apply when the sign is located as follows:

Projection and Clearance

(a) The sign projects over public property; 75

Over Public Property

Above Pedestrian Travel

(b) The sign projects over or is located above any area which in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction is a passageway, designed or used for pedestrian travel;

(b) The sign projects over or opinion of the authority having ju used for pedestrian travel;

Above Passageways

(c) The sign projects over or is located above any area which becomes a passageway after the sign is erected, in which case the sign shall be altered to make it comply for projection and clearance.

TABLE 10.5.A. PROJECTION AND CLEARANCE OF SIGNS

SECTION 10.10 PROJECTING SIG

CLEARANCE Less than 8'-0" 8'-0" to 12'-0" More than 12'-0"

MAXIMUM PROJECTION Not permitted Not to exceed % of distance from property line to curb line The horizontal distance from the closest point of the sign to the curb shall be no less than 12".

10.10.1. Projecting signs sha signed as provided in Section 10.4.

10.10.2. The clearance and p shall apply when the sign is locatec (a) The sign projects over pul (b) The sign projects over or opinion of the authority having ju used for pedestrian travel;

No sign or sign structure shall project into any public alley whatsoever, below a height of fourteen feet (14') above grade, nor more than nine inches (9") when over fourteen feet (14').

Roof Signs

SECTION 10.8 ROOF SIGNS

General

10.8.1. Roof signs shall be constructed of materials and designed as provided in Section 10.4.

Anchoring to Building

10.8.2. Roof signs shall be thoroughly secured and anchored to the frame of the building over which they are constructed and erected.

Projection and Clearance

10.8.3. (a) The clearance and projection as set forth in Table 10.5.A. shall apply when the sign is located as follows:

Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel

10.11.1. Combination signs sh signed as provided in Section 10.4. 10.11.2. All supports of combl private property and shall be secur 10.11.3. The clearance and p shall apply when the sign is located

(i) The sign projects over public property;

(a) The sign projects over put (b) The sign projects over or opinion of the authority having jui used for pedestrian travel;

(ii) The sign projects over or is located above any area which in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction is a passageway, designed or

used for pedestrian travel;

Above Passageway

(iii) The sign projects over or is located above any area which becomes a passageway after the sign is erected, in which case the sign shall be altered to make it comply for projection and clearance.

Clearance and Access

(b) Clearance and Access. Passage clear of all obstructions shall be left under or around, and immediately adjacent to, all signs exceeding a height of four feet (4') above the roof thereunder. Such passages shall be not less than three feet (3') wide and four feet (4') high and shall be at parapet or roof level.

Passage or Access for Roof Signs

SECTION 10.11 COMBINATION SI

(c) The sign projects over or comes a passageway after the sign be altered to make it comply for p tion 10.5.). The individual sections of thi facia, pole and marquee signs shal corporating any or all of the afores/

There shall be one such passage or access opening as follows: SECTION 10.12 MARQUEE SIGNS

1. For each roof sign upon a building.

10.12.1. Signs may be placed marquee. Such signs shall, for th clearance, height and material, be the requirements of Table 10.5.A. a/

2. An access opening for every fifty lineal feet (50') of horizontal roof sign extension. (Also see Section 10.5.). Facia Signs General Projection and Clearance Over Public Property

SECTION 10.9 FACIA SIGNS

10.9.1. Facia signs shall be constructed of materials and designed as provided in Section 10.4. 10.9.2. The clearance and projection as set forth in Table 10.5.A. shall apply when the sign is located as follows: (a) The sign projects over public property; 76

SECTION 10.13 ELECTRIC SIGNS

â&#x20AC;˘

10.13.1. Electric signs shall t terials, except approved plastics m not included in this Bylaw and ti work shall be obtained from the Ci System.

ted above any area which in the ion is a passageway, designed or

(b) The sign projects over or is located above any area which in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction is a passageway, designed or used for pedestrian travel;

ated above any area which beted, in which case the sign shall n and clearance.

(c) The sign projects over or is located above an'y area which becomes a passageway after the sign is erected, in which case the sign shall be altered to make it comply for projection and clearance.

I CLEARANCE OF SIGNS

SECTION 10.10 PROJECTING SIGNS

ECTION

10.10.1. Projecting signs shall be constructed of materials and designed as provided in Section 10.4.

of distance from property line

10.10.2. The clearance and projection as set forth in Table 10.5.A. shall apply when the sign is located as follows:

stance from the closest point of rb shall be no less than 12".

(a) The sign projects over public property; (b) The sign projects over or is located above any area which in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction is a passageway, designed or used for pedestrian travel;

act into any public alley whatso4') above grade, nor more than (14').

ted of materials and designed as

ijection as set forth in Table td as follows: iperty;

Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel

Combination Signs General

10.11.2. All supports of combination signs shall be placed in or upon private property and shall be securely built.

Supports

10.11.3. The clearance and projection as set forth in Table 10.5.A. shall apply when the sign is located as follows:

Projection and Clearance

(c) The sign projects over or is located above any area which becomes a passageway after the sign is erected, in which case, the sign shall be altered to make it comply for projection and clearance. (Also see Section 10.5.).

clear of all obstructions shall be tdjacent to, all signs exceeding a tereunder. Such passages shall be iur feet (4') high and shall be at

Projection and Clearance

SECTION 10.11 COMBINATION SIGNS

(b) The sign projects over or is located above any area which in the opinion of the authority having jurisdiction is a passageway, designed or used for pedestrian travel;

ocated above any area which bected, in which case the sign shall )n and clearance.

Projecting Signs General

Above Passageways

(a) The sign projects over public property;

ated above any area which in the ion is a passageway, designed or

Above Passageways

(c) The sign projects over or is located above any area which becomes a passageway after the sign is erected, in which case the sign shall be altered to make it comply for projection and clearance.

10.11.1. Combination signs shall be constructed of materials and designed as provided in Section 10.4.

hly secured and anchored to the are constructed and erected.

Above • Pedestrian Travel

Over Public Property Above Pedestrian Travel Above Passageways

The individual sections of this Bylaw for roof, projecting, ground, facia, pole and marquee signs shall be applied for combination signs incorporating any or all of the aforesaid requirements.

tccess opening as follows: SECTION 10.12 MARQUEE SIGNS

• y lineal feet (50') of horizontal 5.).

2ted

of materials and designed as

on as set forth in Table 10.5.A. llows: •operty;

10.12.1. Signs may be placed on, attached to, or constructed in a marquee. Such signs shall, for the purpose of determining projection, clearance, height and material, be considered a part of and shall meet the requirements of Table 10.5.A. and Section 10.4. SECTION 10.13 ELECTRIC SIGNS

•

10.13.1. Electric signs shall be constructed of noncombustible materials, except approved plastics may be used. Electrical work of signs is not included in this Bylaw and the regulations pertaining to any such work shall be obtained from the City of Edmonton Electrical Distribution System. 77

Marquee Signs General

Electric Signs General

Temporary Signs Area Limitation Time Period Limitation

SECTION 10.14 TEMPORARY SIGNS

10.14.1. No temporary sign shall exceed five hundred square feet (500 sq. ft.) in area. Temporary signs may remain in place for a period not exceeding four months from the date of the issuance of the sign permit unless otherwise authorized by the authority having jurisdiction.

Projection Over Public Property

Temporary signs, other than cloth, when eight feet (8') or more above the grade, may project not more than six inches (6") over public property or beyond the building line. No projection is permitted over public property or beyond the building or property line when the clearance above the grade is less than eight feet (8').

Building Line

For the purpose of this section, the exterior face of an approved hoarding shall mean the building line.

Cloth Signs

SECTION 10.15 CLOTH SIGNS

Support

(b) Cloth signs may extend over public property only by permission of the authority having jurisdiction and shall be subject to all related bylaws. Such signs, when extended over a street, shall maintain a minimum clearance of twenty feet (20').

Special Temporary Displays

SECTION 10.16 SPECIAL TEMPORARY DISPLAYS

10.16.1. Regardless of any other requirements in this Bylaw, the authority having jurisdiction may at his discretion, issue a sign permit for special temporary displays.

PART 11 PROVISIONAL OCCUPANCY OF PUBLIC PROPERTY

(ix) Marquees; and (x) Movable awnings and hoc (xi) Other architectural proj. to (viii) hereof. (b) below a highway or publi. (3) All structures overhangir other than the structures mention City Council pursuant to Section 11.2. Before the issue of an: tion of a structure described in owner of the land from which thc highway or public place will duly having jurisdiction an agreement the following: (a) that the owner and his su the privilege granted pay an anni (i) for a structural projectio annual sum of five cents (50) per with a minimum annual charge of ' (ii) for a structural projectiot the annual sum of Twenty-five cen occupied with a minimum annual

10.15.1 (a) Support. Every cloth sign shall be properly supported.

Projection and Clearance Over Public Property

Permit

â&#x20AC;˘

(b) that the annual rental ft deemed to be part of the taxes of tenant and the provisions of the T.

(c) that the owner and his s indemnify the City in full again; reason of the existence of the pri any extra expense to which the Ci granted, particularly, with respect on the highway or public place.

(d) that the owner will proi work projects into a highway or pu

The National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, is amended by adding the following Part:

(e) that the terms and condit covenants running with the said la]

Projections Beyond Property Lines

11.1. (1) Subject to Part 10 (Signs) of this Bylaw and subject to the exceptions set out in this part no structure or any part thereof or any appendage thereto shall project beyond the property line of the building site beneath, on, or above any highway or public place.

(f) that the City shall have ti land in order to inform any persor the nature and extent of the agre ance ?f the said agreement.

Overhangs and Excavations

(2) The authority having jurisdiction is hereby authorized to grant the privilege of erecting a structure overhanging a highway or public place and/or of excavating and placing a structure under a highway or public place but with respect only to the structures or appendages hereinafter described: (a) above a highway or public place the following: (i) Oriel windows; (ii) Balconies; (iii) Unroofed porches; (iv) Cornices; (v) Belt courses; (vi) Water tables; (vii) Capitals; (viii) Bases; 78

(g) that the owner will pay th

11.3. Those structures refern hereof, excepting (ix) and (x), r place a distance determined by ti projection above the grade immedi (a) Where the clearance abo% projection is permitted. (b) Where the clearance is ei jection is permitted for each addi no such projection shall extend ov in excess of four feet (4'). 11.4. (1) For the purpose of any object or decoration attached

cceed five hundred square feet

for a period not exceeding four he sign permit unless otherwise ction. when eight feet (8') or more han six inches (6") over public )rojection is permitted over pubroperty line when the clearance e exterior face of an approved

gn shall be properly supported.

blic property only by permission shall be subject to all related byareet, shall maintain a minimum DISPLAYS

.equirements in this Bylaw, the s discretion, issue a sign permit

L OCCUPANCY OF )PERTY

(ix) Marquees; and (x) Movable awnings and hoods; (xi) Other architectural projections similar to those described in (i) to (viii) hereof. (b) below a highway or public place, footings only. (3) All structures overhanging or under a highway or public place other than the structures mentioned in this section must be approved by City Council pursuant to Section 289 of the City Act. â&#x20AC;˘ 11.2. Before the issue of any building permit authorizing the erection of a structure described in Section 11.1. subsection (2) hereof, the owner of the land from which the structure will project over or under a highway or public place will duly execute and deposit with the authority having jurisdiction an agreement with the City of Edmonton containing the following:

City Council Approval Required

(a) that the owner and his successor in title to the said land shall for the privilege granted pay an annual rental determined as follows: (i) for a structural projection above a highway or public place the annual sum of five cents (50) per square foot per floor for space occupied with a minimum annual charge of Ten Dollars ($10.00). (ii) for a structural projection at or below a highway or public place the annual sum of Twenty-five cents (250) per square foot for space to be occupied with a minimum annual charge of Ten Dollars ($10.00).

Fees

(b) that the annual rental for the privilege shall be added to and deemed to be part of the taxes of the adjacent land to which it is appurtenant and the provisions of the Tax Recovery Act are applicable thereto.

Rental Fee Part of Taxes

(c) that the owner and his successor in title to the said land shall indemnify the City in full against any claim for damage sustained by reason of the existence of the privilege and will indemnify the City for any extra expense to which the City may be put because of the privilege granted, particularly, with respect to the construction of any City work on the highway or public place.

Claims for Damages

Agreement Required Before Issuance of Building Permit

(d) that the owner will properly backfill and compact where the work projects into a highway or public place.

Backfilling

inada 1965, Second Printing, is

(e) that the terms and conditions of the agreement shall be deemed covenants running with the said land.

Covenants

is) of this Bylaw and subject to ucture or any part thereof or any the property line of the building public place. on is hereby authorized to grant verhanging a highway or public a structure under a highway or e structures or appendages here-

(f) that the City shall have the right to file a Caveat against the said land in order to inform any person dealing with the said land concerning the nature and extent of the agreement and in order to secure performance of the said agreement.

the following:

(g) that the owner will pay the cost of filing the Caveat. 11.3. Those structures referred to in Section 11.1 (2) (a) (i) to (xi) hereof, excepting (ix) and (x), may project over a highway or public place a distance determined by the clearance of the lowest point of the projection above the grade immediately below the structure. (a) Where the clearance above grade is less than eight feet (8'), no projection is permitted. (b) Where the clearance is eight feet (8'), or over, one inch of projection is permitted for each additional inch of clearance, provided that no such projection shall extend over a highway or public place a distance in excess of four feet (4'). 11.4. (1) For the purpose of this section a marquee shall include any object or decoration attached to or made a part of said marquee.

Caveats

Cost of Caveat Measurement from Lowest Point of Projection

Minimum Clearance Maximum Projection

Marquees

â&#x20AC;˘

Clearance from Curb Line

(2) (a) The horizontal clearance between a marquee and the curb line shall be not less than two feet (2').

Height Based on Projection

(b) A marquee projecting more than two-thirds of the distance from the property line to the curb line shall be not less than twelve feet (12') above the ground or pavement below.

Minimum Height Above Ground

(c) A marquee projecting two-thirds or less, than the distance from the property line to the curb line shall be not less than eight feet (8') above the ground or pavement below.

Thickness

(3) The maximum heights or thickness of a marquee measured vertically from its lowest to its highest point shall not exceed three feet (3') when the marquee projects more than two-thirds of the distance from the property line to the curb line and shall not exceed nine feet (9') when the marquee is two-thirds or less, than the distance from the property line to the curb line.

(3) Whenever pursuant to th permits any structure or appenda under a highway or public plac structure or appendage shall obta. insurance so that if injury is cau5 way or public place directly, indi projecting structure or appendag to make adequate compensation s

The National Building Cod( amended by adding the following

PART 12 PLASTER It is proposed to insert a ne

(4) A marquee shall be supported entirely from the building and constructed as specified in Part 3 under Types of Construction and shall be of noncombustible material or of not less than one-hour fire-resistance construction.

BOARD" as follows:

Roof Construction

(5) (a) The roof of a marquee or any part thereof may be a skylight provided wire glass of not less than one-fourth inch (1/4 " ) thickness and with no single pane more than eighteen inches (18") wide is used.

SECTION 12.1 GENERAL

Drainage

(b) Every roof and skylight of a marquee shall be sloped to downspouts which shall be connected to the public sewer. (See Relevant Plumbing Bylaw.)

Location Prohibited

(6) Every marquee shall be so located as not to interfere with or obstruct:

Construction

(a) the operation of any exterior standpipe,

Lathing, plastering, and insta. manner and with the materials sj for fire protection shall also comi of this code. No plaster shall be spected by the authority having holes be made in the wall for thf and proportioning of plaster, pro fled twenty-four (24) hours in ad,

(b) the passage of stairways,

SECTION 12.2 STUCCO

SUBSECTION 12.2.1. GENERAL

(d) the installation or maintenance of any City utility. Movable awnings or movable hoods Projection From Nearest Curb Height Above Ground

General

Measurement of Projection Projections into Alleys

Projection of Doors

LATHING, PLASTERING AND II

11.5. (1) Movable awnings or movable hoods may have combustible coverings supported on noncombustible frames attached to the building. (2) Such movable awning or movable hood may extend over a highway not more than two-thirds the distance from the property line to the nearest curb. (3) The lowest part of any frame of a movable awning or movable hood shall be not less than eight feet (8') above the ground or pavement immediately below, and the lowest part of any fringe attached to such awning or hood shall be not less than seven feet (7') above the ground or pavement immediately below. 11.6. (1) Structures mentioned in this part shall be constructed of those materials and with the types of construction specified in Part 3. (2) The projection of any structure or appendage into a highway or public place shall be the distance measured horizontally from the property line to the outermost point of the projection. (3) Excepting a curb or buffer block, no part of any structure or appendage thereto shall project into any alley. A curb or buffer block shall not project into an alley more than nine inches (9") and shall not exceed a height of nine inches (9") above grade. (4) Doors either fully opened or when opening shall not project beyond a property line into a highway, public place or alley. 80

12.2.1.1. Sheathing shall be wood frame construction except horizontal surfaces such as soffits, covered with breather type asphalt 12.2.1.2. Stucco lath or reinf( applied over wood frame constrt where the masonry is soft burned stucco or if the masonry surfact rough to provide a good key. Stuci be reinforced. 12.2.1.3. Stucco finish shall one month old. 12.2.1.4. Stucco shall beat lea

12.2.1.5. Flashing for stucco 5 No. 5 of the National Building Cod( 12.2.2. Stucco Materials 12.22.1 Portland Cement slu "Portland Cements". 12.2.2.2. Aggregate shall be ( manufactured from crushed stone, and shall contain no significant a gate grading shall conform to Tabt

(5) Whenever pursuant to this Part the authority having jurisdiction permits any structure or appendage referred to herein to project over or under a highway or public place, the person who owns or leases the structure or appendage shall obtain Public Liability and Property Damage insurance so that if injury is caused to any person or property on a highway or public place directly, indirectly or incidentally by reason of such projecting structure or appendage then the owner or lessee will be able to make adequate compensation should civil liability arise therefrom.

3tween a marquee and the curb a two-thirds of the distance from )e not less than twelve feet (12') s or less, than the distance from be not less than eight feet (8') ess of a marquee measured verti, shall not exceed three feet (3') ,'o-thirds of the distance from the not exceed nine feet (9') when Le distance from the property One

The National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing, is amended by adding the following Part:

PART 12 PLASTERING AND WALLBOARD entirely from the building and Types of Construction and shall less than one-hour fire-resistance

LATHING, PLASTERING AND INSTALLATION OF WALLBOARD

larquee shall be sloped to downIblic sewer. (See Relevant Plumb-

indpipe,

of any City utility. able hoods may have combustible frames attached to the building. )le hood may extend over a highnce from the property line to the

of a movable awning or movable 1') above the ground or pavement â&#x20AC;˘-t of any fringe attached to such seven feet (7') above the ground

this part shall be constructed of :onstruction specified in Part 3. 3 or appendage into a highway or slued horizontally from the prop-ojection. ock, no part of any structure or ny alley. A curb or buffer block an nine inches (9") and shall not Ie grade. when opening shall not project ublic place or alley.

Plastering and Wallboard

It is proposed to insert a new Part 12 "PLASTERING AND WALLBOARD" as follows:

any part thereof may be a skyone-fourth inch (1/4 " ) thickness hteen inches (18") wide is used.

ated as not to interfere with or

Public Liability and Property Damage

â&#x20AC;˘

SECTION 12.1 GENERAL

General

Lathing, plastering, and installation of wallboard shall be done in the manner and with the materials specified in this Part, and when required for fire protection shall also comply with any other applicable provisions of this code. No plaster shall be applied until the lathing has been inspected by the authority having jurisdiction, who may require that test holes be made in the wall for the purpose of determining the thickness and proportioning of plaster, provided the permit holder has been notified twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the time of making such tests.

Application and Tests

SECTION 12.2 STUCCO

Stucco

SUBSECTION 12.2.1. GENERAL

General

12.2.1.1. Sheathing shall be installed beneath stucco applied over wood frame construction except that the sheathing may be omitted on horizontal surfaces such as soffits, carport ceilings, etc. Sheathing shall be covered with breather type asphalt sheathing paper or felt.

Sheathing

12.2.1.2. Stucco lath or reinforcing shall be provided to attach stucco Stucco Lath or applied over wood frame construction or to attach stucco to masonry Reinfoi rcng where the masonry is soft burned tile or brick of less strength than the stucco or if the masonry surface is not sound, clean and sufficiently rough to provide a good key. Stucco applied over masonry chimneys shall' be reinforced. 12.2.1.3. Stucco finish shall not be applied over masonry less than one month old. 12.2.1.4. Stucco shall beat least 8 in. above finished grade. 12.2.1.5. Flashing for stucco shall conform to Section 22, Supplement No. 5 of the National Building Code 1965 Edition. 12.2.2, Stucco Materials 12.2.2.1 Portland Cement shall conform to standard C.S.A.-A5-1961, "Portland Cements". 12.2.2.2. Aggregate shall be clean, well graded natural sand or sand manufactured from crushed stone, gravel or air cooled blast furnace slag and shall contain no significant amounts of deleterious material. Aggregate grading shall conform to Table 122.2.A. 81

Age of Masonry Height Above Grade Flashing

Stucco Materials Portland Cement Aggregate

•

TABLE 12.2.2.A. AGGREGATE GRADING FOR STUCCO

Percent Passing Maximum Minimum — 100 — 90 90 60 60 45 30 10 5 —

Sieve Sizes No. 4 8 16 30 50 100 Hydrated Lime Water Fasteners Nails Staples

Stucco Lath Rib Lath

12.2.2.3. Hydrated lime shall conform to Standard C.S.A. A82.441950 "Normal Finishing Hydrated Lime". 12.2.2.4. Water shall be clean and free of significant amounts of deleterious material. 12.2.3. Fasteners. 12.2.3.1. Fasteners for stucco lath shall be corrosion resistant and other than aluminum. Nails shall be at least 10 gauge with a head diameter of not less than 7/16 in. Staples shall be at least 14 gauge. Staples and nails on vertical surfaces shall be of sufficient length to penetrate 1 in. into framing members or to the full depth of sheathing where the sheathing is used as a nailing base. On horizontal surfaces nails shall be at least 11/2 in. long. 12.2.4. Stucco Lath. 12.2.4.1. Rib lath or expanded metal stucco mesh shall be copper alloy steel coated with rust inhibitive paint after fabrication or shall be galvanized. Woven or welded wire mesh shall be galvanized. 12.2.4.2. Stucco lath shall conform to Table 12.2.4.A.

TABL CALIFOI

I •

TABLE 12.2.4.A. STUCCO LATH

Location Vertical Surfaces

Type of Lath Welded or Woven Wire

Stucco Mesh Reinforcing (expanded metal) Horizontal 3/8 in. Rib Lath Surface Cedar Lath

Vertical Surfaces

Minimum U.S. Gauge I 18 17 16

Maximum Mesh Openings 1 in. 11/2 in. 2 in.

Minimum Weight per Sq. Yd. — — —

—

4 sq. in

1.8 lb.

— —

3.4 lb. —

12.2.4.5. Stucco lath on ver framing members, lumber sheath wood. Stucco lath on horizontal s members. 12.2.4.6. Fasteners on verti( than 6 in. o.c. vertically and 16 it and 24 in. o.c. horizontally. Other there are at least 16 fasteners per 12.2.4.7. Fasteners on horizc than 6 in. o.c. along the framing more than 16 in. o.c. and 4 in. spaced not more than 24 in. o.c. 12.2.5. Stucco Mixes. 12.2.5.1. Stucco mixes shall (

Coats 1 part Grout Coat (Masonry surfaces volume only) First Coat (Scratch) To each 1 20 to 22. 25% by v 12 quarts 2 pound Second Coat To each 1 (Brown) 28 #2 sh( 25% by 'V 12 quarts 2 pound Third Coat (Finish) Any rec( material

TABL STONE Coats

First Coat (Scratch)

Second Coat (Brown) Clearance

Application

12.2.4.3. Stucco lath shall be held away at least Y4 ' from the back ing by means of furring nails or self-furring devices incorporated into the lath. 12.2.4.4. Stucco lath shall be applied with the long dimensions horizontal. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be lapped at least 2 in. End joints shall be staggered and shall occur over framing members. External corners shall be reinforced with a vertical strip of mesh extending at least 6 in. on both sides of the corner or mesh shall extend around corners at least 16 in. 82

Finish

• •

To eat 20 to 25% b 12 qua 2 poui if recp. To eat 16 #2 24 qua 2 pour if reqt Not 1( square still sc

rm to Standard C.S.A. A8244-

12.2.4.5. Stucco lath on vertical surfaces shall be fastened to the framing members, lumber sheathing or to not less than 1/2 in. thick plywood. Stucco lath on horizontal surfaces shall be fastened to the framing members. 12.2.4.6. Fasteners on vertical surfaces shall be spaced not more than 6 in. o.c. vertically and 16 in. o.c. horizontally or 4 in. o.c. vertically and 24 in. o.c. horizontally. Other nailing patterns may be used provided there are at least 16 fasteners per sq. yd. of wall surface. 12.2.4.7. Fasteners on horizontal surfaces shall be spaced not more than 6 in. o.c. along the framing members when members are spaced not more than 16 in. o.c. and 4 in. o.c. along members when members are spaced not more than 24 in. o.c. 12.2.5. Stucco Mixes. 12.2.5.1. Stucco mixes shall conform to Tables 12.2.5.A. and 12.2.5.B.

free of significant amounts of

TABLE 12.2.5.A. CALIFORNIA STUCCO

.A. FOR STUCCO

ercent Passing Minimum 1 100 90 60 45 10

Coats

;hall be corrosion resistant and [east 10 gauge with a head diatall be at least 14 gauge. Staples sufficient length to penetrate 1 . depth of sheathing where the lorizontal surfaces nails shall be

al stucco mesh shall be copper int after fabrication or shall be be galvanized. ) Table 12.2.4.A. 4.A. ,TH

Maximum Mesh Openings 1 in. 11/2 in. 2 in.

Minimum Weight per Sq. Yd.

4 sq. in

1.8 lb.

TABLE 12.2.5.B. STONE DASH STUCCO Coats

First Coat (Scratch)

3.4 lb. Second Coat (Brown) tway at least 1/4 ' from the back 1rring devices incorporated into d with the long dimensions horiall be lapped at least 2 in. End over framing members. External ical strip of mesh extending at r mesh shall extend around cor-

Mix Proportions

Grout Coat 1 part Portland Cement to 3 parts sand by volume (Masonry surfaces only) First Coat (Scratch) To each bag of Portland Cement add: 20 to 22 #2 shovels of sand 25% by weight of hydrated lime or 12 quarts of lime putty 2 pounds of asbestos shorts. Second Coat To each bag of Portland Cement add: (Brown) 28 #2 shovels of sand 25% by weight of hydrated lime or 12 quarts of lime putty 2 pounds of asbestos shorts. Third Coat (Finish) Any recognized pre-mixed California Stucco material as per manufacturers specifications.

Finish

Mix Proportions

To each bag of Portland Cement add: 20 to 22 #2 shovels of sand 25% by weight of hydrated lime or 12 quarts of lime putty 2 pounds of asbestos shorts may be added if required for high suction surfaces. To each bag of Cement add: 16 #2 shovels of sand 24 quarts of lime puty 2 pounds of asbestos shorts may be added if required for high suction surfaces. Not less than 10 pounds of stone per square yard dashed into second coat while still soft. 83

Fastenings

Spacings

Stucco Mixes

Pigments

Mixing

Stucco Application Tern perature

Thickness of Coats

Scoring and Dampening First Coat

Roughing Second Coat

Dampening Second Coat

Stone Dash

Shrinkage Cracks Cement Rendering Monolithic Surfaces General Cleaning Wetting Down

Grouting or Bonding

Consistency

Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes Scope

Plastering

12.2.5.2. Pigment if used shall consist of pure mineral oxides inert to the action of sun, lime or cement. Pigment shall not exceed 6 per cent by weight of the Portland Cement. 12.2.5.3. Materials shall be thoroughly mixed before and after water is added. Stucco shall be applied not later than 3 hours after the initial mixing. 12.2.6. Stucco Application. 12.2.6.1. The base for stucco shall not be below freezing. Stucco shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 50Â°F. during and for at least 48 hours after application. 12.2.6.2. Stucco shall be applied with at least 2 base coats and one finish coat, providing a total thickness of at least 5/8 in. measured from the face of the lath or face of masonry when lath is not used. 12.2.6.3. The first coat shall be at least 1/4 in. thick measured from the face of the lath or masonry, fully embedding the lath. This coat shall be scored to provide a key for the second coat. This first coat shall be dampened but not saturated before the second coat is applied. 12.2.6.4. The second coat shall be at least 1/4 in. thick. The surface shall be straightened and lightly roughened before the finish coat is applied if the finish coat is other than stone dash. 12.2.6.5. When the finish coat is other than stone dash, the base shall be dampened but not saturated before the finish coat is applied. The thickness shall be at least 1 /8 in. 12.2.6.6. When a stone dash finish is used, the stone shall be partially embedded in the second coat before the second coat starts to set or stiffen. 12.2.6.7. Stone dash when finished shall be clean and free of shrinkage cracks in the stucco mortar. 12.2.7. Cement Rendering â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Monolithic Surfaces. 12.2.7.1. General. 12.2.7.1.(1). Surfaces shall be free of paint, oil, dust, soot, or any material that might prevent satisfactory bond. 12.2.7.1.(2). Excessive suction shall be reduced by wetting down evenly, allowing water to draw into the surface before the base coat is applied.

tering application and plaster m requirements in specification C. sum Plastering, Interior Furring ; 12.3.2. Waterproof Wall Fin 12.3.2.1. Waterproof finish above the floor in shower stalls, 4 with showers and 16 in. above t showers. 12.3.2.2. Waterproof finish s tile, sheet vinyl, treated or tempe to specification CGSB 11-GP-3, lar conforming to specification CGSB 12.3.3. Wood Furring.

12.3.3.1. Wood furring for plywood, hard pressed fibreboard. % in. by 1% in. if applied to sc framing members spaced not mor applied to framing members space

12.3.3.2. Furring shall be fa; with not less than 2 in. nails. Maximum spacing of support conformance with Tables 12.3.5.A. 12.3.4. Gypsum Lath. 12.3.4.1. Gypsum lath shall 12.3.4.2. Gypsum lath shall more than 16 in o.c. and % in. thi

12.3.4.3. Gypsum lath shall 1 occur at jamb studs above or beloN

12.3.4.4. Gypsum lath shall 4 uniformly spaced nails where 1 ports spaced not more than 16 in with at least five nails per suppc wide shall be fastened with at lea nailed to the frame at interior con

APPLICATION 12.2.7.1.(3). A grout or bonding coat shall be applied composed of 1 part sand and 1 part cement, to be applied with a stucco dash brush or dashing machine, covering not less than 3/4 of the surface area. Approved exterior type liquid bonding agents may be used if applied in accordance with the specifications of the manufacturer.

12.3.4.5. Nails for fastening long, 13 gauge, 19/64 in. head dian 12.3.5. Fibreboard Lath.

FINISH 12.2.7.1.(4). A finish coat shall be applied to a minimum workable thickness and rodded or darbied to a true surface. When drawn to a proper consistency it shall be finished to a desired surface.

12.3.5.1. Fibreboard lath shal 12.3.5.2. Supports for 7/16 more than 16 in. o.c. on walls an in. lath shall be spaced not more

SECTION 12.3 INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SUBSECTION 12.3.1. SCOPE

12.3.1.1. This Section refers to the application of the more common types of interior cladding materials to wall and ceilings. 12.3.1.2. The requirements for plastering in this Section apply to the application of plaster to gypsum, fibreboard, or metal lath attached to wood furring or framing in wood frame or masonry buildings. For plas84

12.3.5.3. Fibreboard lath sh. gauge nails with head diameter ( cient length to penetrate 5/8 in. shall be spaced not more than 4%

12.3.5.4. Fibreboard lath sha not occur at jamb studs above or b

st of pure mineral oxides inert lent shall not exceed 6 per cent 41), ly mixed before and after water ?.r than 3 hours after the initial

not be below freezing. Stucco not less than 50Â°F. during and

tering application and plaster mixes not described in this Section, the requirements in specification C.S.A. A82.30-1953, "Specification for Gypsum Plastering, Interior Furring and Interior Lathing" shall apply. 12.3.2. Waterproof Wall Finish.

Waterproof Wall Finish

12.3.2.1. Waterproof finish shall be provided to a height of 6 ft. above the floor in shower stalls, 4 ft. above the rims of bathtubs equipped with showers and 16 in. above the rims of bathtubs not equipped with showers.

Height Required

12.3.2.2. Waterproof finish shall consist of ceramic, plastic or metal tile, sheet vinyl, treated or tempered hard pressed fibreboard conforming to specification CGSB 11-GP-3, laminated thermosetting decorative sheets conforming to specification CGSB 41-GP-3 or linoleum.

Materials

,h at least 2 base coats and one E at least 5/8 in. measured from en lath is not used. .ast Y4 in. thick measured from bedding the lath. This coat shall Id coat. This first coat shall be 2ond coat is applied. t least 1/4 in. thick. The surface Lened before the finish coat is L e dash. ther than stone dash, the base re the finish coat is applied. The

12.3.3.1. Wood furring for the attachment of lath, gypsum board, plywood, hard pressed fibreboard, or insulating fireboard shall be at least % in. by 1% in. if applied to solid backing such as masonry or to the framing members spaced not more than 16 in. o.c. and 5/8 in. by 3% in. if applied to framing members spaced not wider than 24 in. o.c.

Size and Spacing

12.3.3.2. Furring shall be fastened to the framing or to wood blocks with not less than 2 in. nails.

Nailing

is used, the stone shall be parre the second coat starts to set

Maximum spacing of supports and method of attachment shall be in conformance with Tables 12.3.5.A. and 12.3.6.A.

hall be clean and free of shrink-

Wood Furring

12.3.3. Wood Furring.

12.3.4, Gypsum Lath.

Gypsum Lath

12.3.4.1. Gypsum lath shall conform to Standard C.S.A. A82.24-1962. thic Surfaces. of paint, oil, dust, soot, or any ond. 1 be reduced by wetting down surface before the base coat is

it shall be applied composed of 1 ied with a stucco dash brush or /4 of the surface area. Approved be used if applied in accordance

12.3.4.2. Gypsum lath shall be at least % in. thick on supports not more than 16 in o.c. and 1/2 in. thick on supports not more than 24 in. o.c.

Thickness and Spacing

12.3.4.3. Gypsum lath shall be applied so that vertical joints do not occur at jamb studs above or below openings.

Application

12.3.4.4. Gypsum lath shall be fastened at each support with at least 4 uniformly spaced nails where 16 in. wide lath is used on vertical supports spaced not more than 16 in. o.c. Lath 16 in. wide shall be fastened with at least five nails per support for all other conditions. Lath 24 in. wide shall be fastened with at least 6 nails per support. Lath need not be nailed to the frame at interior corners.

Nailing

12.3.4.5. Nails for fastening gypsum lath shall be at least 1Y4 in. long, 13 gauge, 19/64 in. head diameter blued steel wire nails. 12.3.5. Fibreboard Lath.

applied to a minimum workable true surface. When drawn to a desired surface. CEILING FINISHES

application of the more common 11 and ceilings. stering in this Section apply to eboard, or metal lath attached to or masonry buildings. For plas-

Fibreboard Lath

12.3.5.1. Fibreboard lath shall conform to specification CGSB 11-GP-2. 12.3.5.2. Supports for 7/16 in. fibreboard lath shall be spaced not more than 16 in. o.c. on walls and 12 in. o.c. on ceilings. Supports for 1 in. lath shall be spaced not more than 16 in. o.c. on wall or ceilings. 12.3.5.3. Fibreboard lath shall be fastened with not less than 13 gauge nails with head diameter of not less than 19/64 in. and of sufficient length to penetrate 5/8 in. into the furring or framing. The nails shall be spaced not more than 4Y2 in. o.c. along supports. 12.3.5.4. Fibreboard lath shall be applied so that vertical joints do not occur at jamb studs above or below openings.

Supports and Spacing

Nailing

Application

â&#x20AC;˘I

TABLE No. 12.3.5.A. — TYPE OF LATH — MAXIMUM SPACING

TABL

OF SUPPORTS — METHOD OF ATTACHMENT Wood Supports Type of Lath

Spacing of Supports (inches) Vert. Horiz. Surfaces

Size and Type of Nail

MINIMUM WEIG

Maximum Spacing of Metal Supports (inches)

Spacing of Nails (inches)

Type of Lath

Min per

Vert. Horiz. Surfaces

Diamond Mesh %" perf. gypsum 16 lath

16 1¼" 13 ga. 19/64" dia. head 5 blued nail

3/8 " plain gypsum lath 16

" 13 ga. 16 19/64" dia. head 5 blued nail

½" pen, gypsum lath 16

11/4 " 13 ga. 16 19/64" dia. head 5 blued nail

" 13. ga. 24 19/64" dia. head 4 blued nail

16 3d fine 16 ga. blued nails

½"

lath

plain gypsum

Wood lath

1/2 "

fiber insulation lath 16

1¼" fibre16 board nails or 4d box nails

1" fiber insulation lath 16

134 " fibre16 board nails or 6d box nails

Material

Weight

Flat Rib

% in. Rib

12.3.6.3. Metal lath on wood not less than 1% in. long 10 gaul not less than 7/16 in. Metal lath with not less than 1% in. long staples. Fasteners shall be spaced 12.3.6.4. Metal lath shall be joints shall be lapped at least 1 in be lapped at least 1/2 in. Side joi the adjacent ribs nest. End joints laps that occur between supports

41/2

Metal and wire See Table — 4d common nail 6 lath (bent over) No. 12.3.6.A.

See Table No. 12.3.6.A.

See 6 — Table 1½" 11 ga. 7/16" dia. head No. 12.3.6.A. barbed nails

See Table No. 12.3.6.A.

Metal and wire lath

Metal Lath

12.3.6. Metal Lath. 12.3.6.1. Metal lath shall consist of galvanized metal or copper alloy steel treated with a suitable rust inhibitive coating after manufacture. 12.3.6.2. The minimum weight of metal lath shall conform to Table No. 12.3.6.A. 86

TH â&#x20AC;&#x201D; MAXIMUM SPACING

TABLE 12.3.6.A.

OF ATTACHMENT

Spacing of Nails (inches)

head 5

MINIMUM WEIGHT OF METAL LATH

Maximum Spacing of Metal Supports (inches)

Type of Lath

head 5

41/2

Walls

Ceilings

(lb.)

(in.)

Diamond Mesh

2.5 3.0

12 16

12 12

Flat Rib

2.5 3.0

16 16

12 16

3/8 in. Rib

2.5 3.0 3.5

16 20 24

'Maximum Spacing of Wood Supports

Vert. lioriz. Surfaces

head 5

head 4

Min. Weight per sq. yd.

nail 6 er)

See Table No. 12.3.6.A.

;a. 6 . head ails

See Table No. 12.3.6.A.

12.3.6.3. Metal lath on wood ceiling supports shall be fastened with not less than 11/2 in. long 10 gauge roofing nails with a head diameter of not less than 7/16 in. Metal lath on wood wall supports shall be fastened with not less than 11/4 in. long common nails or 1 in. roofing nails, or staples. Fasteners shall be spaced not more than 6 in. o.c.

Fastenings

12.3.6.4. Metal lath shall be applied at right angles to supports. End joints shall be lapped at least 1 in. Side joints of diamond mesh lath shall be lapped at least % in. Side joints on rib lath shall be lapped so that the adjacent ribs nest. End joints shall be staggered where possible. End laps that occur between supports shall be tied.

Application

galvanized metal or copper alloy lye coating after manufacture. tetal lath shall conform to Table 87

TABLE No. 12.3.6.B. — SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS Minimum Sizes for Wire and Rigid Hangers

HANGERS FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS

For Supporting Runners

Hangers for Attaching Runners and Furring Directly to Beams and Joists

For Supporting Furring Without Runners' (Wire Loops at Supports)

MAXIMUM AREA SUPPORTED

SIZE

12.5 sq. ft. 16 sq. ft. 18 sq. ft. 20 sq. ft. 22.5 sq. ft. 25.0 sq. ft.

9 gauge wire 8 gauge wire 3/16" diameter, mild steel rod' 7/32" diameter, mild steel rod' 3/4 " diameter, mild steel rod' 1" x 3/16", mild steel flats'

Single Hangers Between Beams'

8 sq. ft. 12 sq. ft. 16 sq. ft.

12 gauge wire 10 gauge wire 8 gauge wire

Double Wire Loops at Beams or Joists'

8 sq. ft. 12 sq. ft. 16 sq. ft.

14 gauge wire 12 gauge wire 11 gauge wire

Type of Support: Concrete Steel Wood

8 sq. ft. 8 sq. ft. 8 sq. ft.

1. 2. 3. 4.

14 gauge wire 16 gauge wire (two loops)4 16 gauge wire (two loops)4

All rod hangers shall be protected with a zinc or cadmium coating or with a rust-inhibitive paint. All flat hangers shall be protected with a zinc or cadmium coating or with a rust-inhibitive paint. Inserts, special clips or other devices of equal strength may be substituted for those specified. Two loops of No. 18 gauge wire may be substituted for each loop of No. 16 gauge wire for attaching steel furring to steel or wood joists. 5. These spans are based on webs of channels being erected vertically. 6. Other sections of hot- or cold-rolled members of equivalent beam strength may be substituted for those specified. 7. All gauges are U.S. steel wire gauges.

A, — H,

• N7

cn .,,,

•0 • cop:,

n j_, .... 03

,'. 2 '-'• w

0 cn CD

•-,' r.sh •

Cfc,

, ,r;:s

o AI Orq cl)

. <-rCD ••;

,--1

CD ....• 1, 0

t.'

la. ...

<-, o, ,— o ,u'L A.t cn

0 CD 0

D-' ,..,. CD 0 fa) --I I—, c' 0 I—, ,4N LN7 o.3_ )--. • r• . is) 6.1 1-i t-ID7 C....) • ,,- •c..,..? go ey. • CD . 0 • I-•• .....1 til ...11 i:•3 0 -4 t—• 0" 7-1 .-4- ;p. 5; L'.I DI i—, CO e-I- • Pa • a• $-•• , e-F sv

it co

••-I

AD 0

,-1-

0) ... cn P0 0 I-I, -• ,C 0

,r,

0 , •—' c.p CD I—• c-t• Cr4 tn CD .--• 0

• 0

,•0 C.) " 0 13 00 0 0 0 I-• • 1.. ,• cp c-F 0 FD+ 0 0 I-S 0

:__Sfq

•

H o co ..

•...,,, ...1

luoulo3JojapllaauioD

0 a o

quIdI WiON— 0g61tf/Z8V

uatuaa s‘aua0N 0g6T9ZZRV . ralsvid umsdSD ENT — ZZ Z8V umscl &D — 0g6TITZSV 0 oluTIVI Zf7Z8V TIO0g6T J

•

and JOIStS

TABLE No. 12.3.6.B. — SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILING (Continued) Minimum Sizes and Maximum Spans for Main FO.mners5,8 rf]

cc cc cc S."

0 • r. ...; °

•d ca

'0)

.2o

m lao o 0

a) 4

.5 z 0 to

›, ca

0 co 4.1 1-4

44 4-1 4-1

01.a 0

3/4 "—.3 lb. per ft., cold- or hot-rolled channel 11/2 "—.475 lb. per ft., cold-rolled channel 1½"—.475 lb. per ft., cold-rolled channel 1½"—.475 lb. per ft., cold-rolled channel 11/2 "-1.12 lb.per ft., hot-rolled channel 2" —1.26 lb. per ft., hot-rolled channel 1½" x 1½" x 3/16" angle

:0 -,-,

0—

4 z •.-, ,-0 7.7!

(Along Runners)

..4 4., ..4 .,..,•C.) Cl.)

-4•L .5 ,

SIZE AND TYPE

04 • Es,

to 0

4-1

cn ,.0

C/) GO CI)

ca :411 a.)

$4 as

C.)

o '-c1 _o 65 65 E

a.) -0

CI)

P '0) 0)

.4-

%" diameter pencil rods %" diameter pencil rods 3/4 "—.3 lb.per ft., cold-or hot-rolled channel

5-1 0 0)27. CD

£-. -.-'

tV)

4-1 ..-. ,

1"—.410 lb. per ft., hot-rolled channel

1-1 -.

0 u az N • ,-t CS

1/4 " diameter pencil rods

a) ,-co.4

CZ MI '3-0 Can -0

'1' .0 5) C 0 °

'HI)

a) cl.) ›. o 0 a) a) •,-, z s-, o a) • - •O n;.,. :i s. n, -2 as 0 0

ca 110 a) s-, 3

4 4 r•-, al 0

a) -4->

.--1 rn co

.1,1 a) 0

cd 0

r•-, t.., .--,

a..) a.) ca ti-i-1-' ,„ two U •,-, 0 v 0 •-.' cO co

3' 0" 4' 0" 3' 6" 3' 0" 5' 0" 5' 0" 5' 0" Maximum Spacing of Cross Furring Members

(Transverse)

2' 0" 2' 0" 2' 6"

12" 19" 12"

3' 0" 3' 6" 4' 0"

24" 19" 16"

4' 0" 4' 6" 5' 0"

24" 19" 12"

12.3.7. Corner Reinforcement for Plaster. ui

cn Ti)

(Transverse)

col 0)'

o 0

.j5a 75,

Maximum Spacing of Runners or Supports

SIZE AND TYPE

C.)

CO CO CO

C.)

0" 0" 6" 0" 0" 0" 0"

Maximum Spacing of Runners

Minimum Sizes and Maximum Spans for Cross Furring5,6

2' 3' 3' 4' 4' 5' 5'

4 .

• ,1 4

•., E

Maximum Spacing of Hangers or Supports

C.) CCS -4 .4.•

.,;

s•-, CCS

C''

cn 0 0 0 •r-1

Is m rn

0 ..4 =

14 4-1 k P. V) (1) .Z1 . CD C0 (L) 0

12.3.7.1. Material for corner reinforcement shall have the same corrosion resistance as metal plaster lath.

Materials

12.3.7.2. All internal corners of walls and ceilings shall be reinforced with continuous cornerite of metal lath or wire fabric having not less than 2 in. wide legs. Corner beads shall be installed at all external angles.

Corner Beads and Reinforcement

12.3.7.3. Corners of openings shall be reinforced with a strip of metal lath at least 6 in. by 18 in. long installed at an angle of 45° to the horizontal.

Corners of Openings

12.3.7.4. All plaster reinforcement shall be fastened to the lath only and not to the framing

Fastenings

12.3.8. Plastering.

Plastering

12.3.8.1. Materials used in plastering shall conform to the following C.S.A. specifications: A82.44 — 1950 — Normal Finishing Hydrated Lime

oiciiii

Corner Reinforcement

A82.42 — 1950 — Quicklime for Structural Purposes A82.21 — 1950 — Gypsum A82.22 — 1963 Gypsum Plasters A82.26 — 1950 Keene's Cement 89

Materials

12.3.9.5. For double layer a tened as in 12.3.9.4. The second le ing or with a suitable adhesive. I by temporary shoring or bracing Such nails shall be spaced about on walls and may be removed whel

A82.57-1954 Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Interior Plaster Grounding

12.3.8.2. Grounds shall be installed to ensure even and uniform plaster thickness.

Thickness

12.3.8.3. Plaster shall be at least 3/8 in. thick at any point, measured from the face of the lath.

Application

12.3.8.4. Plaster shall be applied in three coats consisting of a scratch coat, brown coat and finish coat, except that where the base consists of gypsum lath or unit masonry other than concrete a two-coat application may be used in which a brown coat is doubled back over the scratch coat.

Bonding

12.3.8.5. When plaster is applied over concrete or concrete masonry a special bond coat shall be used as the first coat.

Mixing for Three Coats

12.3.8.6. When 3 coat plaster is used, the first or scratch coat shall consist of 1 part gypsum plaster to 2 parts sand by weight. The second or brown coat shall consist of 1 part gypsum plaster to 3 parts of sand by weight. The finish coat shall consist of 1 part gypsum plaster to 3 parts lime by volume.

Mixing for Two Coats

12.3.8.7. When two coat plaster is used, the first coat shall consist of 1 part gypsum plaster to 21/2 parts sand by weight. The finish coat shall consist of 1 part gypsum plaster to 3 parts lime by volume.

Minimum Thicknesses

12.3.8.8. Hollow partitions of lath and plaster shall have a shell thickness of not less than 3/4 in. The minimum thickness of solid partitions of lath and plaster shall be not less than 2 in. or one eighty-fourth of the distance between supports. Studless solid partions of metal lath and plaster or gypsum lath and plaster shall be not more than 12 ft. in height.

Finish Coat

12.3.8.9. The finish coat shall be trowelled to a smooth hard finish unless a special decorative finish conforming to C.S.A. specification A82.22 — 1963 — "Gypsum Plasters".

Acoustic Plaster

12.3.8.10. Acoustic plaster shall be mixed and applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

Temperature Range

12.3.8.11. In cold weather, plaster shall be applied at 50°F. to 70°F. and maintained at this temperature range for at least 96 hours and above freezing thereafter. Ventilation shall be provided for the proper drying of the plaster during and subsequent to its application.

Gypsum Board Finish (Taped Joints) Thickness and Spacing

Nails

Nailing for Single Layer

12.3.9. Gypsum Board Finish (Taped Joints). 12.3.9.1. Gypsum board shall conform to specification C.S.A. A82.27 — 1963, "Gypsum Wallboard". 12.3.9.2. Gypsum board applied as a single layer shall be at least % in. thick on supports up to 16 in. o.c. and 1/2 in. on supports spaced not more than 24 in. o.c. When applied as two layers, each layer shall be at least % in. thick on supports up to 24 in. o.c. 12.3.9.3. Nails for fastening gypsum board shall be at least 13 gauge anular grooved nails with a head diameter of at least 7/32 in. and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 in. into supports. 12.3.9.4. For single layer application, the nails shall be located not less than % in. from the side or edge of the board. Nails shall be spaced not more than 7 in. o.c. on ceilings and 8 in. o.c. on wall along supported edges and intermediate supports, except that when double nailing is used nails may be spaced in pairs about 2 in. apart every 12 in. along supported edges and intermediate supports. Nails shall be driven so that the heads are below the plane of the board surface. but not puncturing the paper. 90

12.3.9.6. Where strip laminat of gypsum board at least 3/8 in. th] framing members with nailing as gypsum shall be attached by meal in the same manner as descril method. 12.3.9.7. When gypsum boar screws shall be of sufficient leng framing. Screws shall be spaced n except that on vertical surface the the supports are not more than 16 12.3.9.8. Nail heads and sere filler. 12.3.9.9. Surfaces to receive loose material shall be removed. filled with patching plaster that i ment is applied.

•

12.3.9.10. External corners s tant metal corner beads or wood m

12.3.9.11. A band of joint cci the joints and the tape embedded and excess cement removed with a

12.3.9.12. After the cement shall be applied so that it comp] cement shall be feathered to provi are recessed and 10 in. wide if the

12.3.9.13. After the second 1 shall be applied and feathered t( where the joints are recessed an cessed.

12.3.9.14. After the third la3 uneven areas shall be sanded to pr 4 12.3.10. Plaster Veneer

12.3.10.1. All types of "one accordance with the manufacturer'

12.3.10.2. All materials shall manufacturer's original sealed con

12.3.10.3. To obtain a unifor. rials, 4 ft. by 8 ft. sheets of hig board, manufactured for this purpi

12.3.10.4. Equipment and too materials and only water suitabl mixing.

12.3.9.5. For double layer application, the first layer shall be fastened as in 12.3.9.4. The second layer shall be fastened with similar nailing or with a suitable adhesive. The second layer shall be held in place by temporary shoring or bracing or by nails until the adhesive is set. Such nails shall be spaced about 12 in. apart on ceilings and 16 in. apart on walls and may be removed when the adhesive has set.

Nailing for Double Layer

12.3.9.6. Where strip laminated method of application is used, strips of gypsum board at least % in. thick and 6 in. wide shall be nailed to the framing members with nailing as described in 12.3.9.4. The finish layer of gypsum shall be attached by means of a suitable adhesive to these strips in the same manner as described in 12.3.9.5. for double lamination method.

Nailing for Strip Laminated Method

12.3.9.7. When gypsum board is applied with drywall screws, the screws shall be of sufficient length to penetrate at least 5/8 in. into the framing. Screws shall be spaced not more than 12 in. o.c. along supports except that on vertical surface the screws may be spaced 16 in. o.c. where the supports are not more than 16 in. o.c.

Screws and Spacing

12.3.9.8. Nail heads and screw heads shall be covered with a suitable filler.

Filler

12.3.9.9. Surfaces to receive tape shall be clean, and torn paper or loose material shall be removed. Openings greater than 1/8 in. shall be filled with patching plaster that is allowed to dry before joint tape cement is applied.

Taping

12.3.9.10. External corners shall be protected with corrosion resistant metal corner beads or wood mouldings.

Protection of Corners

trowelled to a smooth hard finish ming to C.S.A. specification A82.22

12.3.9.11. A band of joint cement about 5 in. shall be applied along the joints and the tape embedded in it. The tape shall be smoothed out and excess cement removed with a suitable spreader tool.

Cementing First Layer

e mixed and applied in strict acications.

12.3.9.12. After the cement has dried, a second layer of cement shall he applied so that it completely beds the tape. The edges of the cement shall be feathered to provide a band about 8 in. wide if the joints are recessed and 10 in. wide if the joints are not recessed.

Cementing Second Layer

12.3.9.13. After the second layer is dry, the third layer of cement shall be applied and feathered to provide a band of about 10 in. wide where the joints are recessed and 16 in. wide if the joints are not recessed

Cementing Third Layer

12.3.9.14. After the third layer of cement has dried, all rough and uneven areas shall be sanded to provide a smooth even surface.

Sanding

for Use in Interior Plaster ed to ensure even and uniform g in. thick at any point, measured in three coats consisting of a t, except that where the base conrther than concrete a two-coat apAm coat is doubled back over the )ver concrete or concrete masonry irst coat. sed, the first or scratch coat shall trts sand by weight. The second or sum plaster to 3 parts of sand by 1 part gypsum plaster to 3 parts ; used, the first coat shall consist nd by weight. The finish coat shall •ts lime by volume.

• and plaster shall have a shell ninimum thickness of solid parti!ss than 2 in. or one eighty-fourth us solid partions of metal lath and ' be not more than 12 ft. in height.

shall be applied at 50°F. to 70°F. ge for at least 96 hours and above provided for the proper drying of application. ed Joints). 'orm to specification C.S.A. A82.27 a single layer shall be at least % and 1/2 in. on supports spaced not two layers, each layer shall be at . o.c. m board shall be at least 13 gauge ter of at least 7/32 in. and of suffiports.

ion, the nails shall be located not d the board. Nails shall be spaced 8 in. o.c. on wall along supported rt that when double nailing is used 1. apart every 12 in. along supporNails shall be driven so that the d surface, but not puncturing the

12.3.10. Plaster Veneer

Plaster Veneer

12.3.10.1. All types of "one coat plaster" shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

Application

12.3.10.2. All materials shall be fresh, and delivered to the site in manufacturer's original sealed containers.

Materials

12.3.10.3. To obtain a uniform thickness when applying these materials, 4 ft. by 8 ft. sheets of high suction, or finely perforated surface board, manufactured for this purpose, shall be used as a base.

Base Use

12.3.10.4. Equipment and tools shall be kept clean and free from set materials and only water suitable for domestic use shall be used for mixing.

Equipment and Tools

Staggering of Joints

Scrim Joints

Thickness of Veneer Finish Plaster Trowelling

Moving of Buildings and Structures

12.3.10.5. 4 ft. by 8 ft. sheets of high porosity 3/8 in. gypsum board shall be applied vertically on walls and at right angles to joists on ceilings, staggering end joints. Vertical joints shall not occur on the same stud on both sides of wall. The board shall be nailed, using 1% in. 13 gauge blued nails spaced not more than 7 in. apart and not closer than 3/13 in. to edges. 12.3.10.6. Veneer Finish Plaster shall be applied over all joints and angles to a width of approximately 4 in. to 5 in. Cloth scrim shall be embedded in the plaster and pressed flat with trowel. Scrim joints shall not overlap. 12.3.10.7. Veneer Finish Plaster shall be applied over face of gypsum board, level with joints and double back to a thickness of 3/16 in., measured from the face of the board. 12.3.10.8. When plaster is almost set it shall be trowelled to a smooth, even surface. A damp brush may be used to wet surface and aid trowelling, but the use of excessive moisture shall be avoided.

KNOW ALL MEN by these pr Province of Alberta (hereinafter ( (hereinafter ca] bound to the City of Edmonton (Ifor all persons who may suffer or gence, neglect or any unlawful a moving of a certain building name

from in the penal sum of One Thousanc money of Canada for the payment and each of our heirs, executors, as the case may be firmly by these WHEREAS the principal has z ing Inspector of the City of Edrr

PART 13 MOVING OF BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

Building Code to move a certain b

General

Moving Permit Approval of Municipality

Permission of Department of Highways Building Permit Permits Issuance Conditions

The National Building Code of Canada 1965 Second Printing is amended by adding the following section: Section 13.1 Permits, Fees, Procedures. Subsection 13.1.1. General. No person shall move a building or structure, or part of a building or structure, from one site to another within the limits of the City of Edmonton, or from a site outside to one within the limits of the City of Edmonton, or from a site within to one outside the limits of the City of Edmonton unless and until the owner of such building, has, (a) obtained a moving permit from the authority having jurisdiction to move such building or part of building or structure, and, (b) in the case of a building to be moved to a site in any other municipality, obtained the written approval of such other municipality to locate the building on the particular site, and, (c) submitted to the authority having jurisdiction, written permission from the Provincial Department of Highways that such move is permitted for a designated route, and, (d) obtained the necessary building permit for the siting, and, or renovation of the building to be moved. Subsection 13.1.2. Permits. 13.1.2.1. A Moving Permit shall not be issued to other than a licensed mover, unless, (a) the applicant is moving his own building, and, (b) the said building does not exceed 300 square feet in area, and, (c) the said applicant deposits with the authority having jurisdiction a bond in the form hereinafter specified in the sum of $1,000.00 payable to the City of Edmonton and signed by the applicant and bonding company duly licensed to carry on business in the Province of Alberta conditioned that the parties hereto shall at all times indemnify and save harmless the City of Edmonton as trustee for any person who may suffer damage or loss from any negligence, neglect or any unlawful act or omission of the person named in the bond, that is the applicant, in any way arising out of the moving of the building for which the moving permit has been issued. The bond shall be in the following form: 92

â&#x20AC;˘

from WHEREAS under the Buildir such moving permit is issued ti Architect and Building Inspector sand Dollars ($1,000.00), and WHEREAS the Surety has agr the principal, NOW THEREFORE the condit above bounded principal shall at the City of Edmonton a Municipal who may suffer or sustain damag or any unlawful act or omission of of that building known as

then this obligation shall be null ; in full force and effect. AND IT IS EXPRESSLY UN presents shall enure to the benefit damage from any negligence, negl the principal as aforesaid and thal her own behalf without making th, City may sue in its name as trus City or the person who may suff advisable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF thes delivered on this

la â&#x20AC;˘

Witness

day of

igh porosity 3/8 in. gypsum board at right angles to joists on ceilints shall not occur on the same shall be nailed, using 1% in. 13 n 7 in. apart and not closer than

BOND

KNOW ALL MEN by these presents that Province of Alberta (hereinafter called the "principal") and (hereinafter called the "Surety") are held and firmly bound to the City of Edmonton (hereinafter called the "City") as trustee for all persons who may suffer or sustain damage or loss from any negligence, neglect or any unlawful act or omission of the principal in the moving of a certain building namely:

tall be applied over all joints and in. to 5 in. Cloth scrim shall be at with trowel. Scrim joints shall 'tall be applied over face of gype back to a thickness of 3/16 in., set it shall be trowelled to a ay be used to wet surface and aid ture shall be avoided.

from to in the penal sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) of good and lawful money of Canada for the payment of which sum we hereby bind ourselves and each of our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns as the case may be firmly by these presents; and WHEREAS the principal has applied to the City Architect and Building Inspector of the City of Edmonton for a moving permit under the

'BUILDINGS AND JRES

Building Code to move a certain building namely lada 1965 Second Printing is am-

from to , and WHEREAS under the Building Code it is required that before any such moving permit is issued there shall be deposited with the City Architect and Building Inspector a bond in the penal sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00), and WHEREAS the Surety has agreed to sign these presents as surety for the principal, NOW THEREFORE the condition of this obligation is such that if the above bounded principal shall at all times indemnify and save harmless the City of Edmonton a Municipal Corporation as trustee for all persons who may suffer or sustain damage or loss from any negligence, neglect or any unlawful act or omission of the principal arising out of the moving

erson shall move a building or ucture, from one site to another Lon, or from a site outside to one ton, or from a site within to one ton unless and until the owner of the authority having jurisdiction ; or structure, and, be moved to a site in any other oval of such other municipality to , and, ig jurisdiction, written permission mays that such move is permitted

of that building known as

to then this obligation shall be null and void otherwise shall be and remain in full force and effect. AND IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED that these presents shall enure to the benefit of any persons who may suffer loss or damage from any negligence, neglect or any unlawful act or omission of the principal as aforesaid and that each person may sue directly in his or her own behalf without making the City a party to such action or that the City may sue in its name as trustee for the said person whichever the City or the person who may suffer the damage or loss may deem most advisable.

ig permit for the siting, and, or

it be issued to other than a licenbuilding, and, eed 300 square feet in area, and, I the authority having jurisdiction d in the sum of $1,000.00 payable 7 the applicant and bonding corns in the Province of Alberta conat all times indemnify and save ee for any person who may suffer glect or any unlawful act or omisthat is the applicant, in any way ing for which the moving permit following form:

from

IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been signed sealed and delivered on this Witness

0 C

day of

in the presence of, Principal Surety 93

Licensed Mover Permit Fees

13.1.2.2. A licensed mover is one bonded under the City License Bylaw.

THENCE North-easterly aloe said unsubdivided part of River I 34, Registered Plan 3965V;

13.1.3. Permit Fees.

THENCE Easterly along the e 34 to the South-east corner thereoi

13.1.3.1. Moving Permit fees shall be paid as follows:

THENCE Northerly along the and Lot 33 and Lot 32, Registeree lane South of Jasper (101st) Aven

(a) For each building or part of a building not exceeding 300 square feet in area $3.50 (b) For each building or part of a building exceeding 300 square feet in area $5.00 Procedures

THENCE Easterly along the Jasper (101st) Avenue to the Sou 1729 E.O.;

13.1.4. Procedures.

Ownership

13.1.4.1. An owner or mover must produce for the authority having jurisdiction a written statement of ownership before a moving permit shall be issued to him.

Establishing Specific Route

13.1.4.2. No permit to move a building or structure, or part of a building or structure shall be issued until the applicant shall submit to the authority having jurisdiction written approval from the following City Departments, designating the specific route along which the building may be moved,

THENCE Easterly along the Registered Plan 1729 E.O., Lots E Lots 1 to 25 inclusive, Block A. Registered Plan "C", (includ Dreamland Theatre) to the Easter

THENCE Northerly along the to the centre line of 101st Avenue; THENCE Easterly along the centre line of 95A Street;

Electrical Distribution System

THENCE Northerly along till centre line of 101A Avenue;

Traffic Division, Engineering Department Telephone System

â&#x20AC;˘

Parks and Recreation Department Police Department

THENCE Westerly along he centre line of the first lane East

THENCE Westerly along the centre line of 97th Street;

The National Building Code of Canada 1965, Second Printing is amended by adding the following section:

THENCE Northerly along till centre line of 105th Avenue;

Section 14.1

North Side of River

THENCE Northerly along th( centre line of 102nd Avenue;

THENCE Northerly along the 96th Street to the centre line of 10

PART 14 FIRE ZONE AND RESTRICTIONS

Establishment of Fire Zone

THENCE Easterly along the centre line of 95th Street;

THENCE Westerly along the centre line of 100th Street;

For the purpose of this Bylaw there is hereby declared to be and is hereby established a fire zone and it shall comprise those portions of the City of Edmonton now described: Subsection 14.1.1. North of the North Saskatchewan River.

THENCE Southerly along th( centre line of the lane South of 10

Commencing at the centre line of 101 St. and McDougall Hill Road;

THENCE Westerly along the 105A Avenue to the centre line of

THENCE Easterly along the centre line of McDougall Hill Road to the Easterly boundary of River Lot 6;

THENCE Northerly along thi centre line of the lane North of 10

THENCE Southerly along the said Easterly boundary of the said River Lot 6 to the most South-westerly corner of Block A, Registered Plan 3073 A.J.; THENCE North-easterly along the Southerly and Easterly boundaries of the said Block A, to the Easterly boundary thereof; THENCE North-easterly in a straight line to the South-west corner of the unsubdivided part of River Lot 8 as described in Certificate of Title 81-1-81; 94

â&#x20AC;˘

THENCE Westerly along the 105th Avenue to the centre line of THENCE Southerly along the centre line of 105th Avenue, lyi 218, Block 8, Hudson's Bay Reserv THENCE Westerly along the to the centre line of 112th Street;

THENCE North-easterly along the South-easterly boundary of the said unsubdivided part of River Lot 8 to the Southerly boundary of Lot 34, Registered Plan 3965V;

bonded under the City License

THENCE Easterly along the said Southerly boundary of the said Lot 34 to the South-east corner thereof;

?. paid as follows:

THENCE Northerly along the Easterly boundary of the said Lot 34 and Lot 33 and Lot 32, Registered Plan 3965 V, to the centre line of the lane South of Jasper (101st) Avenue;

uilding not exceeding 300 square $3.50

lib:ling exceeding 300 square feet $5.00

THENCE Easterly along the said centre line of the lane South of Jasper (101st) Avenue to the South-west corner of Lot 1, Registered Plan 1729 E.O.; THENCE Easterly along the Southerly boundary of Lots 1 and 2, Registered Plan 1729 E.O., Lots E, F, G and H, Registered Plan "A", and Lots 1 to 25 inclusive, Block A.

2roduce for the authority halting iership before a moving permit

Registered Plan "C", (including portion South of Lot 25 leased to Dreamland Theatre) to the Easterly boundary of River Lot 12;

[ding or structure, or part of a til the applicant shall submit to approval from the following c route along which the building

THENCE Northerly along the said Easterly boundary of River Lot 12 to the centre line of 101st Avenue; THENCE Easterly along the said centre line of 101st Avenue to the centre line of 95A Street; THENCE Northerly along the said centre line of 95A Street to the centre line of 101A Avenue;

!partment

THENCE Easterly along the said centre line of 101A Avenue to the centre line of 95th Street;

â&#x20AC;˘

THENCE Northerly along the said centre line of 95th Street to the centre line of 102nd Avenue; THENCE Westerly along f he sc,id ,,-ntre line of 102nd Avenue to the centre line of the first lane East of 96th Street;

ND RESTRICTIONS

THENCE Northerly along the said centre line of the first lane east of 96th Street to the centre line of 104th Avenue;

anada 1965, Second Printing is

THENCE Westerly along the said centre line of 104th Avenue to the centre line of 97th Street; THENCE Northerly along the said centre line of 97th Street to the centre line of 105th Avenue;

is hereby declared to be and is 11 comprise those portions of the

THENCE Westerly along the said centre line of 105th Avenue to the centre line of 100th Street;

.h Saskatchewan River.

THENCE Southerly along the said centre line of 100th Street to the centre line of the lane South of 105A Avenue; THENCE Westerly along the said centre line of the lane South of 105A Avenue to the centre line of 101st Street;

01 St. and McDougall Hill Road; ne of McDougall Hill Road to the

THENCE Northerly along the said centre line of 101st Street to the centre line of the lane North of 105th Avenue;

Easterly boundary of the said corner of Block A, Registered mtherly and Easterly boundaries ary thereof; line to the South-west corner of described in Certificate of Title

â&#x20AC;˘

THENCE Westerly along the said centre line of the lane North of 105th Avenue to the centre line of 108th Street; THENCE Southerly along the said centre line of 108th Street to the centre line of 105th Avenue, lying immediately South of Lots 159 and 218, Block 8, Hudson's Bay Reserve; THENCE Westerly along the said centre line of the said 105th Avenue to the centre line of 112th Street; 95

L._

Subsection 14.1.5. Temporal.:

THENCE Southerly along the said centre line of 112th Street and its production Southerly to the centre line of the first lane North of Jasper Avenue.

Temporary buildings or struc miscellaneous structures cordonand sheds, canopies, or fences use and in conjunction with construci by special permit from the anti period of time, and such buildic moved upon the expiration of au

THENCE Westerly along the centre line of the said first lane North of Jasper Avenue to the centre line of 117th Street; THENCE Southerly along the centre line of 117th Street to the production West of the first lane South of Jasper Avenue; THENCE Easterly along the said lane to the centre line of 112th Street;

Subsection 14.1.6. Restrictio

THENCE Southerly along the centre line of 112th Street to the centre line of 100th Avenue;

14.1.6.1. Buildings or stru moved within or into the fire zon other requirements of this byll masonry or concrete.

THENCE Easterly along the centre line of 100th Avenue to the centre line of 109th Street;

EXCEPTIONS:

THENCE Southerly along 109th Street to the centre line of 99th Avenue;

14.1.6.1. (a) Buildings or st more than one storey in height,

THENCE Easterly along the centre line of the said 99th Avenue to the centere line of 101st Street;

(i) The floor area does not ( ft.) and

THENCE Northerly to the point of commencement. South Side of River

Subsection 14.1.2. South of the North Saskatchewan River.

(ii) Such buildings are local cent property lines, buildings or s

Commencing at the centre line of 109th Street and its intersection with the first lane North of Whyte (82nd) Avenue; THENCE Easterly along the centre line of the said lane to the centre line of 103rd Street;

14.1.6.1. (b) Buildings or st frame construction not more au ted in the fire zone wha:, x

THENCE Easterly along the production Easterly of the said lane to the centre line of 102nd Street;

(i) The floor area does not feet (750 sq. ft.) and

THENCE Easterly along the centre line of the said lane to the centre line of 99th Street;

(ii) Such buildings are loca: cent property lines, buildings or

THENCE Southerly along the centre line of 99th Street to the centre line of the production Easterly of the first lane South of Whyte (82nd) Avenue;

14.1.6.1. (c) Buildings or st construction, not more than one the fire zone when:

THENCE Westerly along the said lane to the centre line of 102nd Street;

(i) The floor area does not (2,500 sq. ft.) and

THENCE Westerly along the production of the said lane to the centre line of 103rd Street;

(ii) Such buildings are local cent property lines, buildings or F.

THENCE Westerly along the said first lane South of Whyte (82nd) Avenue to the centre line of 109th Street;

14.1.6.1. (d) Wood frame, exterior walls may be used whet fifty feet providing such walls ell nor extend higher than the ceilin,

THENCE Northerly to the point of commencement. Partially Within Fire Zone

Moved Buildings

Subsection 14.1.3. Buildings Located Partially in the Fire Zone.

The area of such wood frar of the gross area between each ve

A building or structure which is located partially in the fire zone shall be considered to be entirely in the fire zone when more than onethird of its total floor area is located in such fire zone. Subsection 14.1.4. Moved Buildings. Any building or structure moved within or into the fire zone shall be made to comply with all the requirements for new buildings in such fire zone.

14.1.6.1. (e) (i) Noncombu 50 feet in width.

â&#x20AC;˘

14.1.6.1. (e) (ii) Occupanci No Group F, Division 1 occu teen hundred square feet (1,500 s

entre line of 112th Street and its of the first lane North of Jasper line of the said first lane North 7th Street;

.1 line of 117th Street to the pro;per Avenue; ane to the centre line of 112th line of 112th Street to the centre inc of 100th Avenue to the ceAtre reet to the centre line of 99th

Subsection 14.1.5. Temporary Buildings. Temporary buildings or structures such as reviewing stands and other miscellaneous structures conforming to the requirements of this Code, and sheds, canopies, or fences used for the protection of the public around and in conjunction with construction work may be erected in the fire zone by special permit from the authority having jurisdiction for a limited period of time, and such building or structure shall be completely removed upon the expiration of the time limit stated in such permit. Subsection 14.1.6. Restrictions in the Fire Zone.

EXCEPTIONS: 14.1.6.1. (a) Buildings or structures of any type of construction, not more than one storey in height, shall be permitted in the fire zone when:

Immencement.

(i) The floor area does not exceed four hundred square feet (400 sq. ft.) and

,h Saskatchewan River.

me of the said lane to the centre

14.1.6.1. (b) Buildings or structures of one-hour fire-protected wood- ?n 7-H ou r Fire frame construction.not more than one storey in height, shall be permit- â&#x20AC;&#x17E;J,Lew t dranie = o ted in the fire zone whdh:,, t: 4 Construction (i) The floor area does not exceed seven hundred and fifty square feet (750 sq. ft.) and

inc of the said lane to the centre

(ii) Such buildings are located not less than twenty feet from adjacent property lines, buildings or structures.

line of 99th Street to the centre irst lane South of Whyte (82nd)

14.1.6.1. (c) Buildings or structures of unprotected noncombustible construction, not more than one storey in height, shall be permitted in the fire zone when:

ane to the centre line of 102nd

(i) The floor area does not exceed twenty-five hundred square feet (2,500 sq. ft.) and

,ion of the said lane to the centre

(ii) Such buildings are located not less than twenty feet from adjacent property lines, buildings or structures.

rst lane South of Whyte (82nd)

14.1.6.1. (d) Wood frame, non-bearing, one-hour fire-resistance exterior walls may be used where facing streets have a width of at least fifty feet providing such walls do not exceed fifteen feet (15') in height nor extend higher than the ceiling of the first storey.

d Partially in the Fire Zone. ocated partially in the fire zone e fire zone when more than oneich fire zone.

Unprotected Noncombustible Construction

One-Hour Fire-Resistive Exterior Walls

The area of such wood frame walls shall not exceed fifty per cent of the gross area between each vertical structural member. 14.1.6.1. (e) (i) Noncombustible walls facing streets not less than 50 feet in width. 14.1.6.1. (e) (ii) Occupancies Prohibited.

thin or into the fire zone shall be its for new buildings in such fire

Any Type of Construction

(ii) Such buildings are located not less than twenty feet from adjacent property lines, buildings or structures.

tion Easterly of the said lane to

)mmencement.

Restrictions in the Fire Zone

14.1.6.1. Buildings or structures hereafter erected, constructed, moved within or into the fire zone shall, in addition to complying with all other requirements of this bylaw, have exterior walls constructed of masonry or concrete.

line of the said 99th Avenue to

109th Street and its intersection Avenue;

Temporary Buildings

No Group F, Division 1 occupancy having a floor area exceeding fifteen hundred square feet (1,500 sq. ft.) shall be permitted in the fire zone. 97

Noncombustible Walls

Occupancies Prohibited

PART 15

(1) Bylaw No. 2106, of the City of Edmonton and all amendments thereto are hereby repealed and the provisions of this Bylaw shall supersede the provisions relating to the same subject matter of any other Bylaw where the provisions of such other Bylaw are inconsistent with this Bylaw.

•

(2) This Bylaw shall come into force and effect on the 1st day of March, A.D. 1968. READ a first time this

day of

, AD 19

READ a second time this

day of

A D 19 day of

READ a third time and duly passed this A.D. 19

THE CITY OF EDMONTON (Signed) MAYOR (Signed) CITY CLERK

•

• 98

5 I'dmonton and all amendments sions of this Bylaw shall supermbject matter of any other By:ylaw are inconsistent with this e and effect on the 1st day of , A D 19 A D 19_1_ is

day of

CITY OF EDMONTON Led) MAYOR Led) CITY CLERK

â&#x20AC;¢